"'\ 


V 


6oi 


LOS  ANGELES 
STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOt 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/communityarithmeOOhuntiala 


y^  r  \>' 


c 


COMMUNITY 
ARITHMETIC 


BY 


BRENELLE  HUNT 

TRINCIPAL   OF   THE   TRAINING   SCHOUL    DEPARTMENT 
STATE    NORMAL    SCHOOL,    BRIDGEWATER,    MASS. 


AMERICAN    BOOK    COMPANY 

NEW  YORK  CINCINNATI  CHICAGO 


3  7  8^9 

Ag   IB 


COPYKIGHT,    1916,    BY 

BRKNKLLE   HTTNT 

All  righln  renerred 

COMUn.VlTY    AKITllMKTIC 
E.  P.     2 


®A 


PREFACE 

]\Io.sT  modern  textbooks  in  arithmetic  contain  a  logical  develop- 
ment of  processes  as  well  as  excellent  drills.  The  author's  long 
experience,  however,  has  impressed  on  him  the  fact  that  the  greatest 
difficulty  encountered  by  teachers  consists  in  providing  suitable 
applications  for  the  processes  taught  —  applications  which  give  the 
»  pupils  a  clear  understanding  of  industrial  and  business  activities 
that  have  an  arithmetical  basis. 

This  is  a  book  of  applications  to  be  placed  in  the  hands  of  pupils 
in  the  upper  grades  of  the  Elementary  School  or  in  the  Junior  High 
School.  Neither  teachers  nor  pupils  require  a  lirst-hand  knowledge 
of  the  lines  of  business  or  industry  studied,  as  the  lessons  furnish 
the  necessary  information  and  explain  how  the  processes  apply. 
The  lessons  show  the  community  needs  and  develop  the  processes  as 
the  needs  arise. 

Many  lines  of  work  common  to  the  average  large  town  and  based 
on  arithmetical  processes  are  represented  in  these  lessons.  Enough 
pages  have  been  devoted  to  each  subject  to  secure  an  intelligent 
understanding  of  the  business  or  industry  as  well  as  to  show  how 
the  processes  apply. 

The  lessons  in  the  first  part  of  the  book  require  a  knowledge  of 
fundamental  operations  only.  Later  lessons  involve  common  and 
decimal  fractions,  the  most  commonly  used  facts  of  the  denominate 
number  tables,  and  percentage  and  interest. 

The  author  has  constantly  kejDt  in  mind  the  facts  that  most  pupils 
are  to  become  wage  earners,  that  all  should  become  producers,  that 
industry  is  founded  on  economy  of  material,  and  that  the  success 
of  the  individual  depends  largely  on  economy  in  his  expenditures 
and  wise  investment  of  his  savings. 


CONTENTS 


LK880N    SrB.IBCT 


Making  Change 

General  Method 

Selling  Groceries 

Selling  Groceries  —  Two  Purchases 
Selling  Railroad  Tickets     .... 

Grocery  Problems 

Using  Grocers'  Scales 

Selling  Butter,  Cheese,  Eggs,  etc.    . 

Clerks'  Helps 

Market  Clerks"  Work 

Making  Out  Sale  Slips 

Salesmen's  Cards 

Selling  on  Commission 

BiUs 

Construction  Problems 
Review  of  Fractions 

The  School  Desk 

Use  of  Cleats 

Making  a  Bread  Board 

Dry-goods  Problems 

Selling  Diy  Goods 

A  Record  of  EflBciency 

Economy  in  Buying 

Meat  Market  Problems 

Selling  Pork 

Weighing  Meat 

Billing  Meat     ........ 

Abbreviated  Billing 

Drivers'  Cards 

Poultry  Problems 

Poultry  Statistics 

Farm  Account 

Profits  in  Poultry  Keeping     .     .     . 
A  Comparison  of  Poultry  Accounts 


Spkoial  Process,  Table,  ok  Fact  Involved  Pauk 


Addition  with  coins     .     .     . 

Making  Change 

Addition.     Making  Change . 
Addition.     Making  Change . 


Pounds  and  ounces  .  .  . 
Fractional  parts  of  a  pound  . 
Fractional  parts  of  a  pound  . 
Pounds  and  ounces  .  . 
Money  columns.  Addition  . 
Addition  and  subtraction 
Addition.  Simple  per  cents 
Multiplication.     Simple  fractions 


Addition  and  subtraction  of  frac- 
tions   

Inches.     Adding  simple  fractions  . 

Inches  and  feet.     Division    .     .     . 

Inches  and  feet.  Addition  and 
subtraction  of  common  fractions 

Fractional  parts  of  a  yard     .     . 
Horizontal  and  vertical  addition    . 
Fundamental  operations  .... 

Pounds  and  ounces.     Change    .     . 

Pounds  and  ounces 

Pounds  and  ounces 

Multiplication 

Addition  and  subtraction     .     .     . 


Dozens.  Fundamental  ojierations 
Fundamental  operations  .... 
Fundamental  operations  .  ;  .  . 
Fundamental  operations  .... 


8 
0 
10 
12 
14 
18 
21 
23 


26 
27 
30 

32 

33 
SO 
37 


38 
39 
40 
41 
42 


46 
4()' 
48 
54 


CONTENTS 


Lesson  Subject 

Si'KciAL  Pbockss,  Tablk,  OR  Fact  Involvkd 

Paok 

Industrial  Problems 

Glass  and  Glass  Cutting     .... 

Inches.     Areas  of  rectangles     .     . 

56 

Making  Picture  Frames     .... 

Changing  feet  to  inches.    Fractions 

59 

Making  Screws  and  Pins    .... 

Fundamental  operations  .... 

61 

Making  Wire  Nails 

Mea.suring.     Division  by  a  fraction 

62 

Printers'  Problems 

Multiplying    and    dividing    mixed 

Simple  Business  Operations 

numbers 

66 

Business  Use  of  100,  1000,  and  2000 

Moving  the  decimal  point     .     . 

69 

AVeighing  by  the  Hundredweight     . 

Moving  the  decimal  point     .     .     . 

70 

Beef  Problems 

Buying  Beef  at  Wholesale      .     .     . 

Percentage     

71 

Buying  Beef  at  Uetail 

Multiplication     .     .  ■ 

72 

Wholesale  and  Retail  Prices  of  Beef 

Multiplication.     Percentage      .     . 

73 

Railroad  Freight  Problems 

Bill  of  Lading 

Cwt.     Multiplying  decimals      .     . 

74 

Computing  Freight  Charges   .     .     . 

Cwt.     Multiplying  decimals      .     . 

76 

Local  and  Distant  Freight  Hates     . 

Cwt.     Multiplying  decimals      .     . 

77 

Computing  Freight  on  Mail  Orders 

Cwt.     Multiplying  decimals      .     . 

79 

Transportation  of  Grain     .... 

Division.     Percentage      .... 

80 

Monthly  Statements  of  Grain 

Billing 

84 

Review  —  Division  by  Fractions 

Division  of  fractions 

85 

Carpentry  Problems 

The  Machine  Saw 

Inches  and  feet  ...... 

87 

Ripping  Boards  Length  wiac    .     .     . 

Division  by  mixed  numbers.     .     . 

88 

The  Saw  Kerf 

Division  by  mixed  numbers  .     .     . 

89 

Wooden  Boxes 

Common  fractions 

90 

Buying  and  Selling 

Selling  Fire  Wood  by  the  Cord   .     . 

Wood  measure.     Cubic  contents  . 

97 

Weighing  Problems 

Gross,  Tare,  and  Net 

Subtraction 

100 

The  Public  Weigher 

Subtraction . 

101 

Drill  on  Short  Ton 

Fundamental  operations  .... 

102 

The  Coal  Business 

Standard  Scales 

Pounds  and  tons.     Decimals     .     . 

104 

Coal  Tables 

Table  of  weight.     Decimals       .     . 

106 

Cost  of  Freight 

Long  ton.     Decimals 

108 

The  Wholesale  Coal  Trade     .     .     . 

Fractional  parts  of  long  ton       .     . 

111 

•  The  Hardware  Business 

Selling  Goods  by  Weight   .... 

Pounds  and  ounces 

112 

Selling  Goods  by  Square  Foot     .     . 
Selling  Poulti-y  Wire 

Areas 

113 

Multiplying  mixed  numbers  .     .     . 

114 

Selling  Mo.squito  Netting  .... 

Multiplying  by  mixed  numbers 

115 

VI 


CONTENTS 


Lksson  Subject 


Spkoial  Proviss,  Table,  or  Fact  Involvkd 


Areas  of  Common  Figures 

Parallelo<;raiiis  and  Triangles 

Trapezoids 

A  Granolithic  Walk 
Kstiinatin"  Areas      .... 


A  Practical  Study  of  Lumber 

The  Board  Foot 

Carpenters'  Method 

Tables  for  Computing  Lumber    . 

Buying  Lumber 

Delivering  Lumber 


Building  Problems 

Cellars  and  Cellar  Walls  . 
Framing  Floors  .... 
Estimating  Cost  of  Labor  . 
Estimating  on  Small  Buildiu; 
Framing  Koofs  .... 
Boarding  and  Shingling  Hoofs 
Shingling  Gable  Hoofs  . 
l^repared  Roofing  Fabrics 
Shingling  Irregular  Roofs  . 
Shingling  and  Painting 


Heating  Problems 

Radiators 

Floor  Space  in  Schoolrooms  . 

Applications  of  Percentage 

Wholesale  and  Retail  Prices 
Mat  king  Prices  of  Goods 
Marking  down  Goods    . 
Discounts  on  (ioods 
More  than  One  Discount 
Retail  Price  of  Hardware 
I'rolits  and  Reductions . 

Town  Building  Laws     . 


Household  Expenses 

Town  Water  Systems  .... 
Buying  Water  by  Meter  .  .  . 
Buying  Gas  for  Light  and  Fuel  . 
Buying  Electricity  for  Lighting  . 
Making  Out  Electric  Light  Bills 


Areas 
Areas 
Areas 
Areas 


Bt)ard  measure 

Cancellation 

Use  of  tables 

Use  of  1000  (M).     Decimals 
Use  of  1000  Sale  slips  .     .     . 


Cubic  and  square  measure 
Board  measure  .... 
Fundamental  operations  . 
Fundamental  operations  . 
Fractions  ...... 

Areas 

Areas.  Cancellation  .  . 
Areas.     Cancellation  .     . 

Areas 

Areas 


Areas. 
Areas. 


Volumes    .     . 
Cubic  contents 


Per  cents  of  profit  .     .     .     .     . 
Per  cents  of  profit  .     .  .     . 

Deducting  given  per  cents     .     . 

Discount 

Discount 

Adding  given  per  cents    .     .     . 
Adding   or    subtracting    given 

cents       

Finding  per  cents  of  numbers    . 


per 


Fundamental  operations  . 
Decimals.     The"  1000'" 
Decimals.     The  "1000". 
Multiplication     .... 
Midtiplication.     Discount 


CONTENTS 


Vll 


Lksson  Scbjbct 


Taxes 


Property  Tax 
The  Tax  Rate 


Assessing  Taxable  Property  .     .     . 

Computing  Peal  Kstate  Owners' 
Taxes 

Computing  tlie  Tax  Hate  from  Lists 
of  Town  Appropriations      .     . 

Duties  on  Imported  Goods     .     . 

Federal  Income  Tax      ..... 

Insurance 

Fire  Insurance 

Village  Fire  Risks 


Simple  Household  Accounts 
Yearly  Cash  Account    .... 
Increased  Cost  of  Living    .     . 
How  Efficiency  affects  Incomes  . 

Earning  a  Living 

The  Time  Clock 

Weekly  Time  Records  .  .  .  . 
Paymaster's  Woyk  ..'... 
Buying  and  Selling  Shoes  .     .     . 


Postal  Problems 

Money  Orders 

Stamps  and  Stamped  Envelopes 
Parcel  Post 


Saving  and  Investing  Money 

National  Banks 

The  Postal  Savings  System  .     . 

Review  of  Interest 

Savings  Banks 

Cooperative   Banks ;    Building   and 

Loan  Associations 

Interest  for  Short  Periods  .... 
Lending  Money  on  Notes  .... 

Investing  in  Mortgages 

Bonds     

Real  Estate  Investments    .... 
Stocks     

Percentage  in  Miscellaneous 

Activities     .... 
Index      


SrECiAL  Process,  Table,  or  Fact  Invoi.veii  Paoi 


Finding  per  cents  of  numbers   .     . 

Finding  what  per  cent  one  number 
is  of  a  number 

Addition,  subtraction,  and  per- 
centage   

Decimals 

Addition,  subtraction,  and  per- 
centage   

Percentage     

Percentage     


Decimals  and  percentage 
Decimals 


Fundamental  operations 

Percentage     

Percentage     .... 


Common  fractions 

Common  fractions.  Mixed  numbers 
Horizontal  and  vertical  addition  . 
Conimi-ssion 


Addition.  Making  change  . 
Addition.  Making  change  . 
Weighing.     Multiplying  .     . 

Addition.     Special  forms 

Simple  interest 

Simple  interest 

Compound  Interest      .     .     . 


Simple  interest.     Addition  . 

Simple  interest 

Interest  for  months  and  days 

Simple  interest 

Simple  interest 

Miscellaneous 

Miscellaneous 


Percentage 


viii 


MAKING   CHANGE 
GENERAL  METHOD 


Buying  and  selling  constitute  an  important  part  of  business. 
As  such  transactions  often  necessitate  the  making  of  change, 
boys  and  girls  should  learn  to  make  change  quickly  as  well  as 
accurately. 

TJie  above  diagram  shows  a  common  arrangement  of  a  cash 
drawer,  with  coins  in  the  front  row  and  bills  in  the  back. 

If  you  purchase  something  worth  38  cents  and  present  a 
$2.00  bill,  the  clerk  will  probably  count  out  the  change  as 
follows :  He  will  name  the  cost  "  38  cents  "  and,  handing  you 
2  cents,  will  say  "  40  "  ;  then  handing  you  a  dime,  he  will  say 
"  50  "  ;  then  handing  you  two  quarters,  he  will  say  "  $  1.00  "  ; 
and  finally,  handing  you  il.OO,  he  will  say  "$2.00",  thus 
naming  the  amount  of  the  bill  presented. 

In  making  change,  always  add  to  the  price  of  the  purchase, 
beginning  with  the  smallest  coin. 

1 


MAKING  CHANGE 


TeMggs  I 

I  TOASTED  B*^^^ 

CORN    I  M/VL'    

FLAKES  ■  pQQjj    ■  ,  . 


A  Food   pAFbooljj^cjpE^J 


SELLING  GROCERIES 


SELLING  GROCERIES 


What  coins  sliould  be  taken  from  the  cash  drawer,  and  in 
'what  order,  if  $1.00  is  paid  for  each  of  the  following? 

1.  1  Large  Package  Quaker  Oats.      6.  1  Package  C.  &  S.  Coffee. 

2.  2  Small  Packages  Quaker  Oats. 

3.  1  Package  Corn  Flakes. 

4.  1  Package  Malt  Breakfast  Food. 

5.  2  Packages  Postum. 


7.  3  Packages  Raisins. 

8.  1  Package  Salada  Tea. 

9.  1  Package  Currants. 
10.   1  Can  of  Cocoa. 


Specify  the  coins  selected,  and  the  order,  if  f  .50  was  paid 
for  each  article  as  follows: 


11.  1  Bottle  of  Olive  Oil.  16. 

12.  1  Bottle  of  Olives.  17. 

13.  1  Can  of  Corn.  18. 

14.  1  Can  of  Beans.  19. 

15.  1  Can  of  Tomatoes.  20. 


1  Can  of  Salmon. 
1  Can  of  Sardines. 
1  lb.  of  38^  Butter. 
3  lb.  of  40^  Butter. 


1  lb.  of  32^  Cheese.   . 

Select  the  proper  coins  for  change  in  the  following : 

21.  1  Large  Bottle  of  Olives.  Customer  gives  $2.00. 

22.  1  lb.  of  Prunes.  Customer  gives  $  LOO. 

23.  11  lb.  of  40-cent  Butter.  Customer  gives  i  2.00. 


MAKTNO   CHANGE 


SELLING   GROCERIES  5 

SELLING  GROCERIES  — TWO  PURCHASES 

Rule  a  sheet  of  paper  as  follows  and  write  in  the  second 
column  the  cost  of  each  purchase  described  in  the  first  column. 
Also  write  in  the  change  columns  the  number  of  coins  of  each 
value  which  you  would  select  in  making  change. 

Do  all  this  mentally. 

Fill  in  each  line  in  tlie  same  manner  as  the  first  line. 


Money 

Coi.NS  AND  Bills  Given  in  Chanoe 

Purchase 

Cost 

Pkebented 

BY 

CirSTOMEE 

M 

b^ 

10)? 

2hf 

50  J? 

1 

$1.00 

$2.00 

$5.00 

1  Small  Q.  Oats  and 
1  Corn  Flakes 

1.10 
.12 

-f  .22 

%  1.00 

3 

1 

1  Postuin  and  1  C.  & 

i 

S.  Coffee 

$2.00 

1  Malt  B.  Food  and 

ir-f 

n-?-: 

1  Grape  Nuts 

? 

$1.00 

Uaisins  and  Currants 

V-l?/. 

%   .60 

1  Olive  Oil  and  1  Can 

Corn 

? 

$1.00 

1|  lb.  of  88  <t'  Butter 

9 

$2.00 

2  Cans  Sardines  and 

1  lb.  Lard 

? 

$2.00 

1  lb.  Lard  and  \  lb. 

Cheese 

? 

$   .50 

1  Can  Salmon  and  1 

lb.  Lard 

? 

$1.00 

1  Can  Tomatoes  and 

1  Can  Beans 

9 

$2.00 

1    Can   Beans  and  1 

gal.  Kerosene 

? 

$   .50 

10  11).  Sugar  and  ?>  lb. 

Corn  Meal 

? 

$2.00 

1   lb.   Prunes   and    \ 

doz.  Eggs 

? 

$6.00 

\ 

MAKING  CHANGE 


SELLING  RAILROAD  TICKETS 


Achar 
A5f 


Ames 
Z4.t 


I- 


Soone 
f/./6 


V3  G 


Wmton 
5/f 


The  above  sketch  shows  part  of  the  rack,  or  case,  in  which 
tickets  are  kept  in  the  ticket  office  of  a  country  railroad  station. 
Reading  across  each  row  from  left  to  right,  we  find  the  tickets 
arranged  alphabetically,  to  save  time  in  finding  them.  A  little 
marker  shows  the  price  per  ticket.  The  table  on  page  7  gives 
the  number  of  tickets  called  for  by  different  people  and  the 
destination  of  each.  It  shows  also  the  money  given  in  pay- 
ment. 


Oral  and  Written  Exercise 

Select  the  proper  coins  for  making  change  and  write  them 
out  in  order  on  a  blank  ruled  like  the  one  on  page  7.  (See 
number  1.) 

This  exercise  may  be  used  as  written  work  if  the  class  has  not 
become  skilled  in  making  change,  or  as  oral  work  if  the  class  is 
proficient. 

If  the  exercise  is  taken  as  written  work  at  first,  it  ouglit 
later  to  be  used-  again  as  a  sight  drill.  As  a  written  exercise, 
only  the  change  columns  need  be  copied  by  the  pupils. 


SELLING  RAILROAD  TICKETS 


Number 

I'KrtT  I  NATION 

Money 

Change 

Tickets 

8ENTED 

U 

5^ 

10,i 

25^ 

50^    j$1.00iS2.00 

$5 

2 

Ames 

•15.00 

2 

1 

2 

2 

Achar 

2.00 

1 

Haiver 

1.00 

•} 

(Junction 

1.00 

1 

Keene 

5.00 

2 

Norris 

1.00 

2 

Reedville 

5.00 

o 

Saltoii 

.50 

;j 

Tomson 

.50 

1 

Greendale 

2.00 

2 

Carver 

2.00 

2 

Elbar 

2.00 

1 

Far  in  ton 

.75 

2 

Medway 

1.50 

1 

Orange 

.75 

2 

Portal 

2.00 

3 

Ames 

1.00 

1 

Boone 

1..50 

1 

H  arver 

5.00 

^ 

1 

Medway 

.75 

4 

Norris 

1.00 

2 

Dover 

10.00 

1 

Reedville 

1.50 

2 

Junction 

.50 

2 

Keene 

5.00 

2 

Greendale 

2.50 

1 

Portal 

1.00 

2 

Elbar 

.75 

5 

Salton 

2.00 

2 

Orange 

2.00 

2 

Harver 

2.00 

4 

Junction 

1.00 

GROCERY  PROBLEMS 


GROCERY  PROBLEMS 
USING  GROCERS'  SCALES 


TwiwiwiwTwwFmwiwmwiwiwiwiwiTWi^^ 

Q  2  4  6  6  101214  2  2  4   6  6  10  12  14 o  2  4  6  S  1012143214  618  1011214^  2  4  6  6  1012  14 


5lb. 


a       b  c  d  e      f^  h    i  j  k   I  m  h 

Study  carefully  tliese  counter  scales.  The  substance  to  be 
weighed  is  placed  on  the  plate  PPPP,  and  the  sliding  weight  A 
is  moved  along  the  beam  until  it  catches  in  the  notch  marked  5  lb. 
If  the  scales  are  evenly  balanced,  the  substance  weighs  5  lb. 

If  the  substance  does  not  weigh  as  much  as  5  lb.,  place  the 
weight  ^  at  0  lb.  and  move  the  weight  B  along  the  front 
beam  until  the  scales  are  balanced.  If  it  stops  at  e,  the  sub- 
stance weighs  2  lb. ;  at^,  2  lb.  10  oz. ;  at  Z,  4  lb. ;  at/,  2  lb.  8  oz. 

Find  the  weight/'When : 


1.  A  is  at  0  lb.  and  B  is  at  h.     4. 

2.  J.  is  at  5  lb.  and  B  is  at  h.     5. 

3.  ^  is  at  5  lb.  and  B  is  at  I.     6. 
7.  Compute  the  cost  of   a  piece  of   32^  butter  if   A 

0  lb.  and  5  at  <?;  \i  A  is  at  5  lb.  and  B  at  c. 


A  is  at  10  lb.  and  B  is  at  a. 
A  is  at  10  lb.  and  B  is  at  g. 
A  is  at  15  lb.  and  B  is  at  m. 

is  at 


SELLTNCr    BUTTER,    OHRESR,   EGGS 


SELLING  BUTTER,   CHEESE,   EGGS,   ETC. 
Creamery  Price  List 


„,  I'kioe 

Cheeses  i-ek  i'ouNi) 

Edam .    $.95 

Mild  Cream 18 

Young  America      .     .     .       .22 

Rich  Old 24 

Roquefort ;56 

Sage 24 

Swiss 32 

Compound 12 

Fat  Pork 16 


Lard 


.14 


Per  a  lb 1.40 

Per  5  lb 6.5 


B,       _  Prick 

niter  pgR  Pound 

Best  Tub ^.36 

Best  Print 38 

Peanut  Butter 16 


.       .24 

Prick 
PKii  Quart 

.      1.09 


Pan- American  Coffee 

Dried  Beans  and  Peas 
N.Y.  Pea  Beans  . 

Yellow  Eyes 12 

Lima 09 

Cranberry  Beans     .     .     .       .14 
Dried  Whole  Peas  ...       .12 

Split  Peas 10 

Canada  Peas  .         ...       .09 


Find  the  cost  of 

1.  I  lb.  Mild  cream  cheese. 

2.  l|^lb.YoungAmericacheese. 

3.  I  lb.  Sage  cheese. 
4. 


Oral  Exercise 


1^  lb.  Swiss  cheese. 


7 

8 

9 

10 


5.  ^  lb.  Compound. 

6.  1|  lb.  Compound, 
21  lb.  Fat  pork. 


I  lb.  Best  tub  butter. 


1^  lb.  Best  print  butter. 
^  lb.  Best  tub  butter. 

11.  1|  lb.  Best  tub  butter. 

12.  I  lb.  Best  tub  butter. 

13.  1|  lb.  Peanut  butter. 

hunt's  commun.  ar.  —  2 


14.  1  lb.  P.  A.  coffee. 

15.  8  oz.  Young  America  cheese. 

16.  4  oz.  Swiss  cheese. 

17.  8  oz.  Mild  cream  cheese. 

18.  8  oz.  Roquefort  cheese. 

19.  4  oz.  Rich  old  cheese. 

20.  12  oz.  Swiss  cheese. 

21.  12  oz.  Sage  cheese. 

22.  20  oz.  Fat  pork. 

23.  24  oz.  Lard. 

24.  12  oz.  Best  tub  butter. 

25.  8  oz.  Best  print  butter. 

26.  1  lb.  4  oz.  Best  tub  butter. 


10 


GROCERY  PROBLEMS 


CLERKS'    HELPS 

It  is  practically  impossible  to  cut  butter  and  cheese  in  even 

pounds.     To  avoid  errors  and  to  save  time,  a  clerk  often  makes 

out  a  table  showing  the  prices  of  each  number  of  ounces  to  the 

nearest  cent.     The  left-hand  column  in  the  following  card  gives 

a  few  common  prices.     The  first  line  shows  the  charge  for  each 

number  of  ounces  at  $  .14  a  pound.     Verify  each  amount  in  this 

line. 

Clerks'  Table  of  Prices  for  Reference 


Price 

PKR 

Pound 

Pi'.icK  KOR  Given  Nitmher  of  Oinces 

loz. 

2oz. 

3oz. 

4  oz. 

5  oz. 

6oz. 

7  oz. 

8oz. 

9oz. 

lOoz. 

lloz.|12oz. 

I 

13  oz. 

14  oz. 

$.14 
.22 
.26 
.30 
.36 
.38 
.40 

.01 

.02 

.03 

.04 

.04* 

.05 

.06 

m 

.08 

.09 

.10 

.11 

.11 

.12 

1.  Compute  the  charge  for  each  number  of  ounces  for  the 
22  ^  line.  -^  of  22)»  ^  Uf'  =  If/,  or  1  ^,  cost  of  1  oz. 

All  fractions  of  a  cent  less  than  one  half  cent  are  not  counted. 
One  half  cent  and  all  fractions  above  that  are  counted  as  one  cent. 

2.  Compute  the  charge  for  6  oz.  at  26^  a  pound. 

fi  a  q  1"  QQ 

6oz.  =~,  or  -,  of  16  oz.;    ^  of  ^^f  =  ^f  =  m!t,or  10)«. 

16         8  8  4  ^ 

4 

3.  Compute  the  other  charges  for  the   26  ^  line  and  the 
charges  on  the  remaining  lines. 

*  The  charges  for  4  oz.  and  5  oz.  are  the  same,  4  /,  as  the  cost  of  4  oz.  amounts 
to  3^ )« ;  and  of  6  oz.,  to  4f /-  (less  than  4^  f). 


CLERKS'   HELPS 


11 


Clkkks'  Tablk  of  Prices 


I'KIOE    I'ER 
POI'ND 

I'riob  for  Given  Numuek  of  Ouncks 

1  oz. 

2  oz. 

:ioz. 

4oz. 

5  oz. 

6oz. 

7  oz. 

9  oz. 

10  oz. 

11  oz. 

12  oz. 

1.3  oz. 

Uoz 

$.12 
.20 
.24 
.28 
.35 

.01 
.01 
.02 
.02 
.02 

.02 
.03 
.03 
.04 
.04 

.02 
.04 
.05 
.05 
.07 

.03 
.05 
.06 
.07 
.09 

.04 
.06 
.08 
.09 
.11 

.05 
.08 
.09 
.11 
.13 

.05 
.09 
.11 
.12 
.15 

.07 
.11 
.14 
.16 
.20 

.08 
.13 
.15 
.18 
.22 

.08 
.14 
.17 
.19 
.24 

.09 
.15 
.18 
.21 
.26 

.10 

.16 
.20 
.23 

.28 

.11 

.18 
.21 
.25 
.31 

Such  a  table  as  the  above  is  used  only  in  computing-  tlie 
charge  for  ounces,  that  is,  for  fractional  parts  of  a  pound.  If 
the  purchase  weighed  1  lb.  7  oz.  @*  20 jz^,  the  clerk  would  look 
in  the  above  table  to  find  the  charge  on  7  oz.,  and  would  add 
it  to  the  price  of  1  pound.     (20^  -f-  9^  =  29^.) 

If  the  purchase  weighed  2  lb.  5  oz.  @  24^,  the  clerk  would 
look  in  the  table  for  the  charge  on  5  oz.  and  would  add  it  to  the 
charge  for  2  lb.,  which  he  could  easily  compute  mentally. 
(48^  +  8^  =  56^.) 

Oral  Exercise 

Using  the  above  table  as  directed,  compute  the  charge  on 
each  of  the  following  purchases: 


1.  1  lb.  3  oz.  @  12  ^. 

2.  1  lb.  3  oz.  @  20^. 

3.  2  1b.  5oz.  @  24^. 

4.  1  lb.  7  oz.  @  28  ^. 

5.  2  1b.  5  oz.  @  35/. 

6.  1  lb.  6  oz.  @  12  y. 

7.  2  lb.  7  oz.  @  20  /. 

8.  1  lb.  9  oz.  (?»j  24  /. 


*  The  sign  @  means  "  at 


9.  2  lb.  10  oz.  @  28/. 

10.  2  1b.  11  oz.  @  12/. 

11.  3  lb.  10  oz.  @  20  /. 

12.  1  lb.  12  oz.  @  24  /. 

13.  1  lb.  13  oz.  @  28/. 

14.  2  lb.  3  oz.  @  35/. 

15.  .')  11).  4  oz.  @  12/. 

16.  1  lb.  13  oz.  @  20/. 
per  puuiid." 


12 


MARKET   CLERKS^   WORK 
MARKET  CLERKS'  WORK 


Round 


Oral  Exercise 

Find  mentally  the  cost  of  the  following  cuts  of  meat  at  tlie 
prices  shown  above  : 

1.  Find  the  cost  of  1  lb.  4  oz.  of  steak  @  40  |f. 

1  lb.  4  oz.  =  \\  111. ;  i  of  40  ^  =  10  (« ;  40;  +  10)»  =  50  <P. 

2.  Find  the  cost  of  1  lb.  5  oz.  of  steak  @  32  ^. 

Cost  of  1  oz.  =2^;  of  .5oz.  =  10^;  32^  +  10^  =  42)«. 


3.  4  lb.  8  oz.  of  20  /  Lamb. 

4.  1  lb.  4  oz.  of  16  ^  Lamb. 

5.  1  lb.  12  oz.  of  Ham. 

6.  1  lb.  4  oz.  of  Sirloin  Steak. 

7.  2  lb.  8  oz.  of  Sirloin  Steak. 


9.  1  lb.  1  oz.  of  Round  Steak. 

10.  2  lb.  5  oz.  of  Round  Steak. 

11.  1  lb.  7  oz.  of  Round  Steak. 

12.  1  lb.  8  oz.  of  Bacon. 

13.  2  lb.  4  oz.  of  Bacon. 


8.    1  lb.  1  oz.  of  Sirloin  Steak.   14.   1  lb.  12  oz.  of  Bacon. 


MARKET   CLERKS'  WORK 


13 


TAni.K  OF   Pricks  in  a    Market 

When  computing  scalen  are  not  used  in  weighing  meats,  it  is 
advisable  for  a  clerk  to  have  a  table  of  prices  containing  the 
accurate  charge  for  the  different  number  of  ounces  as  shown  on 
p.ages  10  and  11. 

Using  the  following  table,  compute  the  charge  on  the  pur- 
chases indicated  below.  These  purchases  are  all  from  the  meat 
chart  on  the  preceding  page. 


Pkk'e 

I'rk  K  FOR  Given  Number  of  Ounces 

I'OUNI) 

1  <)/.. 

•i.  ()/,. 

■A  i>7.. 

4  oz. 

5  oz. 

6  oz. 

"  oz. 

i)  oz. 

10  oz. 

lloz. 

12  oz 

13  oz. 

14  oz. 

15  oz. 

$.20 

.01 

M 

.04 

.05 

.06 

.08 

.09 

.11 

.13 

.14 

.15 

.16 

.18 

.19 

.26 

.02 

X)?, 

.05 

.07 

.08 

.10 

.11 

.15 

.16 

.18 

.20 

.21 

.23 

.24 

.28 

.02 

.04 

.05 

.07 

.09 

.11 

.12 

.16 

.18 

.19 

.21 

.23 

.25 

.26 

.32 

.02 

.04 

.Of) 

.08 

.10 

.12 

.14 

.18 

.20 

.22 

.24 

.26 

.28 

.30 

.38 

.02 

.05 

.07 

.10 

.12 

.14 

.17 

.21 

.24 

.26 

.29 

.31 

.33 

.36 

1.  2  lb.  2  oz.    Fore   Quarter 

Lamb.* 

2.  4  lb.   3  oz.    Hind  Quarter 

Lamb. 

3.  1  lb.  1  oz.  Bacon. 

4.  1  lb.  7  oz.  Ham. 

5.  2  lb.  3  oz.  Ham. 

6.  3  lb.    3  oz.    Fore   Quarter 

Lamb. 

7.  1  lb.  2  oz.  Round  Steak. 

8.  1  lb.  7  oz.  Bacon. 


Oral  Exercise 
9 


6  lb.  6  oz.  Hind  Quarter 
Lamb. 

10.  1  lb.  3  oz.  Sirloin  Steak. 

11.  1  lb.  1  oz.  Round  Steak. 

12.  3  lb.  12  oz.  Fore  Quarter 

Lamb. 

13.  1  lb.  13  oz.  Bacon. 

14.  2  lb.  2  oz.  Sirloin. 

15.  1  lb.  7  oz.  Round. 

16.  4  lb.  5  oz.   Fore  Quarter 

Lamb. 


*  No  table  is  needed  at  16(*. 


14 


OROOERY  PROBLEMS 


MAKING  OUT   SALE   SLIPS 

During  one  week  Mr.  II.  II.  White  made  the  purchases  indi- 
cated on  the  following  sale  slips.     He  left  the  orders  on  his  way 

to  work  in  the  morning,  and  when 
the  goods  were  delivered,  a  sale 
slip  was. inclosed,  showing  the  cost 
of  the  several  items  ordered.  Ex- 
amine the  items  in  No.  1  and  see 
if  the  clerk  has  made  it  out  cor- 
rectly.    Copy  and  finish  No.  2. 

When  the  clerk  wrote  out  these  slips,  he  also  wrote  (by  means 
of  a  sheet  of  carbon  paper)  a  duplicate  of  each.  The  original 
was  kept  at  the  store,  while  the  duplicate  was  sent  with  the 
goods. 

A  SiMPLK  Form  of  Sale  Slip 


Sale  Slip  No.  1 


Sale  Slip  No.  2 


CURTIS  &  COOK,  Gkocehs 

Bridgewateu,  Mass. 

Datk, 

Mr.  H.  H.  WHITE        Jan.io,191C 

No.  46  Main  St.-            Clerk  No.  5 

2  bottles  Olives 

.25 

50 

6  lb.  Meal 

.04 

24 

^  doz.  Eggs 

.45 

23 

10  lb.  Sugar 

.05 

50 

1 

47 

CURTIS  &  COOK,  Grocers 
Bridgewater,  Mass. 


Mr.  II.  H.  white 
No.  46  Main  St. 


Date, 
Jan.  U,  191C 

Ci.ERK  No.  (! 


1  lb.  4  oz.*  Lard 

1  lb.  14oz.  Butter 
15  oz.  Cheese 

2  pkg.  Quaker  Oats 


.16 
.40 
.32 
.10 


*  Fractional  parts  of  a  pound  appear  on  most  of  the  following  sale  slips,  as  it 
is  impossible  to  cut  meat,  butter,  etc.  in  even  pounds. 


MAKING  OUT  SALE  SLIPS 


15 


CURTIS   &   COOK, 

Grockhs 

Bridokwater,  Mass. 

Datk, 

Mr.  II.  II.  WHITE 

Jan.  1H,    19!() 

Xo.  46  Mai.v  St. 

Clekk   No.  T 

3  cans  Sardines 

.15 

2  cans  I'eas 

.18 

— 

1  pkg.  Grape  Nnts 

15 

1^  doz.  Eggs 

.45 

— 

I  11).  Salada  Tea 

.60 

— 

— 

Written  Exercise  Sale  Slip  No.  8 

1.  Copy  Sale  Slip  No.  3 
and  complete  it. 

Rule  and  make  out  sale 
slips  for  each  of  the  following 
purchases: 

2.  Mrs.  E.  T.  Howard 
ordered  by  telephone  Feb.  3, 
1915,  2  cakes  of  Fairy 
soap  («)  '$.05,  I  lb.  cheese 
(o)  $.25,  2  lb.  best  butter  @ 
#.38,  and  2  bottles  stuffed 
olives  @  1.25  each. 

3.  The  foUowinc^  order  was 
put  up  for  John  Harwood  on 
Feb.  3:  1  can  roast  beef  @  $.40,  2  cans  wax  beans  @  $.10, 
2  pkg.  Pyle's  pearline  (n)  $.09,  1  pkg.  flake  tapioca  @  $.08, 
and  a  3-pound  pail  of  lard  for  $  .40. 

4.  The  clerk  sent  the  following  to  Andrew  Dunham  on  the 
same  date:  2  lb.  peanut  butter  @  $.15,  |  lb.  coffee  @  $.32,  2^ 
lb.  fat  pork  @  $.14,  and  3  cans  grated  pineapple  @  $.28  each. 

5.  Robert  White  ordered  on  the  same  date  1  bag  flour  @  $  .70. 

1  lb.  butter  @   $.38,    1  bottle  lemon  extract  @  $.35,  and   2 
gal.  kerosene  @  $.12. 

6.  The  following  articles  were  put  up  Jan.  19  for  R.  S.  Smytlie 
of  51  Oak  Street:  1  lb.  8  oz.  lard  @  $.13,  |  doz.  eggs  (S)  $.62, 

2  cans  corn  @  $.14,  and  2  gal.  kerosene  (a)  $.15. 

7.  Edward  R.  Hanscom  of  150  Howard  Place  left  an  order 
Jan.  20  which  the  clerk  filled  out  as  follows  :  3  cans  sardines 
@  $  .18, 1  bottle  olives  @  $  .25,  1  can  cocoa  (a)  $  .38, 12  oz.  cheese 
(<i\  $  .32,  and  1  lb.  4  oz.  butter  (rtl  $  .38. 


16 


GROCERY  PROBLEMS 


Charging  Groceries  on  Sale  Slips 

It  is  a  common  practice  in  most  large  towns  and  cities  to  order 
the  day's  supply  of  groceries  and  meat  by  telephone.  The 
goods,  when  delivered,  are  accompanied  by  a  sale  slip  like  the 
following.  This  may  be  paid  on  the  arrival  of  the  goods,  or  at 
the  end  of  the  month,  according  to  the  agreement  existing  be- 
tween the  store  and  the  customer.  The  slip  printed  below  con- 
tains the  amount  (i5.40)  which  the  customer  owes  on  previous 
purchases.  The  amount  of  the  day's  purchase  (<f  .67)  is  added 
to  it,  and  the  total  is  written  in  the  upper  right-hand  corner. 
This  avoids  the  necessity  of  making  a  separate  weekly  or  monthly 
bill. 


Mr.    EVERETT   0.    KEITH                  Bim.  to  Date,  $6.07 
MiDDLEBORo,  Ma8S.                             Date,    May    13,    1916 

Bought  of  GARI>XER  AND  COMPANY 
Grocers 

Salesman   I      ...      ,       r                   , 

Owed  on  lornier  purcna.ses 

«5    40 

i 

2  lb.  P.  Sugar               '              .05 
1^  lb.  Butter                                .38 

10 
57 

67 

6|07 

1.    Explain  how  each  of  the  above  amounts  was  obtained : 

$.10,  %. 57,  $.67,  $6.07. 

Make  out  blank  sale  slips  for  Gardner  &  Company.  Fill  in 
each  from  the  following  memoranda,  dating  them  for  to-day. 
Prices  should  be  as  in  the  picture  on  page  2. 


MAKING   OUT   SALE   SLIPS  17 

2.  Mrs.  William  H.  White,  who  owed  $8.64,  ordered  1  bbl. 
of  flour,  10  lb.  of  meal,  and  3  doz.  eggs.  What  is  her  bill  to 
date  ? 

3.  Edward  II.  Haskell,  who  owed  $17.53,  ordered  by  tele- 
phone 1  pkg.  of  corn  flakes,  2  pkg.  of  malt  breakfast  food,  1  can 
of  Chase  &  Sanborn  coffee,  2^  lb.  of  38-cent  butter.  What  is 
his  bill  to  date? 

4.  Mrs.  Henry  Pierce,  who  owed  -113.26,  ordered  ^  lb.  of 
cheese,  2  lb.  of  lard,  1|  lb.  of  40-cent  butter,  2  doz,  eggs,  and 
8  lb.  of  prunes.     What  is  her  bill  to  date  ? 

5.  Charles  J.  Moore,  who  owed  $1.17,  ordered  1  gal.  of 
kerosene,  2  bottles  of  olives,  3  cans  of  corn,  and  2  cans  of  beans. 
What  is  his  bill  to  date  ? 

6.  Mrs.  F.  P.  Grant,  who  owed  $3.75,  received  1  pkg.  of 
currants,  1  can  of  cocoa,  1^-  lb.  of  cheese,  3|  lb.  of  38-cent 
butter,  and  3  lb.  of  corn  meal.     What  is  her  bill  to  date  ? 

7.  Austin  Thomas,  who  owed  $1.69,  received  8  lb.  of  corn 
meal,  10  lb.  of  sugar,  1  lb.  4  oz.  of  32-cent  cheese,  and  2  bottles 
of  olive  oil.     What  is  his  bill  to  date  ? 

8.  Miss  L.  Hapgood,  who  owed  $4.19,  received  2  bottles  of 
olives,  I  lb.  of  cofi^ee,  3  cans  of  corn,  and  1  lb.  4  oz.  of  40-cent 
butter.      What  is  her  bill  to  date? 

9.  Arthur  Shores,  who  owed  $  5.07,  received  1  pkg.  of 
toasted  corn  flakes,  2  pkg.  of  malt  breakfast  food,  and  1  lb.  of 
38-cent  butter.     What  is  his  bill  to  date  ? 

10.  Miss  Mary  Willis,  who  owed  $  18.64,  received  1^  doz. 
eggs,  5  lb.  of  corn  meal,  1  gal.  of  kerosene,  2  lb.  4  oz.  of  40-cent 
butter.     Wliat  is  her  bill  to  date  ? 

11.  W.  H.  Scott,  who  owed  $14.02,  received  3  pkg.  of  malt 
breakfast  food,  1  can  of  C.  &  S.  coffee,  6  cans  of  sardines,  2 
cans  of  corn,  and  3  cans  of  beans.     What  is  his  bill  to  date  ? 


18 


GROCERY    PROBLEMS 


SALESMEN'S   CARDS 

The  following  forms  show  the  front  and  the  back  of  the  card  which  the 
driver  of  a  grocery  delivery  wagon  carries  in  his  book  of  sale  slips.  Some 
of  the  customers  who  run  weekly  or  monthly  accounts  live  far  from  the 
store,  and  instead  of  paying  the  bookkeeper,  they  pay  the  delivery  clerk 
every  week  or  njonth  and  receive  a  credit  slip.'  He  notes  any  such  payments 
with  the  name  of  the  customer  under  the  head  "  Received  on  Acct." 

Other  customers  pay  when  the  goods  are  delivered,  and  the  clerk  notes 
such  amounts  under  "Received  Cash."  If  he  buys  eggs  or  vegetables  from 
the  farmers  on  his  route,  he  notes  the  amount  paid  for  them  under  "  Paid  Out." 

1.    Find  the  amount  of  each  column  as  shown  on  the  front 
of  Mr.  Kane's  daily  cash  card  following : 

[front] 


Salesman     IT'.  Kane 

Date    Matj  IS,    191 6 

SAME 

Received 
On  Afft. 

Received  Cash 

fiiid  Out 

0.  B.  ]Vhite 

10 

00 

1 

2 

70 
15 

-U 

11.  0.  Jvslyn 

5 

50 

L 

61 

85 

1 

14 

T.  II.  Smith 

15 

00 

1 
1 

2 
1 

47 
02 
54 
16 
50 
75 

56 

2 

U 

1 

90 

1 

25 
50 

1 

43 
39 

1 

22 

63 

I 

2 

87 
94 
05 
01 

1 

17 
95 

1 

10 

' 

1 

14 

2 

06 

Carried  Forward  1 

1 

15 

'i 

? 

?    1 

5> 

? 

? 

SALESMEN'S    CARDS 


19 


If  tho  driver  lias  a  long  route,  he  may  fill  both  sides  of  his  card  (or  even 
two  cards).  When  he  has  filled  any  of  the  columns  on  tlie  front  of  the 
card,  he  adds  each  column,  placing  the  sums  at  the  bottom.  Each  sum  is 
then  written  at  the  top  of  the  corresponding  column  on  the  back.  This  is 
called  "  carrying  the  amount  forward." 

2.  Fill  in  the  amounts  "brought  forward"  and  add  each 
column  on  the  back  of  the  card  as  shown  below. 

3.  Add  ','aa"  and  "bb"  to  get  all  that  the  salesman  took  in. 
Then  subtract  "cc,".  which  he  paid  out.  How  much  does  it 
leave  ? 

4.  When  the  driver  started  out  in  the  morning,  his  change 
bag  contained  $2.17  in  small  change.  How  much  should 
there  be  in  it  at  night  when  he  hands  it  to  the  bookkeeper  ? 

[back] 


20 


GROCERY    PROBLEMS 


5.    Complete  both  sides  of  the  following  total  card 

[fkont] 


Salesman     ir.  Kane               Date    May  15,    191  6 

um 

Receired 
on  tcrount 

R4sreived 
Cash, 

Paid  Ont 

H.  A.  Jones 
T.  H.  Hood 

A.  B.  Stone 

Carried  forward 

15 
3 

2 

50 
75 

90 

1 

1 

2 

1 

1 

2 

1 

2 

93 
06 

41 

46 
83 

21 

47 
05 
06 
94 
17 
08 
46 

1 

45 

12 

16 
90 

? 

'} 

? 

? 

? 

? 

[back] 


Salesman     W.  Kane               Date    May  15,    191  6 

lUE 

1 

Received 
OD  kcnant 

Received 
Casli 

Paid  Out 

Bronght  foncard 
II.  H.  Poole 

B.  S.  Bowles 

1 

//.  B.  Thompson       ' 

12 

5 

10 

o 

25 
80 

00 

2 
1 

2 
3 

1 

1 
1 

1 

? 

42 

14 
08 
97 
26 
45 
14 
07 
96 
IS 
07 
09 
24 

? 

2 

1 

2 

9 

40 

60 

80 

Total 

? 

? 

?          ? 

-} 

j) 

SELLING   ON   COMMISSION 


21 


SELLING  ON  COMMISSION 

Alvan  R.  Keen  takes  orders  for  a  cash  market  in  the  city. 
He  drives  through  a  certain  suburban  section  each  day,  and  the 
orders  which  he  brings  in  at  night  are  put  up  and  delivered 
the  next  day.  The  Company  furnishes  him  with  a  horse  and 
buggy  and  pays  him  3  %  on  the  amount  of  the  day's  orders. 
The  amount  of  each  order  taken  through  the  day  is  credited 
to  him  by  the  cashier  after  the  goods  have  been  weighed  and 
the  sale  slips  are  completed. 

Each  of  the  following  cards  shows  his  work  for  the  dates 
indicated.  Find  the  amount  of  each  day's  sales  and  compute 
each  day's  pay  or  commission  : 

1. 


SUBURBAN 

Order  (llerk            A.  B.  Keen 

Dat«         June  7,  1916 

Bonte       Xo.  2 

• 

AMOUNT  OF  SALES    AS   PER   SALE  SLIPS 

,    1 

60 

* 

* 

* 

* 

2 

85 

4 

20 

2 

90 

97 

1 

87 

1 

75 

1 

23 

1 

19 

1 

46 

1 

67 

85 

1 

13 

48 

3 

10 

2 

84 

1 

14 

1 

86 

1 

70 

92 

1 

42 

0 

18 

1 

25 

93 

1 

46 

2 

34 

1 

18 

1 

29 

5 

18 

2 

64 

2 

80 

1 

14 

1 

62 

3 

26 

2 

90 

1 

58 

2 

40 

Total 

*  Tlie  total  of  the  preceding  column  should  be  written  here. 


22 


GROCERY  PROBLEMS 


SUBURBAN 

Order  (lerk        A.  li.  Keen 

Date        June  8,  1916 

Route       Xo.  3 

AMOUNT  OF  SALES  AS   PER  SALE  SLIPS 

1 

S4 

* 

* 

» 

* 

* 

* 

1 

48 

1 

29 

1 

85 

1 

03 

2 

48 

1 

47 

1 

86 

1 

58 

5 

97 

2 

63 

1 

64 

2 

49 

2 

64 

4 

82 

d) 

48 

2 

43 

1 

04 

1 

29 

2 

87 

1 

38 

1 

09 

2 

48 

3 

74 

1 

47 

1 

38 

1 

04 

1 

07 

1 

62 

1 

86 

2 

95 

1 

48 

1 

04 

1 

73 

2 

69 

1 

57 

1 

04 

.  2 

49 

1 

63 

2 

69 

2 

59 

1 

Total 

SUBURBAN 

Order  Clerk        A.  B.  Keen 

Date         June  9,   1916 

' 

Boate       No.  2 

AMOUNT  OF  SALES  AS   PER 

SALE  SLIPS 

2 

50 

* 

*    \ 

*     *  ' 

*      * 

« 

* 

1 

35 

1 

27 

1    59 

2    98 

2 

38 

1 

32 

1 

97 

2,45 

l\45 

94 

96 

nt 

65 

3 

00 

I,  6 4 

3 

28 

1 

64 

I 

04 

2 

56 

l\  06 

lit 

75 

2 

68 

1 

38 

1 

09 

2.58 

1 

04 

84: 

1 

47 

2 

68 

3\24 

1 

00 

1 

05 

3 

24 

1 

04 

2\79 

1 

64 

2 

69 

2 

69 

1 

53 

l\24 

1 

06 

2 

05 

1 

06 

1\  08 

\  56 

2 

59 

1 

28 

1 

02 

1  1  52 

1\S7 

3 

84 

1 

i 

Total 

♦Bring  forward  the  amount  of  the  preceding  column. 


BILLS 


23 


BILLS 

The  sale  slip  is  usually  made  out  iu  pencil,  without  much 
care  as  to  appearance.  It  accompanies  small  purchases  in  retail 
stores,  being  inserted  in  the  bundle  and  given  to  the  customer. 
When  the  purchase  is  of  considerable  value,  as  in  the  case 
of  an  automobile,  a  bill  is  sent,  which  is  usually  made  out 
carefully  by  the  bookkeeper.  Bills  are  also  made  out  for  pur- 
chases that  contain  many  items,  as  in  the  case  of  a  retail  dealer 
who  buys  of  a  wholesale  house  and  defers  payment  until  the 
goods  are  delivered  or  until  the  end  of  the  month. 

1.  Copy  the  following  bill,  paying  careful  attention  to  the 
ruling,  the  money  columns,  the  capitals,  and  the  punctuation. 
Fill  out  all  amounts  where  dashes  are  found: 


Nkw  York,  N.Y.,  Jan.  6,  1916 

Mkssrs.  CURTIS  &  COOK 

Glendalk,  N.Y. 

Bought    of    CONSOLIDATED    GR0CJ:RY    J^UPPLY    COMPANY 

1  90-lb.  chest 

Formosa  .tea                                                   .75  * 



1  90-lb,  chest 

English  breakfast  tea                                     .55 

— 

60  1b. 

Arabian  Mocha  coffee                                    .29 

— 

— 

50  pkg. 

Old  Grist  Mill                                                 .16 

— 

— 

3  cases 

Canned  lima  beans                                       1.75 

— 

— 

•2  cases 

Canned  peaches                                             3.25 
Received  payment, 

— 

— 

1 

Jan.  10,  1916, 

Consolidated  Grockry  Supply  Company 

('.  S.  D. 

*  The  amount  indicated  in  this  column  in  all  bills  in  this  book  is  the  cost  of 
the  denomination  in  which  the  item  is  billed,  in  this  case  the  cost  of  1  lb. 


24 


GROCERY  PROBLEMS 


When  the  bill  on  page  23  was  paid,  the  bookkeeper  receipted 
it,  signing  liis  own  initials,  and  mailed  it  to  Curtis  &  Cook. 

2.  Rule  and  make  out  bills,  like  the  one  on  page  23,  for 
the  following  purchases,  dating  to-day  and  receipting  it  10  days 
later:  Howard  &  Sanborn,  Fair  Oaks,  N.Y.,  buy  of  the  above 
wholesale  dealers  3  bbl.  of  entire  wheat  flour  @  $7.50,  1| 
bbl.  of  oatmeal  %  -fT.OO,  40  lb.  of  cream  of  tartar  @  '$.28|, 
and  3  cases  of  canned  tomatoes  @  $1.75. 

3.  Kelley  and  O'Brien,  Oakdale,  N.Y.,  buy  3  cases  of  Ivory 
soap  @  13.00,  4  cases  of  Gold  Dust  @  $4.50,  i  bbl.  rolled 
oats  @  $6.40,  and  2  cases  of  Grape  Nuts  @  $4.05." 


Boston,  Mass.,  Feb.  3,   1910 

Messrs. 

CALKINS  &  KANE 

Granitevim.e,  Mass. 

Bought  of 

COBB,  BATES,  &  YERXA 

5  doz. 

Royal  canned  corn 

1.40 





6  doz. 

Kornlet  canned  corn 

2.00 

— 

— 

15  doz. 

Oneida  teleplione  peas 

1.50 

— 

— 

3  doz. 

"  Sifted  Sweet "  peas 

1.35 

— 

— 

— 

4.  Fill  out  on  paper  the  money  column  for  the  above  bill. 

5.  Make  out  the  bill  sent  by  Cobb,  Bates,  &  Yerxa  to  the 
following  buyers  of  goods.  Use  present  date,  receipting  at 
the  end  of  the  month. 

Howe  &  Green,  Marshport,  Mass.,  bought  3  doz.  cans  wax 
string  beans  @  $1.15,  5  doz.  cans  grated  pineapple  at  $1.35, 
and  4  doz.  cans  green  gage  plums  @  $3.25. 

6.  Dunham  &  Brown,  Orange,  Mass.,  bought  ^  doz.  cans  ox 
tongues  @  $10.50,  2|^  doz.  jars  Beechnut  dried  beef  @  $4, 
and  3  doz.  cans  Spanish  canned  olives  (aj,  $3.25. 


BILLS 


25 


7.  Drake  &  Carver,  Glendale,  Mass.,  bought  2  cases  of  Ivory 
soap  @  -14.25,  3  cases  of  Pyle's  Pearline  @  !|2.95,  2|  doz. 
bottles  lemon  extract  @  $2,  and  2|-  pk.  dried  green  peas  @  $.90. 

Fill  in  only  the  money  columns  in  the  following  abbreviated 
bills.     Compute  the  total  amount  of  each: 


M 

ONEV  Co 

MTMN 

2|  doz. 

.48 





4ilb. 

.;32 





1\  doz.  • 

.60 





1  doz. 

1.64 





211b. 

.28 





4^  doz. 

.54 





\  doz. 

.72 





15  lb. 

.08 





\\  doz. 

.48 









MoNKY  Column 


11. 


ilb. 

.64 





2\  lb. 

.44 

— 

— 

3^  lb. 

.46 

— 

— 

lilb. 

.32 

— 

— 

26  1b. 

.04 

— 

— 

25  1b. 

.03 

— 

— 

1  doz. 

.96 

— 

— 

4|  do*z. 

.84 

— 

— 

— 

fib. 

.32 





4f  lb. 

.48 

— 

— 

lib. 

.40 

— 

— 

13  1b. 

.05 

— 

— 

12  1b. 

.07 

— 

— 

It  lb. 

.48 

— 

— 

17  1b. 

.03 

— 

— 

— 

— 

12. 


f  doz. 

.24 

_ 

_ 

U  doz. 

.36 

— 

— 

21  — 

.04 

— 

— 

1  doz. 

.30 

— 

— 

14  — 

.05 

— 

— 

15  — 

.03 

— 

— 

4|  lb. 

.48 

— 

— 

— 

— 

lib. 

.48 





H  lb. 

..32 

— 

— 

IfV  lb. 

.32 

— 

— 

Hib. 

.24 

— 

— 

2|lb. 

.16 

— 

— 

— 

— 

13. 


4^  doz. 

1.30 





9  doz. 

2.10 

— 

— 

5^  doz. 

.70 

— 

— 

16  doz. 

1.55 

— 

— 

13  doz. 

1.72 

— 

— 

— 

— 

hunt's  commcn.  ak.  —  3 


26  ■  CONSTRUCTION   PROBLEMS 

CONSTRUCTION   PROBLEMS 
REVIEW   OF   FRACTIONS 

1.  If  two  boards,  5^  in.  wide  and  7|  in.  wide,  respectively, 
are  placed  side  by  side,  what  is  the  combined  width  ? 

oj  in.  =  5J  in. 
7J  in.  =  "l  in. 

_¥'"•  =  IJ  in- 
1| 

13|  in. 

Boards  used  in  box  mills,  furniture  factories,  etc.,  come  in 
very  uneven  widths.  Find  the  combined  width  of  each  of  the 
following  pairs  : 

2.  S^  in.  and  5|  in.  8.  4^^  in.  and  1^  in. 

3.  6||  in.  and  8|  in.  9.  7|  in.  and  4|  in. 

4.  S^  in.  and  11|  in.  10.  Ql^in.  and  5|  in. 

5.  lOySg  in.  and  6^g  in.  11.  2|  in.  and  10|  in. 

6.  8|  in.  and  9|  in.  12.  4^  in.  and  7^  in. 

7.  5^g  in.  and  6|  in.  '     13.  5|  in.  and  12|  in. 

14.  How  wide  a  board  will  remain  after  sawing  a  strip  5"^  in. 
wide  from  a  board  11^  in.  wide  ? 

Hi  in.  =  lOf  in. 

5f  in.  =    5^  in. 


5|  in.,  or  5\  in. 
How  wide  a  board  will  remain  : 

15.  After  sawing  a    l|-in.  strip  from  a  10^-in.  board? 

16.  After  sawing  a    2|-in.  strip  from  a    9|-in.  board? 

17.  After  sawing  a    l|-in.  strip  from  a  10^-in.  board? 

18.  After  sawing  a    3|-in.  strip  from  a    9^-in.  board? 

19.  After  sawing  a  l^-in.  strip  from  a    9|-in.  board? 


THE   SCHOOL  DESK 


27 


THE   SCHOOL  DESK 


To  the  Teacher.  —  The  following  lesson  gives  an  opportunity  for  the 
pupils  to  make  first-hand  measurements  without  leaving  their  seats.  All  the 
children  can  be  at  work  at  the  same  time.  Xo  two  desk  tops  will  be  made  of 
boards  of  exactly  the  same  width,  so  that  there  is  an  excellent  opportunity  for 
independent  observation  of  a  simple  piece  of  construction  before  using  the 
dimensions  furnished  in  the  following  problems.  This  provides  a  natural 
lesson,  requiring  addition  and  subtraction  of  fractions  ranging  from  halves  to 
sixteenths. 


If  you  will  examine  the  top  of  your  desk  very  carefully,  you 
will  find  that  two  or  three  boards  have  been  used  to  make  what 
seems  at  first  glance  to  be  one  very  wide  board,  the  width  of 
the  desk  top  or  lid.  These  boards  have  been  fitted  together 
with  great  care,  so  that  you  may  find  it  difficult  to  discover 
their  edges. 

A  study  of  the  grain  of  the  wood  in  tlie  accompanying 
sketch  or  on  your  own  desk  will  show  where  the  two  boards 
come  togethei".  These  boards  were  glued  and  clamped  until 
dry  and  then  given  a  smooth,  hard  finish. 


28  CONSTRUCTION  PROBLEMS 

1.  Measure  the  length  and  the  width  of  your  desk,  taking 
into  consideration  the  curved  edges.  In  like  manner,  find  the 
width  of  some  of  the  single  boards  used.  Use  your  pencil  and 
ruler,  as  shown  by  A  and  B  in  the  diagram  on  page  27. 

2.  An  open-box  desk,  like  that  in  the  sketch,  has  a  top  24 
in.  long  (measuring  from  left  to  right),  and  16  in.  wide  (meas- 
uring from  front  to  back).  How  long  must  all  boards  be  cut  ? 
Give  some  reasons  why  the  width  of  boards  varies  so  much.* 

3.  The  cabinet  maker  at  work  on  16-inch  desks  may  have 
selected  a  board  12|  in.  wide  throughout.  How  wide  a  board 
must  be  put  with  it  to  give  the  proper  width  ? 

4.  Select  boards  to  combine  with  each  of  the  following  to 
make  a  width  of  16  in.:  2|  in.,  9^^  in.,  6|  in.,  9l|  in. 

5.  Give  the  width  of  boards  which  would  combine  with  each 
of  the  following  to  make  a  13-inch  desk  top  :  9^  in.,  5^^  in., 
7|  in.,  m  in.,  8-^6  in.,  11|  in. 

Note.  —  Boards  rarely  come  of  just  the  right  width  to  make  the  required 
top ;  strips  have  to  be  sawed  off  or  planed  off.  How  can  the  workman 
economize  stock  ? 

6.  If  the  two  boards  selected  for  a  16-inch  top  are  12|  in. 
and  5|-  in.,  how  much  will  have  to  be  sawed  or  planed  from 
one  of  the  boards  to  give  the  proper  width  ? 

12|  in.  +  5^  in.  =  18|  in.;  18|^  in.  —  16  in.  =  2|  in.,  amount  to  be  sawed 
off. 

7.  The  two  boards  selected  for  an  18-inch  desk  top  were  11| 
in.  and  9|  in.  wide.  How  much  must  be  removed  from  one  of 
tliem  to  leave  the  right  width  ? 

*  Desk  tops  must  be  made  from  perfect  lumber.  Much  care  is  exercised  in 
cutting  up  to  avoid  knots,  decayed  spots,  open  grain,  etc.  At  the  same  time,  as 
little  stock  must  be  wasted  as  possible. 


THE   SCHOOL    DESK  29 

8.  In  making  desks  with  Avider  tops,  or  with  lifting  lids, 
three  boards  are  occasionally  used.  Give  reasons  why  this  is 
undesirable  and  not  the  usual  custom. 

How  wide  a  board  will  have  to  be  combined  with  the  two  in 
each  of  the  following  groups  to  make  a  lid  20  inches  wide  ? 

(a)  5|  in.  and  10|^  in.  (c?)  7|  in.  and  Of  in. 

(b)  7|  in.  and  9|  in.  (g)  6|  in.  and  7^  in. 
((?)  o-^g  in.  and  3^  in.                     (/)  4|  in.  and  5-^^  in. 

9.  The  following  widths  of  boards  are  at  liand:  3|  in.,  5|  in., 
6|  in.,  7|  in.,  7||  in.,  S^  in.,  8|  in.,  8|  in.,  8|  in,,  9Jg  in. 

Select  the  most  economical  board  from  the  above  widths  to 
combine  with  each  of  the  following  in  maki-ng  16-inch  desk  tops: 
(a)  12|  in.,  (6)  91f  in.,  (c)  8/^  in.,  (d)   11|  in.,  (^  13^^  in. 

10.  Decide  how  much  will  have  to  be  removed  from  each  of 
the  following  combinations  to  give  exactly  16-inch  tops : 

(«)  9|  in.  and  7|  in.  (c)  8^  in.  and  lOf  in. 

lb)  8f  in.  and  11|  in.  (d)  12|  in.  and  4|  in. 

(e)  11|  in.  and  5|  in. 

(/)  8  in.  and  6|-  in.  and  3^  in. 

11.  How  much  must  be  removed  from  each  of  the  following 
for  13-inch  tops?  (a)  7^  in.  and  8|  in.,  (5)  9|  in.  and  5f  in., 
(<?)  4\  in.,  S^  in.,  and  2|  in.,  (c?)  8|  in.  and  5|  in. 

12.  If  the  workman  has  chosen  a  6|-inch  board  and  a  10|^- 
inch  board  for  the  top  of  a  16-inch  desk,  how  much  must  be  re- 
moved? 

13.  How  wide  a  strip  must  be  removed  from  one  of  the 
boards  in  each  of  the  following  combinations  if  they  are  in- 
tended for  13-inch  desk  tops  ? 

(a)  4^  in.  and  9|  in.  (d}  5^  in.  and  7|  in. 

(5)  7|  in.  and  6|  in.  (e)   10|  in.  and  4|  in. 

(c)  8-1  in.  and  4|  in.  (/)  9|  in.  and  3f  in. 


30 


CONSTRUCTION  PROBLEMS 


USE  OF  CLEATS 


mf 


'  — 

et^i  — 

• 

X- 

3 

X 

.3 

r/g.3 


-21'/, 


ma 


nss 


Figure  1  represents  the  end  of  a  board  which  has  warped. 
The  drying  of  the  sap,  when  the  green  wood  was  exposed  to  the 
atmosphere,  caused  the  board  to  shrink.  Boards  are  sawed  frqra 
logs,  and  the  side  of  the  board  nearer  the  outside  of  the  log 
contains  more  sap  than  the  side  toward  the  center  or  heart  of 
the  log.     The  warping  is  therefore  away  from  the  center. 

Figure  2  shows  one  way  of  preventing  warping.  Two  cross 
cleats  are  screwed  firmly  to  the  boards  across  the  grain.  This 
is  a  cheap  and  easy  method  which  can  be  used  in  making  box 
covers,  storm  doors,  etc. 

Figure  3  shows  a  neater  and  better  way  of  preventing  warp- 
ing by  means  of  end  cleats.  The  ends  of  the  center  boards 
{BB^  are  cut  so  as  to  leave  a  projecting  tongue,  which  fits 
into  a  groove,  cut  in  the  inner  edge  of  the  end  cleats  (xx). 
They  are  glued  firmly  together,  and  the  inner  boards  are  thus 
kept  from  warping.  This  method  is  used  in  making  bread 
boards,  desk  lids,  paneled  doors,  etc. 


USE   OF  CLEATS  31 

Study  the  diagram  and  answer  the  following  questions: 

1.  A  box  cover  like  Figure  2  is  made  from  4-inch  stock, 
which  means  boards  4  in.  wide.  It  is  to  be  3  ft.  long  (the  way 
the  boards  run)  and  2  ft.  wide.  How  many  3-foot  lengths  can 
be  sawed  |rom  a  12-foot  board? 

2.  How  many  of  these  4-inch  boards  will  have  to  be  placed 
side  by  side  to  make  the  cover  2  ft.  wide  ? 

3.  How  many  12-foot  boards  must  be  cut  up  to  furnish  this 
number  of  3-foot  lengths?  How  many  feet  of  the  last  board 
will  not  be  used  ? 

4.  How  long  will  the  cleats  have  to  be  sawed  ?  (If  they 
are  2  in.  wide,  both  can  be  cut  from  one  piece  of  4-inch  stock.) 

Note.  —  A  running  foot  is  1  ft.  long  without  regard  to  width. 

5.  How  many  running  feet  of  board  will  it  take  for  the  cover 
when  complete  ?  How  many  12-foot  boards  will  be  needed  for 
the  job  ? 

6.  Using  the  same  kind  of  stock,  construct  a  cover  28  in. 
long  and  18  in.  wide.  Make  a  drawing  similar  to  Figure  2 
but  use  the  new  dimensions.  Decide  the  number  of  strips 
needed  to  give  the  required  width. 

7.  How  much  will  have  to  be  removed  with  a  rip  saw  from 
the  last  strip  to  keep  the  cover  exactly  18  in.  wide  ? 

8.  How  many  running  feet  of  board  will  be  needed  for 
Ex.  6,  not  including  the  cleats  ? 

9.  How  many  running  feet  will  be  needed  to  make  the 
two  cleats  if  sawed  as  in  Ex.  4  ? 

10.  How  many  running  feet  will  be  needed  in  all  ?  (Count 
any  fraction  as  an  extra  foot.) 

11.  How  many  running  feet  will  be  required  to  make  a 
similar  cover  32  in.  long  by  20  in.  wide,  using  4-inch  boards 
and  2-inch  cleats  ? 


32  CONSTRUCTION  PROBLEMS 


MAKING  A  BREAD  BOARD 


1.  The  two  middle  boards  used  in  making  a  bread  board 
like  that  shown  in  Figure  3,  page  30,  are  so  wide  that  they 
would  soon  warp  unless  held  flat  by  end  cleats.  If  the  upper 
face  of  the  boards  were  21|^  in.  long  and  the  cleats  were  each 
1|  in.  wide,  how  long  would  the  completed  board  be  ? 

2.  Compute  the  lengths  of  the  following  bread  boards  : 
(a)  Boards  19|  in.  long  on  top ;  cleats  2|  in.  wide. 
(6)  Boards  22^  in.  long  on  top ;  cleats  2|  in.  wide. 

3.  Examine  Figure  4  on  page  30  and  see  what  effect  cutting 
the  tongue  has  on  the  length  of  the  top  and  bottom  surfaces. 
If  a  21|^-inch  board  is  run  through  a  machine  which  cuts  a 
^•inch  tongue  on  each  end,  how  long  will  it  leave  the  face  of 
the  board  ? 

4.  Find  the  length  of  the  face  of  each  of  the  following 
boards  after  the  |^-inch  tongues  have  been  cut : 

(a)  Original  length  21|  in.  ;  tongues  \  in.  deep. 
(5)  Original  length  18|  in.  ;  tongues  |  in.  deep. 

5.  A  workman  is  making  bread  boards  all  of  which  are  to  be 
18  in.  wide  (measured  across  the  grain).  The  first  board 
which  he  picks  up  is  11^  in.  wide.  How  wide  a  board  must 
be  put  with  it  to  get  the  required  18  inches  ? 

6.  A  workman  is  making  bread  boards  20  in.  wide.  What 
width  of  board  must  he  place  with  each  of  the  following? 

(a)  14|  in.        (ft)  9|  in.        (c)  10  j^g  in.       (rf)  11|  in. 

7.  It  is  not  always  possible  to  find  two  or  three  boards 
that  will  give  the  exact  width  required.  How  much  would 
have  to  be  sawed  or  planed  from  one  of  the  boards  in  each  of 
the  following  combinations  to  make  bread  boards  18  in.  wide? 

(a)  8|  in.,  7^  in.,  5  in.  (6)    7|  in.,  'l\  in.,  3|  in. 

(<?)  5|  in.,  (3|  in.,  9^  in. 


DRY-GOODS  PROBLEMS  33 

DRY-GOODS   PROBLEMS 


-1 — 1 — I — I — I — I — I — I — I — 1 — I — I — I — I — I — I — I — I — 1 — I — I — i — I — I — I — I — I — I — I — 1 — I — I — I — I — r- 
1    Z    3   4    5   fe    7    6   9  10  11   l^  13  14  16  Ifa  17  16  19  20  ?!  ??  ?j  ^4  ?5  ?6  27  ?b  ?9  30  31  3^  33  34  35 


/"root  of  r^rd  5tick  ^  \  ^Dack  of  Yard  ^t/ck 


VsYD  l^YD  Vef<0.  VfeYD.  VsYD.  3/4  YD.  %YD 


Oral  Exercise 

Study  this*  sketch  of  the  yard  stick  until  you  can  express  the 
following  distances  as  called  for  : 

Remember  that  36  in.  =  1  yd. 

1.  Express  1  yd.,  \  yd.,  |  yd.,  1^  yd.,  \  yd.  as  inches. 

2.  Express  18  in.,  9  in.,  4|-  in.,  and  27  in.  as  parts  of  a  yard. 

3.  Express  13|  in.,  22|  in.,  and  31|  in.  as  parts  of  a  yard. 


Compute  the  cost  of  the  following : 


4. 

5  yd.  @  % 

.15 

11. 

2  yd.  @  $ 

.37 

5. 

3  yd.  @ 

.17 

12. 

7  yd.  @ 

.12 

6. 

2  yd.  @ 

.122^ 

13. 

5  yd.  @ 

.13 

7. 

6  yd.  @ 

.09 

14. 

7  yd.  @ 

.18 

8. 

7  yd.  @ 

.12 

15. 

2  yd.  @ 

.27 

9. 

4  yd.  @ 

.08| 

16. 

12  yd.  @ 

.32 

.0. 

6  yd.  @ 

.33^ 

17. 

9  yd.  @ 

.24 

19.  \  yd.  @  .48 

20.  f  yd.  @  .40 

21.  11  yd.  @  .70 

22.  \  yd.  @  .90 

23.  I  yd.  @  .48 


25.  1  yd.  18  in.  {a}  i.50  29.  3  yd.  18  in.  @  $.36 

26.  1  yd.  27  in.  @-   .72  30.  2  yd.  27  in.  @     .24 

27.  1  yd.  9  in.     @     .80  31.  2  yd.  9  in.     @     .64 

28.  2  yd.  18  in.  %     .18  32.  4  yd.  18  in.  @      .08 

NoTK.  —  The  sion  @  means  at  so  much  a  unit.     Thus,  5  yd.  @   $.15 
means  5  yd.  at  f  .15  a  yard. 


34 


DRY-GOODS  PROBLEMS 


Oral  or  Written  Exercise  * 

The  following  table,  like  those  on  pages  5  and  7,  gives  the 
amount  purchased  and  the  money  offered  by  the  customer  in 
payment.  Compute  the  charge  and  select  the  coins  and  bills 
in  the  proper  order  for  making  change.  Examine  the  record 
for  the  first  purchase  and  see  if  it  is  correct. 

Copy  all  except  the  "  purchase  "  column  and  fill  in  the  items 
needed. 


PrRCllASE 

Cost 

Cus- 
tomer 

Coins  ani>  Bill« 

Amt.  of 
i..  II  angk 

GIVES 

ii\&i\  \0i 

25^ 

50^ 

S1.00S2.00J$5.00 

1. 

2iyd.  @«.12 

«.27'  «..50 

3 

2 

a.23 

2. 

H  yd.  @  $  .40 

1.00 

? 

V 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

3. 

3i  yd.  @  $  .32 

2.00 

'> 

4. 

1  yd.  @  9  -16 

.50 

'J 

5. 

'if  yd.  @«.28 

1.00 

0 

6. 

oi  yd.  @  ^  .36 

5.00 

i 

? 

7. 

2J  yd.  @  .1 .20 

1.00 

1 

? 

8. 

l^yd.  @$.24 

2.00 

V 

9. 

2iyd.  @$.28 

1.00  , 

V 

10. 

3f  yd.  @  «  .32 

5.00  j 

') 

11. 

It's  yd.  @  -f  16 

20.00  1 

•    1 

? 

12. 

It's  yd.  @$ 32 

50.00 

? 

13. 

If  yd.  @  18 

15.00 

'J 

14. 

'  2|  yd.  @  f  16 

50.00 

? 

15. 

l|yd.  @.|-24 

ioO.OO 

'.1 

*  This  should  be  taken  as  an  oral  exercise  if  the  class  is  fairly  proficient. 


DRY-GOODS  PROBLEMS  35. 

16.    Complete  llie  sale  slip  for  Mrs.  Howe's  piircluises. 


THE   CENTRAL   DRY   GOODS   CO. 

Rockland,  III.,  July  5,  1916 
Name         Mr.i.  F.  P.  Howe 
Address        5  Main  St. 
Sold  bv         No.  9        Amount  Received         ^2.00 

4  yd. 

2  yd. 

hyd. 

Scrim                                      .17 
Percale                                 .12^ 
Satin                                    1.40 

1 

17.  Salesman  A  made  onlj  23  sales  July  15,  as  shown  on 
his  total  card  below.  Compute  the  value  of  the  goods  sold 
(both  cash  and  charge  sales).     How  much  cash  did  he  turn  in  ? 


Department 

Dreas  Goods 

Salesman     A 

Date     Jxdy 

15,  1916 

Cask  Sales 

CllAR<iE 

Sales 

Cash  Sales 

CuARCiE 

Sales 

FORWARU 

Forward 

1 
2 

1 

u 

38 

18 

?             ? 

?         ? 

1 

12 

8 

72 

14 

45 

4 

1 

08 

16 

38 

6 

56 

16 

2 

70 

6 

94 

17 

1 

13 

7 

1 

50 

18 

1> 

26 

8 

2 

66 

19 

1 

53 

9 

53 

20 

1 

02 

10 

45 

21 

96 

11 

08 

22 

79 

12 

19 

23 

2 

15 

Forward  V     ? 

?      ? 

Totals  ?        '> 

.36 


DUY-OOODR  PROBLEMS 


A  RECORD  OF  EFFICIENCY 

Tlie  daily  cash  cards  turned  in  to  the  bookkeeper  each  night 
show  the  amount  of  each  clerk's  daily  sales.  If  any  particular 
clerk  regularly  turns  in  a  larger  record  than  the  others,  it 
indicates  his  popularity  with  the  customers,  or  a  greater  effort 
on  his  part,  or  both.  Consequently,  large  daily  sales  are  taken 
to  indicate  greater  efficiency  and  are  often  rewarded  with  a 
larger  salary. 

1.  In  the  following  tables,  compute  each  clerk's  weekly  sales. 

2.  Add  horizontally  and  find  the  store's  total  daily  sales. 


Weekly 

Sales  ix  Store 

OF  Brow 

N    &    DOBEL 

Miss 
Brown 

Daily 

Mk.  Ames 

Miss  Cook 

Miss  Dhnn 

Sales  for 
TUB  Store 

Monday 

.^15.65 

f  14.90 

$12.30 

a  16.84 

v 

Tuesday 

18..35 

18.24 

15.62 

14.12 

9 

Wednesday 

17.60 

19.16 

14.91 

12.97 

? 

Thursday 

25.40 

13.12 

20.05 

15.46 

? 

Friday 

21.62 

20.04 

19.64 

18.21 

V 

Saturday 
Total 

23.18 

9 

18.74 

18.02 

19.46 

V 

') 

? 

V 

<i 

Weekly  Sales  in  Store  of  Hanson  &  Stone 


Daily 

Miss  Stone 

Miss  Poolk 

Miss  Howe 

Miss  White 

Sales  for 
THE  Store 

Monday 

iiJ21.60 

f  19.70 

if  20.57 

$27.60 

9 

Tuesday 

24.85 

26.30 

21.72 

21.46 

9 

Wednesday 

23.72 

18.46 

18.96 

18.88 

9 

Thursday 

28.64 

17.95 

24.17 

14.72 

? 

Friday 

21.50 

18.04 

28.43 

19.85 

9 

Saturday 
Total 

25.35 

22.78 

23.89 

27.99 

•) 

? 

? 

? 

? 

V 

ECONOMY   IN  BUYING 


37 


ECONOMY  IN  BUYING 

At  certain  times  of  the  year  large  department  stores  usually 
declare  a  reduced  price  for  remnants  of  various  lengths.  If 
the  amounts  advertised  are  sufficient  to  meet  the  needs  of  a 
purchaser,  a  substantial  amount  can  be  saved  by  buying  at  this 
time.  Find  how  much  each  customer  saved  on  each  of  the 
following  purchases. 


Crs- 

TOMER 

Number 

Goods  Puechasbd 

Yards 
Pur- 
chased 

Former 
Peice 

PES  YD. 

Ueduced 
Price 

PEE  YD. 

Amount 
Saved 

PER  YD. 

Total 
Amount 
Saved 

1. 

White  voile 

15 

f  1.00 

^   .50 

? 

? 

2. 

Brocade  French  satin 

m 

2.00 

1.65 

<) 

? 

3. 

40-inch  brocade  velvet 

1.51 

4.00 

2..50 

9 

? 

4. 

o4-inch  brown  voile 

5 

3.50 

1.25 

•) 

9 

5. 

40-inch  cashmere 

5i 

1.50 

.75 

V 

? 

6. 

White  liberty  satin 

4| 

2.00 

1.10 

? 

? 

7. 

White  cashmere  de  soie 

H 

2.00 

1.25 

9 

9 

8. 

Crepe  de  chine 

H 

2.50 

1.00 

? 

? 

9. 

French  foulard 

11 

2.00 

.90 

? 

? 

10. 

Taifeta  silk 

27 

2.00 

1.25 

? 

? 

11. 

Black  broadcloth 

IH 

2.50 

1..50 

? 

? 

12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 

Black  poplin 
Imported  broadcloth 
Black  serge 
Storm  serge 

IS 
13 

1.00 
4.00 
2.00 
2.00. 

.75 
2.65 
1.50 
1.20 

? 
? 
?  • 

? 
? 
? 

7 

16. 

All-worsted  serge 

5 

2.50 

1.40 

? 

9 

17. 
18. 

Scotch  suiting 
Silk  and  wool  crepe 

17 
5 

2.00 
1..50 

1.15 
1.00 

? 
? 

? 

? 

19. 

Silk  and  wool  poplin 

6^ 

2..50 

1.65 

? 

? 

20. 
21. 

All-wool  bengaline 
56-inch  covert  cloth 

8 
12 

2.50 
3.00 

1.40 
2.35 

? 
? 

V 
? 

22. 

Diagonal  suiting 

4 

.2.30 

1.00 

? 

? 

23. 

Irish  crochet  lace,  2-inch 

U 

1.25 

.85 

? 

? 

24. 

Lace  flouncing 

m 

1.75 

.75 

? 

? 

25. 

Lace  insertion 

8 

1..50 

.75 

1 

? 

? 

38 


MEAT  MARKET    PROBLEMS 


MEAT   MARKET  PROBLEMS 
SELLING  PORK 


^am        Shoufo/er       bacon 


Jouj/ 


Study  the  cuts  of  pork  as  iudicatecl  on  the  "  side  "  repre- 
sented below.  The  corresponding  numbers,  in  the  picture 
above,  show  how  four  of  the  cuts  look  when  ready  to  retail. 

Oral  Exercise 

Compute  the  charges  on  the  following  pur- 
chases and  make  change,  giving  coins  in  the 
order  of  selection  from  the  cash  drawer. 

Remember  that: 
16  ounces  (16  oz.)  equal  1  pound  (1  lb.) 


PlRCIIASE 

Pkick  pk.k 

I'OINI) 

MoNKY 

Prksented 

1  lb.  4  OZ.  Pork  Chops 

1.24 

•f  1 .00 

6  lb.  8  oz.  Hani 

.20 

2.00 

5  lb.  4  oz.  Ribroast 

.20 

2.00 

4  lb.  12  oz.  Shoulder 

.16 

1.00 

1  lb.  4  oz.  Hail)  Steak 

.28 

..50 

12  oz.  Sliced  Bacon 

.32 

.50 

1  strip  Bacon,  5  lb. 

.30 

2.00 

1  lb.  12  oz.  Sliced  Ham 

.28 

.50 

14  oz.  Eng.  Bacon 

..32 

.50 

2  lb.  4  oz.  Loin  Chops 

.28 

1.00 

1  lb.  7  oz.  Salt  Fat  Pork 

.10 

1.00 

5  lb.  4  oz.  Ham 

.24 

2.00 

3  1b.  1.5  oz.  Shoulder 

.1(1 

l.(»0 

2  lb.  4  oz.  Ham 

.28 

2.00 

1  lb.  12  oz.  Bacon 

.28 

1.00 

WEIGHING  MEAT 


39 


6H  I  J  KL  MNP  RS  T  V 


llTI  [  I  ITI  I  I  ITI  I  1  HI 


5     10    15  20  25  30   35   40  45 
Enhrggd  Scale  Arm. 

WEIGHING  MEAT 

The  arm  of  these 
scales  is  enlarged  to 
show  the  figures  more  plainly.  Two 
sliding  weights  are  used.  One  indicates 
the  number  of  pounds,  and  the  other 
the  exact  number  of  ounces.  This  type 
of  scales  is  used  for  weighing  large  cuts 
for  hotels,  etc. 

Oral  Exercise 

How  much  would  each  cut  weigh 
if  the  sliding  weights  were  placed  as 
follows  : 


Written  Exercise 


Compute  the  cost  of  the  following- 
cuts,  at  prices  mentioned,  with  sliding 
weights  placed  as  follows  : 


1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 


On  Long 

On  Short 

Cut 

Arm  At 

Arm  At 

Mump      @  44  f 

K 

A 

Round     @38^ 

V 

E 

Sirloin     @  42  ^ 

N 

B 

Ribs         @  20  f 

R 

D 

Chuck      @  14^ 

T 

B 

Flank      ^12^ 

M 

A 

Brisket    @  14^ 

J 

E 

Neck        @12^ 

L 

C 

Shoulder®  \^f 

P 

B 

Shin         (p>    %f 

I 

E 

On  Long 

On  Short 

Ahm 

Arm 

1. 

G 

A 

2. 

H 

B 

3. 

T 

C 

4. 

J 

D 

5. 

K 

E 

6. 

L 

F 

7. 

M 

E 

8. 

N 

A 

9. 

P 

C 

10. 

R 

B 

11. 

S 

D 

12. 

T 

E 

13. 

V 

F 

40 


MEAT   MARKET   PROBLEMS 


BILLING  MEAT 

The  market  clerk  notes  the  weight  of  the  meat  in  pounds 
and  ounces.  When  he  bills  it  on  the  sale  slip,  he  may  write  it 
as  pounds  and  fractions  of  a  pound,  in  order  to  compute  the 
price  more  easily.  Copy  the  "  Bill "  section  of  the  following 
and  carry  out  each  item  as  the  first  two  have  been  carried  out, 
taking  the  weight  from  the  first  table  entitled  "  What  the 
Scales  Show." 


What  the  S<!ai.B8 
Snow 

1. 

5  1b. 

8  oz. 

2. 

2  1b. 

3  oz. 

3. 

1  lb. 

12  oz. 

4. 

3  1b. 

6  oz. 

5. 

2  1b. 

2oz. ' 

6. 

7  1b. 

6oz. 

7. 

4  1b. 

14  oz. 

8. 

3  1b. 

15  oz. 

9. 

5  1b. 

4  oz. 

10. 

15  oz. 

11. 

6  1b. 

7  oz. 

12. 

lib. 

5  oz. 

13. 

1  lb. 

7  oz. 

14. 

1  lb. 

13  oz. 

15. 

5  1b. 

6oz. 

16. 

4  1b. 

12  oz. 

17. 

2  1b. 

1  oz. 

18. 

5  1b. 

2oz. 

19. 

7  1b. 

3  oz. 

20. 

3  1b. 

5  oz. 

21. 

8  1b. 

2oz. 

22. 

15  oz. 

23. 

1  lb. 

12  oz. 

24. 

2  1b. 

2oz. 

How  It  is  Bii.i.Ki) 

5^    lb.  Ham 

f.2« 

1 

54 

2^,  lb.  Sirloin 

.42 

92 

—    lb.  Round 

.28 

—    lb.  Lamb  Shoulder 

.18 

—    lb.  Rump  Steak 

.38 

—    lb.  Ham 

.30 

—    lb.  Corned  Beef 

.18 

—    lb.  Shin 

.08 

—    lb.  Corned  Flank 

.10 

—    lb.  Dried  Beef 

.16 

—    lb.  Fowl 

.35 

—    lb.  Salt  Pork 

.14 

—    lb.  Lamb  Chops 

.40 

—    lb.  Pork  Chops 

.24 

—    lb.  Spare  Rib 

.20 

—    lb.  Back  of  Lamb 

.18 

—    lb.  Sirloin 

.40 

—    lb.  Roast  Beef 

.28 

—    lb.  Roast  Pork 

.22 

—    lb.  Ham 

.28 

—    lb.  Hind  Quarter  Lamb 

.24 

- 

—    lb.  Sirloin  Steak 

.36 

—    lb.  Lamb  Chops 

.36 

—    lb.  Bacon 

.28 

ABBREVIATED   BILLING 


41 


ABBREVIATED   BILLING 

The  columns  at  tlie  left  of  this  page  show  the  number  of 
pounds  and  ounces.  The  "  Bill  Form  "  at  the  right  is  for  prac- 
tice in  rapid  and  accurate  billing.  To  save  time,  the  names  of 
the  cuts  of  meat  are  omitted.  Note  carefully  how  the  first 
item  in  Bill  No.  1  is  written  and  complete  the  others  in  a  simi- 
lar manner. 


\Vi 

:i<;iir 

2  1b. 

4 

oz. 

1  lb. 

8 

oz. 

2  1b. 

1 

oz. 

3  lb. 

2 

oz. 

2  lb. 

3 

oz. 

1  lb. 

4 

oz. 

4  1b. 

5 

oz. 

3  1b. 

6 

oz. 

2  1b. 

7 

oz. 

6  1b. 

8 

oz. 

Wekuit 

1  lb. 

9 

oz. 

2  1b. 

10 

oz. 

4  1b. 

11 

oz. 

3  1b. 

12 

oz. 

1  lb. 

13 

oz. 

4  1b. 

14 

oz. 

5  1b. 

15  oz.        1 

2  1b. 

8 

oz. 

6  1b. 

12 

oz. 

3  1b. 

4 

oz. 

Hi  LI.  Form 

54 

2\  lb.  .24 
.40 
.32 
.24 
.32 
.28 
.32 
.24 
.16 
.12 

Total 

— 

— 

Bill  Form 

—  lb.  ■  .32 
.40 
.16 
.36 
.32 
.24 
.32 
.10 
.12 
.16 

Total 

— 

hunt's  commun.  ak. — 4 


42 


MEAT   MARKET   PROBLEMS 


DRIVERS'   CARDS 

Read  the  explanatory  note  on  pa<^e  18. 

The  following  card  was  made  out  by  the  driver  of  meat  cart 
No.  5  sent  out  by  the  (ialesburg  Central  Market.  Each  driver 
supplies  the  people  on  a  certain  route  outside  the  regular  deliv- 
ery limits. 

[front] 


GALESBURQ   CENTRAL   MARKET 

Salesman  5                    Date     «/««« 3,     \^  m 

NAME 

Received 
on  Account 

Received 
Cash 

Paid  Out 

E.  0.  Black 
IL  E.  Lane 

Carried  Forward 

5 
4 

00 
75 

1  80 

2  16 
1    94 

\56 

\  32 

1  '  07 

s]  14 

1\  J8 

1    49 

86 

75 

43 

1  21 
l\l6 

2  48 
1    27 
1    19 

1 

74 
36 
18 

? 

•p 

?          ? 

? 

? 

1.  How  much  did  the  driver  collect  on  outstanding  accounts  ? 

2.  How  much  did  he  take  in  from  cash  sales  ? 

3.  How  much  did  he  pay  out  for  eggs,  etc.  ? 

XoTE.  —  These  amounts  are  carried  forward  to  the  top  of  tlie  same  col- 
umns on  the  back  of  the  total  card  as  shown  on  the  next  page. 


DRIVERS'   CARDS 


43 


4.  What  amount  should  be  recorded  at  the  top  of  the  "Re- 
ceived on  Account"  column?  Find  the  whole  sum  of  such 
receipts.     Where  should  they  be  written  ? 

5.  Bring'  forward  the  sum  of  the  cash  sales  from  the  front 
and  add  the  "  Received  Cash  "  column. 


[BA('K] 


Salesman  ^                    Date     June  s,     19  ^e 

NAME 

Received 
on  Account 

Received 
Casli 

Paid  Out 

Brought  Forward 
A.  B.  Blown 

H.  S.  Shores 

Total 

? 

4 
12 

? 

70 

50 

? 

3 
1 
2 
1 
4 
1 
1 

1 
1 

1 

1 

? 
02 

u 

07 
95 
80 
60 

96 

57 
40 
95 
74 
30 
75 

14 
08 

9 
1 

?. 

45 

02 

27 

c 

a 

a 

b 

b 

C 

6.  Find  the  total  amount  paid  out  through  the  day. 

7.  Add  the  total  "  Received  on  Account "  and  "  Received 
Cash  "  and  subtract  the  "  Paid  Out." 

8.  The  driver  took  $4.85  in  change  when  he  started   out. 
How  much  should  he  turn  over  to  the  bookkeeper  at  night  ? 


44 


MEAT  MARKET   PROBLEMS 


9.  Copy  and  complete  the  following  total  card,  both  front 
and  back,  as  follows  : 

(a)  Add  each  column  on  the   front. 

(6)  Carry  each  total  forward  to  the  top  of  the  corresponding 
column  on  the  back  and  then  add  the  columns  on  the  back. 

((?)  Add  the  first  two  columns  and  subtract  the  total  of  the 
third  column. 

(c?)  How  much  cash  should  be  turned  in  at  night  if  the  driver 
took  $5.00  in  change  when  he  started  out  in  the  morning? 


[front] 


[back] 


Salesman  5                    June  4i  i^iS 

RkOEIVRI) 
ON   ArcoiTNT 

Kkceived 

Cash 

Paid  Out 

96 

42 

4 

00 

1 
1 

08 
47 
12 
02 
87 

48 

1 

60 

1 

96 
43 
38 
09 

30 

12 

50 

1 

11 
14 

J 

01 
15 

1 

25 

1 

08 
19 

26 

Carried  fonoard 
?       ?         ?         ? 

?             ? 

Kbceived 

Kboeiveu 

Paid  Oit 

ON    ACCOLNT 

Cash 

14 

1 

15 

3 

80 

28 

1 

80 

2 

50 

1 

00 

40 

64 

5 

00 

27 

1 

02 
84 

1 

70 

1 

26 

10 

00 

1 

00 

54 

2 

90 

1 

05 
96 

?        ? 

?            ? 

''          ? 

POULTRY  PROBLEMS 


45 


POULTRY   PROBLEMS 

A  well-known  poultry  expert  has  published  facts,  from  which 
tlie  following  table  was  taken,  showing  the  profit  from  a  small 
flock  of  pullets  properly  fed  and  cared  for. 

Yearly  Incomk  from  a  Flock  of  20  Pi  llp:ts 


Month 

Laii. 

NUMBKK 

OK 

DOZKX 

AVERAOE 

Price  per 
Dozen 

Value  of 
Ko<;8 

Oct. 

147 

f 

sl.44 

? 

Nov. 

282 

> 

.52 

? 

Dec. 

303 

> 

.43 

V 

Jan. 

313 

i 

.40 

? 

Feb. 

336 

> 

.36 

y 

Mar. 

384 

? 

.25 

9 

Apr. 
May 
June 

321 
257 
263 

> 

.22 
.24 

.28 

July 
Aug. 

267 
249 

7 
? 

.32 
.35 

Sept. 

199 

? 

.40 

9 

1.  Take  each  month  at  a  time  and  find  the  number  of  dozen 
eggs  laid  and  their  value.  Compute  the  number  of  dozen 
mentally,  but  use  paper  in  finding  the  value. 

■   147  eggs  =  12J  doz. ;  12J  x  |  .44  =  )|5.39.^-^.nv> 

2.  Add  the  column  headed  "  Eggs  Laid,"  to  find  the  total 
number  of  eggs  laid  during  the  year. 

3.  Find  the  average  per  hen  by  dividing  this  number  by  20. 

4.  Find  the  value  of  all  eggs  laid  by  adding  the  amounts 
obtained  in  the  first  example  and  recorded  in  the  last  column. 

5.  The  cost  of  food  averaged  $1.79  per  bird.  What  was 
the  total  food  bill  ?  Subtract  this  from  the  total  value  of  the 
eggs  to  get  the  net  profit  for  the  flock. 

6.  Find  the  average  profit  per  fowl. 


46  POULTRY  PROBLEMS 

FARM  ACCOUNT 

Mr.  Mason,  being  tired  of  factory  life,  wislied  to  get  into 
some  more  congenial  out-door  work.  He  bought  a  small  farm 
and  started  to  raise  poultry.  After  two  or  three  years  of 
experimenting,  he  was  able  to  make  a  very  successful  showing. 
His  entire  year's  record  is  shown  on  the  following  page  : 

Directions  for  Using  the  Following  Table 

1.  January.  —  Read  the  first  line  of  items  and  tell  how  the 
facts  in  column  B,  J),  and  F  were  obtained. 

2.  February. 

(a)  How  many  dozen  eggs  were  laid  in  February  ? 

(J)    How  many  dozen  were  left  to  sell  @  45  ^  ? 

(c)  What  was  the  total  income  received  from  selling  eggs  in 
February  ? 

(c?)  What  would  constitute  the  expenses  in  this  business  ? 
Subtract  the  February  expense  from  the  income  to  find  the 
gain  for  the  month. 

3.  In  a  similar  manner,  fill  out  the  account  for  each  of  the 
other  months. 

4.  To  find  the  complete  egg  yield  for  the  year,  add  column  A. 

5.  Add  column  B^  and  check  it  by  dividing  the  total  for 
column  A  by  12.     The  two  results  should  agree. 

6.  Obtain  the  total  income  by  adding  column  D.  Is  this 
actual  profit  ? 

7.  The  net  gain  is  the  actual  profit  after  all  expenses  have 
been  paid.     Obtain  this  by  adding  column  F. 

8.  Check  column  F  by  subtracting  th^i  total  of  column  E 
from  the  total  of  D.     Why  should  they  agree  ? 


FARM    ACCOUNT 


47 


Yearly  Egg  Record  kor  Onk  Flock 
(Kept  by  IMr.  Mason  for  the  year  1914) 


A 

B 

0 

l> 

E 

F 

Month 

Eggs 

YlELDKI) 

Number 

OF 

Dozen 

Sold  as  Follows 

Kkceivei) 

Expenses 

FOE 

Month 

Gain 

Jan. 

2004  . 

167 

100  doz.  @f.50 
The  rest  @     .46 

$50.00 
30.82 

$30.50 

f  50.32 

Feb. 

2208 

V 

80  doz.  @     .48 
38  doz.  @     .46 

? 

35.80 

? 

Mar. 

3684 

V 

The  rest  @     .45 

95  doz.  Qt)     .45 

104  doz.  @     .42 

? 

? 

? 

26.20 

? 

Apr. 

3252 

? 

The  rest  @     .40 

150  doz.  @     .40 

75  doz.  @     .38 

V 
? 

35.10 

? 

May 

3144 

V 

The  rest  @      30 

180  doz.  @     .35 

60  doz.  @     .34 

30.90 

9 

June 

2724 

0 

The  rest  @     .32 
100  doz.  @     .30 

7 

31.40 

? 

July 

2124 

9 

The  rest  @     .25 

90  doz.  @     .25 

The  rest  @     .23 

? 
v 

? 

40.20 

? 

Aug. 

3372 

? 

200  doz.  @     .24 

? 

30.90 

? 

Sept. 
Oct. 

1848 
1572 

V 

? 

The  rest  @     .26 

120  doz.   @     .28 

The  rest  @     .30 

90  doz.  &     .30 

7 
? 
? 

? 

32.50 
32.40 

? 
? 

Nov. 

1344 

•? 

The  rest  @     .32 
75  doz.  @     .34 

31.80 

? 

Dec. 

1740 

? 

The  rest  @     .35 

80  doz.  @     .40 

The  rest  @     .45 

? 
? 
7 

25.20 

? 

Totals 

?eggs 

?  doz. 

9 

V 

y 

48 


POULTRY  PROBLEMS 


PROFITS  IN  POULTRY  KEEPING 

A  business  man  having  some  unused  land  in  the  rear  of  his 
house  decided  to  keep  some  poultry  to  furnish  his  table  with 
fresh  eggs  and,  if  possible,  to  add  something  to  his  income. 

He  was  uncertain  as  to  the  best  breed  of  fowl  to  buy,  so  he 
decided  to  build  three  small  houses  just  alike,  to  put  a  differ- 
ent breed  in  each,  to  treat  them  exactly  alike,  and  to  see  which 
paid  the  best.     He  housed  them  as  follows: 


Pen  No.  1. 
Pen  No.  2. 
Pen  No.  3. 


Plymouth  Rocks. 
Rhode  Island  Reds. 
White  Wyandottes. 


Being  a  business  man,  he  knew  that  he  could  not  tell  whether 
his  experiment  succeeded  without  keeping  accounts.  This 
he  did,  therefore,  in  order  to  be  able  to  answer  the  follow- 
ing questions: 

Does  poultry  keeping  pay  ? 

Which  breed  pays  the  best  ? 

What  per  cent  is  made  on  the  investment  ? 

The  following  table  is  a  standard  egg  record.  At  the  end  of 
each  day  the  eggs  laid  by  each  pen  were  carefully  recorded. 
The  value  of  the  eggs  used  was  reckoned  at  the  price  nearest 
the  middle  of  each  month.  Rule  off  on  paper  spaces  similiar 
to  tlie  blank  spaces  at  the  foot  of  page  49  and  fill  them  in. 


PROFITS  IN  POULTRY  KEEPING 


49 


Daily  Egg  Rkcord 


NOVEMBER 

DECKMBElt 

JANl 

[TAKY 

- 

.?) 

« 

— 

S^l 

CO 

-^ 

■M 

CO 

i. 

6 

i 

o 

5 

d 

d 

d 

d 

^  ? 

H 

;?; 

J2; 

'jg* 

w 

^5 

fc?; 

» 

1 

•^ 

S5 

!5 

>  r- 

V 

« 

(B 

^ 

;^' 

<5 

K 

>! 

z 

s«; 

»s 

^   ^ 

s 

s 

£ 

M 

b: 

u 

S 

u 

H 

H 

s 

C  5: 

c- 

c 

c- 

C 

— 

— 

0- 

CU 

1 

40;* 

1 

2 

2 

48  j* 

2 

1 

1 

48  f 

4 

5 

1 

2 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

2 

5 

2 

9 

3 

1 

1 

0 

2 

3 

3 

3 

4 

5 

4 

1 

0 

3 

2 

1 

3 

6 

6 

4 

5 

0 

2 

1 

4 

2 

3 

4 

3 

8 

G 

1 

1 

2 

1 

4 

2 

8 

5 

2 

7 

2 

1 

2 

2 

3 

4 

5 

8 

1 

8 

1 

2 

4 

2 

3 

1 

4 

7 

7 

9 

0 

3 

1 

5 

6 

1 

9 

2 

10 

10 

1 

1 

3 

1 

1 

2 

4 

10 

5 

11 

2 

2 

1 

1 

4 

2 

6 

9 

8 

12 

3 

1 

1 

4 

5 

3 

4 

2 

4 

13 

1 

1 

2 

1 

2 

4 

5 

8 

9 

14 

45  f 

1 

3 

2 

50^ 

3 

1 

2 

48^ 

2 

6 

7 

15 

2 

0 

3 

5 

6 

3 

10 

7 

6 

16 

1 

4 

2 

1 

1 

1 

3 

5 

8 

17 

3 

1 

4 

1 

2 

1 

' 

9 

8 

5 

18 

1 

1 

2 

4 

2 

2 

8 

2 

11 

19 

1 

2 

1 

2 

5 

5 

4 

9 

2 

20 

2 

3 

1 

1 

2 

4 

8 

9 

8 

21 

1 

2 

3 

3 

7 

1 

5 

11 

7 

22 

3 

2 

1 

5 

1 

3 

7 

2 

5 

28 

2 

1 

0 

2 

3 

2 

6 

5 

4 

24 

1 

2 

2 

1 

6 

2 

6 

7 

4 

25 

4 

3 

1 

1 

4 

6 

3 

6 

9 

26 

2 

1 

3 

2 

4 

2 

9 

3 

4 

27 

3 

1 

2 

4 

1 

5 

10 

8 

6 

28 

50^ 

3 

4 

1 

55^ 

3 

2 

4 

50^ 

1 

4 

3 

29 

1 

2 

1 

6 

2 

1 

1 

2 

8 

30 

2 

1 

2 

2 

5 

1 

9 

7 

4 

31 

_ 

- 

- 

7 

4 

5 

10 

9 

7 

Total 

Total 



Total 

No. 

? 

? 

? 

No. 

? 

? 

? 

No. 

? 

? 

V 

Kffgs 

Kggs 

E^ff.s 

Laid 

Laid 

Laid 

No.  of 

V 

? 

y 

No.  of 

V 

V 

V 

No.  of 

? 

'} 

9 

])oz. 

Doz. 

• 

; 

Doz. 

; 

Value 

9 

'} 

V 

Value 

7 

? 

? 

Value 

? 

•} 

? 

@45^ 

@  50  ,i 

@4S^ 

50 


POULTRY  PROBLEMS 


Yearly  Income 

The  daily  egg  record  begun  on  page  49  is  kept  through  the 
year.  When  the  total  for  each  month  is  found,  it  is  recorded  as 
in  the  table  below,  which,  when  completed,  will  give  the  income 
for  the  1/ear. 

Pupils  should  make  a  copy  of  this  table,  fill  in  the  totals 
for  Nov.,  Dec,  and  Jan.  as  found  on  page  49  and  then  copy  those 
given  below  for  the  remaining  months  of  the  year.  In  finding 
the  value  of  each  month's  eggs,  count  5  mills  or  over  as  one 
cent  and  disregard  less  than  5  mills.     Complete  the  table. 


Total  Rkcoru  i-ok  Ykar 


Month 

No. 

of  Eggs  per  Pen 

Total  No. 

of  Eggs 

from 

3  Pens 

No.  Of 
Doz. 

Average 
Price 

Total 
Value 

Plymouth 
Rocks 

Rhode 
Island 
Reds 

White 
Wyandottes 

Nov. 

* 

* 

• 

* 

* 

«.45 

* 

Dec. 

* 

* 

* 

» 

* 

.50 

* 

Jan. 

* 

♦ 

* 

* 

* 

.48 

* 

Feb. 

180 

185 

190 

555 

.40 

? 

Mar. 

19-_> 

181 

19(> 

569 

.36 

? 

Apr. 

240 

2;32 

248 

720 

.28 

? 

May 

210 

205 

220 

641 

.25 

9 

June 

190 

184 

192 

566 

.25 

V 

July 

191 

17;} 

165 

529 

.30 

? 

Aug. 

198 

162 

160 

520 

.32 

9 

Sept. 

170 

145 

134 

449 

.35 

V 

Oct. 

153 

1:31 

126 

V 

410 

V 

.40 

Total  pel- 
breed 

Itooks 

Re<ls 

Wyandotte.'! 

Total  of 
iill  breeds 

Total  yearly 
income 

*  Obtain  these  nuinbei"s  from  work  on  page  49. 


PROFITS   IN   POULTRY   KEEPING  51 

Ykari.y  Bai.anck  Shkkt 

Some  poultry  experts  uuiintiiiii  that  from  Nov.  1  to  Nov.  1 
is  the  proper  time  for  which  to  keep  poultry  accounts.  Why  ? 
Following  this  plan,  the  year-old  fowls  were  sold  to  a  poultry 
dealer  on  Nov.  1,  the  weights  running  as  follows: 

Wright  of  Fowl  When  Solo  to  Poui.tky  Dkalkk  ix  Novkmber 


Total 

Rocks  — 7i  7,  (i\,  5|,  8,  81  7|,  7i,  6|,  7|  lb. 

?  lb. 

Reds  — 5i,  5,  51,  6,  6^,  5|,  6f,  7,  6 J,  7^,  7,  6|  lb. 

?  lb. 

Wyandottes  — 6^,  5f,  6,  G],  6f,  6,  6|,  7,  6|,  (i,  of,  6^  lb. 

?  lb. 

1.  Find  the  total  weight  of  fowl  sold. 

2.  Find  the  value  of  the  fowl  sold  at  i.l4  a  pound. 

NoTK.  —  The  original  expenditure  for  houses,  etc.,  is  usually  counted  as 
permanent  improvement  and  does  not  appear  in  the  yearly  account ;  there- 
fore it  is  not  given  here. 

Summary 
Income 

Value  of  eggs  used  and  sold  (see  page  50)  .     .     .     ? 

Value  of  meat  sold ? 

Total  income ? 

Expense 

Cost  of  36  pullets  in  beginning  @  !|1.25  .     .     .     ? 
Cost  of  feed  : 

20  bags  mixed  grain  @     1.95  .     .     .     ? 

12  bags  dry  mash  @     2.15  ...     ? 

1  bag  cut  alfalfa  @     2.00  ...     ? 

200  lb.  shells  for  .     .     .  %  .m 

,  Total  expense        ? 


Net  income ? 

3.    Find  the  total  income  ;   the  total  expense  ;   the  net  income. 


52  POULTRY  PROBLEMS 


Monthly  Accottnts 


The  value  of  the  annual  poultry  crop  in  this  country  is  esti- 
mated at  $700,000,000.  As-  it  is  largely  a  back-yard  crop, 
more  people  are  directly  involved  in  its  production  than  in  any 
other  single  crop.  Until  recent  years,  little  science  or  mathe- 
matics has  entered  into,  the  process  of  poultry  raising.  To-day, . 
owing  to  the  work  of  the  government  agricultural  stations, 
people  are  becoming  much  more  interested  in  poultry  raising  as 
a  means  of  supplementing  the  regular  income. 

In  all  accounts,  it  is  desirable  to  find  how  the  income  com- 
pares with  the  outgo  or  expenses.  If  a  business  is  successful 
for  any  given  period,  the  income  should  exceed  the  expenses. 

1.  The  next  page  contains  the  entire  monthly  account  for  a 
flock  of  fowl.  At  the  left  is  the  daily  egg  record  for  the  flock. 
Find  the  total  number  of  eggs  laid. 

2.  In  the  center,  "  Income  Account,"  is  a  careful  record  of 
all  eggs  or  fowl  sold.  Copy  this,*  complete  each  item  show- 
ing a  sale  of  eggs,  and  put  the  amount  in  the  egg  column. 
Find  the  total  income  from  the  sale  of  eggs. 

3.  Add  the  amounts  received  from  the  sale  of  fowl.  Why 
are  these  amounts  placed  in  a  separate  column  ? 

4.  How  much  was  received  from  both  eggs  and  fowl  ? 

5.  The  right-hand  section,  "  Expense  Account,"  contains  a 
record  of  all  money  paid  for  food  or  equipment  during  the 
month.     Complete  the  two  items  which  are  incomplete. 

6.  Find  the  sum  of  all  payments. 

7.  Deduct  the  total  expenses  from  the  total  income.  The 
remainder  is  the  net  gain. 

*  If  the  teacher  cannot  afford  time  to  copy  this  account,  she  may  have  the 
class  rule  the  money  columns  only  and  record  the  results  in  proper  order. 


MONTHLY  ACCOUNTS 


53 


Monthly  Poulthy  Record 


Kgg  V 

ECOKI) 

Income 

Account 

K.xi>EN8K  Account 

Oct. 

Kggs 
Laid 

Income  from  Sales 

Eggs 

Fowl 

Expenses 

1 

50 

2 
3 

47 
48 

4  hens 

4    00 

100  lb.  mash 
100  lb.  scratch 

2    10 
1  l90 

4 

52 

1  cockerel 

2 

00 

25  lb.  charcoal 

25 

5 

53 

120  sq.  ft.   wire 

6 

50 

@m^ 

? 

7 

51 

29  doz.  @  40«! 

•  ? 

8 

62 

1 

200  lb.  mash 

4   00 

9 

58 

1 
1 

100  lb.  shells 

75 

10 

51 

U  doz.  @  42^ 

? 

11 

47 

12 

43 

100  lb.  scratch 

1    90 

13 

43 

10  doz.  @  42^ 

? 

14 

46 

15 

50 

6  hens 

9   00 

100  lb.  grit 

60 

16 

43 

17 

43 

17  doz.  @  42^ 

? 

18 

42 

i 

100  lb.  mash 

2    10 

19 

43 

1  cockerel 

5i00 

1  doz.  hoppers 

20 

50 

@  66|;^ 

'> 

21 

47 

22 

42 

100  lb.  scratch 

2   00 

23 

48 

100  lb.  mash 

2 

20 

24 

41 

24  doz.  @  iif 

0 

25 

38 

26 

41 

4  hens 

6    00 

27 

43 

11  doz.  @  44)« 

0 

28 

37 

^ 

29 

39 

100  lb.  mash 

2    15 

30 

43 

1 

31 

48 

14  doz.  @  Uft 

y 

? 

? 

Rec'd  for  eggs 

"V 

Total  payments 

?    1 

Rec'd  for  fowl 

7 

Total  receipts 

V 

Dednct  exp's 

? 

Net  gain 

V 

54 


POULTRY  PROBLEMS 
A  COMPARISON  OF  POULTRY   ACCOUNTS 


■  1 

r                            1 

1  1       Iff" 

m.J%^ 

i%,4 

IS    Ir'i  ] 

IM^ 

^    ''^' 

•»-^  .^Mii^iiWiHi  a.r.-"'-^  ' 

Tlie  following  is  an  actual  year's  record  of  poultry  income 
and  expenses. 

Cash  Account  for  Flock  of  53  Fowls 


1914 

EG(i8 

Laid 

Valite  of 

EOGS 

Marketed 

Value  ok 

SETIlNCrS  * 

Value  ov 

I'OtTLTBY 

Sol. 11 

Monthly 

Ca8I! 

Income 

Exi'ENl«E8 

.1 

H 

c 

T) 

E 

F 

tJan. 

Feb. 

Mar. 

Apr. 

May 

June 

July 

Aug. 

Sept. 

Oct. 

Nov. 

Dec. 

617 
672 
892 
728 
650 
612 
575 
4.59 
349 
210 
143 
290 

$19.81 
18.72 
20.83 
15.17 
13.54 
14.88 
14.40 
12.32 
10.18 
7.00 
5.37 
10.80 

SI1.20 
0.92 
7.17 
5.95 
9.52 
2.07 
0.70 
1.18 
0.40 

$  1.25 
2.00 

2.00 

2.(50 
1.15 
1.25 
1.98 
1.60 
43.47 
0.95 

> 
> 

> 

) 
? 

> 

i 
) 
i 

$  3.85 

0.85 

290 

6.42 

0.33 

15.80 

.5.15 

6.44 

27.71 

17.58 

14.35 

44.33 

Total            ? 

?                ? 

') 

' 

> 

V 

*  Eggs  sold  for  hatching  bring  higher  prices  than  eggs  sold  to  the  markets, 
and  a  separate  record  is  often  kept  of  receipts  from  this  source. 


COMPARISON   OF   POULTRY   ACCOUNTS  55 

The  best  way  to  tell  liow  you  are  succeeding  is  to  compare 
your  results  with  those  secured  by  a  successful  poultryman. 
The  table  on  page  54  is  the  record  of  a  very  successful  year. 

Guide  Questions  and  Problems 

1.  How  many  eggs  were  laid  during  the  year  by  the  53 
fowls?  how  many  dozen? 

2.  How  many  eggs  per  hen  were  laid  on  the  average? 

3.  Find  the  cash  income  for  each  month  by  adding  columns 
B,  C,  and  J)  horizontally. 

4.  Find  the  total  cash  income  for  the  year  by  adding  the 
column  of  monthly  incomes  (column  U). 

5.  To  check  or  verify  this  at  the  end,  add  vertically  columns 
B,  0,  and  I)  separately,  and  then  add  the  three  together.  The 
sura  should  agree  with  the  sum  of  column  U. 

6.  Find  the  total  expenses  for  the  year  by  adding  column  F. 

7.  The  increased  expenses  for  the  summer  and  fall  months 
were  due  to  raising  the  young  stock.  The  value  of  the  pullets 
raised  over  the  original  flock  was  $40.50,  and  the  poultryman 
used  i  23.02  worth  of  fowls  on  his  own  table.  Both  of  these 
amounts  should  be  added  to  the  income.     What  is  the  total  ? 

8.  Find  the  net  profit  on  the  flock  by  subtracting  the  total 
expenses  from  the  total  income  as  found  in  problem  7. 

9.  What  is  the  average  profit  per  fowl  ?  * 

*  This  is  one  of  the  high'est  records  for  a  utility  flock. 


56 


INDUSTRIAL  PROBLEMS 


G 


E 


D 


B 


PANE  OF  GLASS  REDUCED 
BY  ONE  CUTTING 


REDUCED  BY  TWO  CUTS 


0      1.    33156789     10    H    12  SCALE  VJ  IN.  =  1  IN. 

INDUSTRIAL   PROBLEMS 
GLASS   AND   GLASS   CUTTING 

1.  The  rectangles  A  to  Gr  represent  stock  sizes  of  glass  drawn 
to  a  scale  of  ^  incli  to  1  inch.  Measure  the  rectangles  and  decide 
tlie  dimensions  of  the  pane  of  glass  that  each  represents. 

Compute  the  area  of  each  pane  in  square  inches : 


GLASS  AND   GLASS  CUTTING 


57 


Pane  A 

—  in.  X  —  in. 

sq.  in. 

PaneB 

—  in.  X  —  in. 

sq.  in. 

PaneC 

—  in.  X  —  in. 

sq.  in.,  etc. 

Stock 

Sizes 

OF  Gla.ss  and 

Retail  Pricks 

6"  X    7"  @  .15.03 

10"  X  11"  @  «.09 

15"  X  30"  @  f.30 

6"  X    8"  @ 

.03 

11"  X  14"  @ 

.11 

16"  X  30"  @    .34 

6"  X    0"  @ 

.03 

11".  X  15"  @ 

.12 

16"  X  34"  @    .38 

7" X    9"  @ 

.04 

11"  X 17"  @ 

.13 

10"  X  36"  @    .40 

8"  X  10"  @ 

.05 

12"  X  IS"  @ 

.15 

18"  X  34"  @    .40 

8"  X  12"  @ 

.06 

12"  X  20"  @ 

.17 

18"  X  36"  @    .45 

.9"  X  12"  @ 

.06 

12".  X  24"  @ 

.19 

18"  X  38"  @    .50 

9" X 13"  @ 

.07 

131"  X  26"  @ 

.24 

24"  X  26"  @    .40 

10"  X  12"  @ 

.07 

131"  X  28"  @ 

.28 

2()"  X  27"  @    .50 

2.  Give  orally  the  ai'ea  of  each  pane  in  the  first  column. 

3.  If  it  were  necessary  to  have  a  piece  of  glass  16|  in.  x  32| 
in.,  from  which  stock  size  would  it  be  cut  ?  Draw  a  diagram  of 
the  pane  and  indicate  by  dotted  lines  where  cuts  would  be 
made.  How  many  square  inches  would  be  wasted  ?  What 
price  would  have  to  be  charged  for  the  resulting  pane  ? 

4.  I  have  broken  the  glass  front  of  a  picture  frame.  It  was 
just  15^  in.  X  28|  in.  From  which  of  the  above  stock  sizes 
would  a  new  front  be  cut  ?  Illustrate  by  a  diagram.  How 
many  square  inches  would  be  wasted  ? 

5.  Select  the  stock  size  from  which  the  following  can  be  cut 
most  economically.  Illustrate  each  by  a  diagram.  Compute 
the  amount  of  waste.     Decide  the  cost : 

(a)  10|-  in.  X  15f  in.  (d)  2-4  in.  x  11|-  in. 

(b)  6|  in.  X  9|  in,  (e)  25  in.  x  13  in. 

(c)  9  in.  X  ]3|  in.  (/)  16|  in.  x  10  in. 


HUNT  S    CCMMUN.    AR. 


58 


INDUSTRIAL  PROBLEMS 


> 

'^ 

N 

\ 

■k. 

\ 

C\ 

s 

"Q 

?J 

^ 

.<D 

^ 

,-'s 

1^ 

ct 

-^ 

•\l 

1 

lO 

\ 

N 

<b 

^  . 

.0) 

<u 

^ 

Q^ 

t 

1 

/ 

• 

/    t 

.. 

,''    ^ 

' 

18"- 


r/^.  ^.    Front  of  /^r^me 

front,  or  face  -^ 


Sack,  y  ^sbbet 

F/g.3.  Cro^s  Section  of  /7o/din^ 


-f- 


\< P/cture  ^pace   J 4-" 


/Pabbet/z 


f/'^.^.    OscA.  offyTS/zie 


MAKING   PICTURE   FRAMES  59 

MAKING    PICTURE   FRAMES 

Figure  1  represents  strips  of  molding  which  are  to  be  made 
up  into  a  picture  frame.  The  broken  lines  show  where  the  mold- 
ing is  to  be  cut,  and  the  pieces  marked  "  waste  "  are  wasted. 

Find  out  wliat  you  can  about  the  use  of  a  miter  box  and  the 
making  of  picture  frames. 

1.  Hold  your  paper  with  the  long  edges  at  top  and  bottom, 
and  draw  near  the  top  a  strip  of  molding  from  which  the  frame 
shown  in  Fig.  2  is  to  be  cut.  Mark  it  to  show  the  method  of 
cutting.  Mark  the  dimensions  along  the  upper  edge  and  find 
how  many  inches  are  used. 

2.  How  many  feet  is  this  ?  How  much  does  it  cost  at  $  .13 
per  foot  ? 

Note.  —  Although  molding  is  sold  by  the  foot,  it  is  safer  to  make  your 
measurements  in  inches  and  change  them  to  feet. 

3.  Find  how  much  molding  is  required  for  a  picture  frame 
whose  outside  measurements  are  17^  in.  by  13  in. 


17i  in. 
17i  in. 

Or 

2  X  171  i'l-  =  35  ill. 
2  X  13  in.  =  26  in. 

1.3  in. 

Total  61  in. 

l.S  in. 

61  in.  =  5  ft.  1  in. 

61    in. 

Sketch  the  frames,  put  on  the  dimensions,  find  the  length 
in  inches,  and  then  express  as  feet  and  inches  : 

4.  14  in.  X  9  in.  6.    15|^  in.  x  12  in, 

5.  21  in.  X  16  in.  7.    11|  in.  x  9|  i"- 

Find  the   length    of   molding   required   for   picture   frames 
whose  outside  dimensions  are  given  below  : 

8.  12  in.  X  15  in.  11.    \^  in.  x  171  in. 

9.  9  in.  X  14|  in.  12.    8  in.  x  15|  in. 
10.    13|  in.  X  10  in.                       13.    15^  in.  x  18|  in. 


60  INDUSTRIAL  PROBLEMS 

•  Sketch  the  frames  indicated  by  the  following  dimensions, 
mark  the  dimensions  on  the  sketch,  including  the  width  of 
molding  used.  (See  Fig.  2,  page  58.)  Find  the  exact  size  of 
the  picture  space  and  express  it  as  follows  :    12"  x  16". 

14.  8  in.  by  13  in.,  using  1^-inch  molding. 

15.  12  in.  by  15  in.,  using  2^-inch  molding. 

16.  12^  in.  by  16^  in.,  using  2-inch  molding. 

17.  Examine  any  fragments  of  picture  molding  which  you 
can  get,  or  the  back  of  some  frame  in  the  schoolroom.  Measure 
the  depth  of  the  rabbet,  or  bevel  into  which  the  glass  front  is  set. 

If  the  rabbet  is  fin.  deep  and  the  other  dimensions  are  as  in 
Fig.  2,  how  long  must  the  glass  be  to  fit  exactly  ?  how  wide  ? 
14  in.  +  I  in.  +  f  in.  =  length  of  glass  front. 
8  in.  +  f  in.  +  |  in.  =  width  of  glass  front. 

18.  Turn  to  the  table  on  page  57  showing  the  stock  sizes  of 
glass  and  select  the  size  from  which  this  glass  could  be  cut 
most  economically. 

19.  If  the  picture  space  in  a  given  frame  is  10|-  in.  X  15  in., 
and  the  rabbet  is  ^  in.  deep,  find  the  size  of  glass  front  needed. 
What  stock  size  should  be  bought  ?  Make  a  sketch  showing 
how  it  would  be  cut. 

20.  A  picture  frame  whose  outside  dimensions  are  21^  in.  X  15 
in.  is  made  from  molding  2^  in.  wide. 

(a)    How  many  feet  and  inches  of  molding  are  used  ? 
(6)    How  many  feet  and  inches  remain  after  cutting  it  from 
a  10-foot  strip  ? 

(e)    How  large  is  the  picture  space  ? 

(d)  How  large  must  the  glass  be  if  the  rabbet  is  ^  in.  deep  ? 

(e)  Select  from  page  57  the  stock  size  from  which  this  can  be 
most  economically  obtained. 

(/)  Show  by  a  diagram  how  to  cut  it.  How  many  square 
inches  are  wasted  ? 


MAKING  SCREWS  AND   PINS 


61 


MAKING    SCREWS   AND  PINS 


ng.t 


MM 


If 


ns  3 


Screws  and  pins  are  all  made  from  metal  wire  of  appropriate 
sizes,  cut  off  the  right  length,  headed,  and  pointed  by  machinery. 
The  machines  do  this  work  automatically  ;  the  man  in  charge 
merely  feeds  and  oils  them.  One  man  can  look  after  from  ten 
to  fifteen  machines. 

In  Fig.  \i  A  is  a  fixed  block  of  tempered  steel ;  /J  is  a  movable  block. 
The  wire  feeds  in  through  the  hole  CC,  extending  a  short  distance  beyond 
the  face  of  the  block  B,  which  moves  upward,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2,  cutting  the 
wire  off  the  length  required.  At  the  same  time  a  hammer  D  strikes  the  ex- 
posed end  of  the  wire,  forcing  it  into  the  depression  in  B,  which  gives  shape 
to  the  head  of  the  screw.  As  tlie  block  P>  shoots  quickly  down,  the  blank 
screw  is  pushed  out,  and  more  wire  feeds  in,  ready  to  be  cut  and  headed. 

1.  If  one  machine  cuts  and  heads  90  small  screws  in  a  min- 
ute, how  many  does  it  make  in  1  hour  ?    in  an  8-hour  day  ? 

2.  If  one  man  looks,  after  11  such  machines,  how  many  blank 
screws  constitute  his  day's  work  ?  J^x'  *> 

3.  Screws  are  sold  by  the  gross.  HoW  many  gross  are 
turned  out  by  this  man  in  a  day  ? 

4.  How  many  gross  are  tui'ned  out  by  a  man  who  looks  after 
12  machines,  each  averaging  105  per  minute  ?  • 

5.  Compute  the  output  of  each  man  as  follows  : 


Mr.  Jones 
Mr.  Sampson 
Mr.  Moore 


Nr.MBER  or 
MAomsBS 


9 

12 
11 


Average 
Number  per 

^IlNUTE 


95 
110 

90 


Total 
PRR  Hour 


Total  per 

KlOIIT-IIOUR 

Day 


NlTMIlER  OF 

Gross 


62 


INDUSTRIAL  PROBLEMS 


MAKING  WIRE  NAILS 

In  the  following  diagram,  tlie  three  steps  in  heading,  cutting, 
and  pointing  a  nail  are  shown. 

The  wire  feeds  through  a  block,  DD,  projecting  a  little  beyond  the  face 
as  shown  in  Fig.  1.  The  hammer,  //,  descends,  spreading  out  this  projec1>- 
ing  end  and  forming  the  head  as  shown  in  Fig.  2.  As  the  hammer  is  with, 
drawn,  two  blades,  PP,  come  together  as  shown  in  Fig.  3,  cutting  the  wire 
and  pointing  the  nail  at  one  stroke. 


Measure  the  length  of  each  nail  shown  in  the  preceding  cut,  and 
expi'ess  the  results  to  the  nearest  quarter  or  eighth  of  an  inch. 


No.  1,  a  barrel  nail, 

No.  2,  a  5d.  (five-penny)  shingle  nail. 

No.  3,  a  7d.  clinch  nail, 

No.  4,  a  5d.  fine  nail. 

No.  5,  an  8d.  common  nail, 

No.  6,  a  lining  nail. 

No.  7,  a  9d.  flooring  nail, 

No.  8,  a  12d.  finishing  nail, 


nches 
nches 
nches 
nches 
nches 
nches 
nches 
nches 


MAKING  WIRE   NAILS  63 

Preliminary  Drill 

1.  Divide  1|  ft.  by  2^  in. 

H  ft.  =  18  in. ;  18  -  2^  =  18  -  V  =  18  x  xV  =  W  =  ^iV 

2.  Divide  2|-  ft.  by  1|  in. 

3.  Divide  3^  ft.  by  2|  in. 

4.  Divide  5  ft.  6  in.  by  2^  in. 

5.  Divide  10  ft.  3  in.  by  If  in. 

6.  Divide  4  ft.  8  in.  by  1  ft.  4  in. 

7.  Divide  2  ft.  4  in.  by  1  ft.  6  in. 

8.  Divide  5  ft.  6  in.  by  11  in. 

Written  Exercise 

1.  Notice  the  distance  which  the  wire  projects  beyond  the 
.face  of  the  dies,  DJ),  in  Fig.  1.  This  wire  is  flattened  to  make 
the  head  of  the  nail.  How  does  the  length  of  the  wire  of  which 
one  nail  is  made  compare  with  the  length  of  the  resulting  nail  ? 
If  Y^g  in.  of  stock  (wire)  is  flattened  into  the  head  of  the  nail, 
what  is  the  approximate  length  of  wire  used  in  making  No.  6  ? 

1  in.  +y^g  in.  =  1^^  in.  wire. 

2.  Allow  yV  i^'i-  f<^i"  head  stock  in  nails  numbered  1  and  4. 
Find  how  much  wire  each  requires. 

3.  Allow  1^  in.  for  head  stock  in  Nos.  2,  3,  and  5.  How 
much  wire  does  each  require  ? 

4.  Allow  y^g  in.  in  Nos.  7  and  8.  How  much  wire  does  each 
require  ? 

5.  Allowing  lyig  in.  of  wire  for  each  nail,  how  many  nails 
will  1  ft.  of  wire  make  ?  (In  determining  the  number  of  nails, 
express  fractional  remainders  as  decimals  to  the  nearest  tenth.) 

6.  Allowing  Jg  in.  for  head  stock  in.  No.  4,  what  is  the 
total  length  of  wire  required  for  each  nail  ?  How  many  such 
nails  will  1  ft.  of  wire  make  ? 


64  INDUSTRIAL  PROBLEMS 

7.  Nails  the  size  of  No.  2  require  about  |  in.  of  wire  for  the 
head.  Compute  the  lengtli  of  wire  per  nail  and  the  number 
of  nails  per  foot, 

8.  It  takes  44  ft.  of  the  wire  of  which  No.  1  is  made  to 
weigh  1  lb.     How  much  does  a  mile  of  sucli  wire  weigh  ? 

9.  One  pound  of  wire  for  making  No.  6  contains  129  feet. 
How  much  does  a  mile  of  this  weigh  ? 

10.  If  1  pound  of  wire  for  No.  4  contains  78  feet,  and  10.1 
nails  are  made  from  every  foot  of  it,  how  many  nails  does  a 
pound  of  wire  make  ? 

11.  Allowing  ^  in.  for  head  stock  in  No.  2,  liow  many  nails 
can  be  made  from  1  lb.  of  wire  if  it  averages  34  ft.  to  the 
pound  ? 

12.  Allow  ^Q  in.  for  head  stock  in  No.  3  and  compute  the 
length  of  wire  per  nail  and  the  number  of  nails  per  foot  of 
wire. 

13.  If  26  ft.  of  No.  3  wire  weigh  one  pound,  compute  the 
weight  of  a  mile  of  such  stock  wound  on  a  reel  ready  for 
cutting, 

14.  How  many  No.  3  nails  will  the  mile  of  wire  produce  ? 
(Use  last  answer  of  .problem  12.) 

NoTK.  —  Wlien  the  nail  is  pointed  as  shown  in  Fig.  -i,  some  of  the 
metal  is  wasted.  Consider  this  to  be  about  'S%  of  the  entire  weight  of  the 
wire  used  for  each  nail. 

15.  A  mile  of  a  certain  wire  weighs  203  lb.  before  it  is  cut. 
How  many  pounds  are  lost  in  cutting? 

16.  How  much  do  the  finished  nails  weigh  ? 

17.  If  a  reel  carries  125  lb,  of  wire,  how  many  pounds  of  it 
are  wasted  ?     How  many  pounds  of  nails  will  there  be  ? 

18.  If  a  reel  carries  150  lb.  of  wire,  how  many  pounds  and 
ounces  of  it  are  wasted  ? 


PRINTERS'   PROBLEMS 


65 


PRINTERS'    PROBLEMS 

Chargks  for  Stock  pkr  Pound 


Manila,  4|  f 

Superfine  linen,  18|  f 

Coinmon  book,  '?>\f 

Pure  linen,  21 J  ^ 

Plated  book,  1\  f 

Cheap  grade  No.  1,  5|  ^ 

Water  marked,  12|^ 

Cheap  grade  No.  2,  %\f 

Fine  linen,  131^ 

Cheap  grade  No.  3,  8|  f 

What  is  the  cost  of  the  paper  used  on  the  foUowing  jobs : . 

1.  Job  No.  200  —  16  lb.  of  common  book  paper. 

2.  Job  No.  201  —  5|  lb.  of  Manila  paper. 

3.  Job  No.  202  —  7  lb.  of  line  linen  paper. 

4.  Job  No.  210  —  Vl\  lb.  cheaper  grade  No.  1. 

.  Note.  —  When  paper  of  any  kind  is  pri)ited,  the  labor  of  cutting, 
together  with  waste,  bring  the  actual  cost  up  to  a  higher  price  than  quoted 
above.  The  printer  is  also  entitled  to  some  profit  for  handling  the  paper. 
He  adds  50  %  to  the  original  cost  of  all  paper  used  in  printing,  to  cover  the 
cost  of  handling. 

5.  How  much  does  the  printer  charge  for  7  lb.  of  Manila 
paper  if  he  adds  50  per  cent  to  the  wholesale  cost  ? 

Compute  charges  on  the  following  : 

6.  5^  lb.  of  common  book.  11.  3|  lb.  of  pure  linen. 

7.  25  lb.  of  plated  book.  12.  8  lb.  of  superfine  linen. 

8.  64  lb.  of  water  marked.  13.  120  lb.  of  plated  book. 

9.  20  lb.  of  cheap  grade  No.  2.       14.    75  lb.  of  common  book. 
10.    5|  lb.  of  cheap  grade  No.  3.       15.    e32  lb.  of  water  marked. 


66 


INDUSTRIAL  PROBLEMS 


Economical  Cutting  Up  of  Stock 

A  printer  receives  an  order  for  business  cards  of  a  specified 
size.  The  stock  from  which  such  cards  are  cut  comes 
22  in.  X  28  in.  The  printer  takes  enough  sheets  to  make  the 
required  number  of  cards,  places  them  under  the  powerful 
blade  of  his  paper  cutter,  and  cuts  as  indicated  by  the  dotted 
lines  in  the  following  diagram.     Each  section  thus  made,  a,  6, 


a 

'b        \       c        \      d        ]       e        \      f 

— 

\       i     .  1       1 

^ 

\ ^ 1 \ 

■ 

Cards  Cut  from  Stock  Size  of  Cardboark 

c,  c?,  e,  and/,  is  taken  in  turn  and  cut  as  indicated  by  the  dash 
lines,  giving  the  cards  exactly  as  ordered.  Try  this,  if  possible, 
with  a  paper  cutter. 

1.  If  the  cards  ordered  are  to  be  3|^  in.  long,  into  how 
many  sections  (a,  5,  c,  etc.),  will  each  sheet  be  cut  ? 

2.  If  the  cards  are  to  be  2|  in.  wide,  into  how  many  cards 
will  each  section  be  cut  ?  How  many  cards  will  one  sheet  22 
in.  X  28  in.  make  ? 

Cautiox.  —  In  finding  the  number  of  cards  which  can  be  obtained  from 
one  sheet,  do  not  divide  the  area  of  the  sheet  by  that  of  the  cards.  Some- 
times the  28  in.  length  or  22  in.  width  cannot  be  divided  equally  by  the 
dimensions  of  the  card  ordered.     In  such  cases,  narrow  strips  are  wasted. 


PRINTERS'  PROBLEMS 


67 


3.    How    many   cards   4|    in.  x  3    in.    can    be    cut   from    a 
28  in.  X  22  in.  sheet  ? 

(See  following  diagram.) 

28  -  4|  =  28  X  I  =  -V  =  6|. 

The  "  6  "  is  the  number  of  card  lengths,  and  the  "  |"  is  waste. 
22  -=-  3  =  1\.     The  "  7  "  is  the  number  of  card  widths,  and  the  "  J  "  is 
waste. 

7  X  6  =  42,  number  of  cards. 


•^               ■.                    i                    :                    i                    \                     ;iv 
\                 \                 \                 \                 \                 vA 

"4— T— l--f-4— -1 

"^            '■                '■                \                \                \                t-!i 

i            ;            1            !            1            Ss 

.i__U-i--i— 4— L— 1 
'">     1       1       !       !       i       i 

\ ; \ 1_ i ^ 

"•n               ;                    i                    1                    1                    i                    jjl 

4.  How  many  cards  2|  in.  x  3^  in.  can  be  cut  from  a  sheet 
22  in.  X  28  in.  ? 

5.  How  many  cards  2|  in.  x  4  in.  can  be  cut  from  a  sheet ' 
22  in.  X  28  in.  ? 

6.  How  many  cards  2|  in.  x  4|  in.  can  be  cut  from  a  sheet 
22  in.  X  28  in.  ? 

7.  How  many  cards  3^  in.  by  b^  in.  can  be  cut  from  a  sheet 
22  in.  X  28  in.  ? 

8.  Refer  to  the  answer  in  problem  4  and  find  how  many 
sheets  are  needed  to  supply  an  order  for  500  such  cards. 

9.  How  many  sheets  of  cardboard  would  be  needed  for  1000 
cards  like  those  in  problem  5  ? 


6g 


INDUSTRIAL  PROBLEMS 


The  following  table  contains  the  trade  names  and  sizes  of  dif- 
ferent grades  of  paper  from  which  letter  paper,  billheads,  etc., 
are  cut.  In  order  to  economize  stock  and  labor,  printers  select 
sheets  which  can  be  cut  into  the  desired  sizes  without  waste. 


Tradk  Name 

SiZR 

Akea  in 
8q.  In. 

Tkade  Name 

Size 

Area  in 
Sq.  In. 

Flat  letter 
Flat  packet 
Demy 
Folio 
Double  folio 

10"  X  16" 
12"  X  19" 
16"  X  21" 
17"  X  22" 
22"  X  34" 

? 
V 

? 
? 
'I 

Packet  folio 
Double  cap 
Double  royal 
Medium 

19"  X  24" 

17"  X  28" 
42"  X  38" 
18"  X  23" 

? 
? 
? 

10.  Fill  in  the  missing  parts  of  the  table. 

11.  Commercial  noteheads  are  5|  in.  x  8^  in.  Draw  a 
diagram  showing  how  they  are  cut  from  a  double  folio  sheet. 
How  many  can  be  cut  from  one  sheet  ? 

12.  How  many  sheets  must  be  cut  up  to  make  100  note- 
heads  ? 

13.  Royal  packet  noteheads  are  6  in.  x  9^  in.  From  which  of 
the  above  sizes  can  they  be  cut  without  waste  ?     Diagram  each. 

14.  How  many  large  sheets  of  fiat  packet  must  be  cut  up  to 
make  1000  of  these  noteheads  ? 

15.  From  which  paper  in  the  preceding  table  can  8|  in.  x  7 
in.  billheads  be  cut  ? 

16.  Find  the  paper  from  which  to  cut  regular  statements, 
5^  in.  x  8|  in.,  without  waste. 

17.  I  have  an  order  for  1000  letterheads,  8|  in.  x  11  in. 
From  which  paper  shall  I  cut  it  ?  How  many  sheets  are 
needed  to  fill  the  order? 

18.  Answer  the  same  questions  for  letterheads  8  in.  x  10| 
in.  ;  for  noteheads  5|  in.  x  9  in. 


BUSINESS   USE   OF   100,    1000,   AND  2000  69 

BUSINESS   USE    OF   100,   1000,   AND  2000 

Weights  are  often  expressed  as  hundredweight  (cwt.),  or  100 
lb.,  especially  in  freight  dealings. 

Carpenters  express  flooring,  roofing,  etc.,  as  squares. 

A  square  is  100  sq.  ft.     (C  =  100  units.) 
To  divide  hy  100^  move  the  decimal  point  2  places  to  the  left. 
560  lb.  =  5.60  cwt.  1850  sq.  ft  =  18.5)3  squares. 

Oral  Exercise 
How  many  hundredweight  are  there  in  the  following  ? 

1.  750  1b.  4.    1562  1b.  7.    4000  1b. 

2.  921  lb.  5.      980  lb.  8.    5260  lb. 

3.  179  1b.  6.      8651b.  9.    9187  1b. 
How  many  squares  are  there  in  the  following  areas  ? 

10.  5260  sq.  ft.  13.    6400  sq.  ft.  16.      750  sq.  ft. 

11.  1480  sq.  ft.     14.  8570  sq.  ft.       17.  1100  sq.  ft. 

12.  990  sq.  ft.     15.  1060  sq.  ft. '      18.   590  sq.  ft. 

M  =  1000  in  billing  goods.     T.  =  2000  lb. 

To  divide  hy  1000.,  move  the  decimal  point  3  places  to  the  left. 
To  divide  hy  2000^  move  the  decimal  point  3  places  to  the  left, 
and  divide  the' quotient  hy  2. 

How  many  M  (1000)  are  there  in  the  following  ? 

19.  5000  ft.  lumber.    22.    1760  ft.  lumber.        25.    3780  feet. 

20.  7600  ft.  lumber.    23.    2140  ft.  lumber.        26.    2850  bands. 

21.  1450  ft.  lumber.    24.    4500  bolts.  27.    1289  posts. 
How  many  T.  (tons)  are  there  in  the  following  ? 

28.  4000  lb.  31.    5000  lb.  34.    6060  lb. 

29.  18,000  lb.  32.    2840  lb.  35.    7000  lb. 

30.  8400  lb.  33.    6400  lb.  36.    2400  lb. 


70 


BUSINESS   USE    OF    100,    1000,   AND  2(K)0 


WEIGHING  BY  THE  HUNDREDWEIGHT 

a    d  f  e       b     c  ^  A  BCD         £  F    0 


The  long  arm  records  pounds  in  even  hundreds  up  to  19  cwt.  and  the 
short  arm  records  pounds  in  even  tens  and  fives  up  to  1  cwt.  The  above 
reading  is  515  lb.,  or  5.15  cwt. 

1.  Give  the  weight  indicated  by  each  letter  in  the  diagram  if 
the  sliding  weights  are  each  at  the  same  letter  on  their  respec- 
tive arms,  that  is,  at  A^  a,  or  B,  5,  etc. 

Fill  in  the  "  scales  record "  below.  Bill  this  amount  on 
paper  as  shown  in  the  "bill  form  "  at  the  right. 

Scales  Record  Bill  Form 


2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 


Large 

Small 

A  KM 

A  KM 

A 

€ 

B 

C 

C 

d 

D 

f 

E 

a 

G 

e 

Billing  at  $ Pek  Cwt. 

cwt.  @f2.00 

cwt.  @     1.80 

cwt.  @       .90 

cwt.  @     1.20 

cwt.  @       .70 

cwt.  @      .75 

Total 

1 



BUYING    BEEF    AT    WHOLESALE 


71 


BEEF   PROBLEMS 
BUYING  BEEF  AT  WHOLESALE 

The  live  weight  of  a  steer  is  from  1000  lb.  to  1200  lb.,  and  a 
higher  price  is  paid  for  the  heavier  animal.  Three  steers  sold 
on  the  same  date  as  follows  : 

Number  1,  1000  lb.,  sold  for  17.40  per  hundredweight. 

Number  2,  1150  lb.,  sold  for  $8.25  per  hundredweight. 

Number  3,  1200  lb.,  sold  for  $8.35  per  hundredweight. 

1.  How  much  was  received  for  each  ? 

2.  The  1000-pound  steer  when  dressed  weighed  55  %  of  its 
live  weight.  What  was  the  value  of  its  dressed  weight  at  $18 
per  hundredweight  ? 

3.  What  was  the  difference  between  its  value  on  the  hoof 
and  dressed  ? 

4.  The  1150-pound  steer  lost  48%  in  dressing.  What  was 
the  value  of  its  dressed  weight  at  $18.25  per  hundredweight? 

5.  Compute  the  difference  in  value  on  the  hoof  and  dressed. 

6.  The  1200-pound  steer  shrank  43%  in  dressing  and  sold 
for  $  18.40  per  hundredweight.     How  much  did  it  bring  ? 

7.  How  much  per  pound  does  the  farmer  receive  for  a  steer 
which  he  sells  at  $7.50  per  hundredweight?  at  $8.00?  at 
$8.20?  at  $8.40?  at  $8.50? 


Uses  of  Different  Cuts  of  Beef  (See  page  72) 

Rump —  Excellent  steaks. 

Flank  —  To  boil  or  corn. 

Round,  top  —  Cheaper  steaks. 

Brisket  —  Stews  or  to  corn. 

Round,  bottom  —  Stews  or   pot 

Chuck  —  Pot  roasts. 

roasts. 

Neck  —  Stews  or  to  corn . 

Sirloin  —  Best  steaks. 

Shoulder  —  Soups. 

Rib  —  Good  roasts. 

Shin  —  Soups  and  stews. 

72 


BRRF  PROBLEMS 
BUYING  BEEF  AT  RETAIL 


Study  the  above  cut  and  the  table  on  page  71  and  learn  to 
what  uses  the  different  parts  are  put. 

Note. — The  pieces  indicated  in  the  picture  are  based  on  Boston  cuts  of 
beef.     Teachers  may  substitute  prevailhig  prices  in  their  own  localities. 

Compute  mentally  the  cost  of  the  following  sales : 


1.  1  lb.  12  oz.  Rump  steak. 

2.  1  lb.  4  oz.  Chuck. 

3.  3  lb.  8  oz.  Bottom  of  the 

round  (@i.26). 

4.  1  lb.  15  oz.  Sirloin  steak. 

5.  6  lb.  4  oz.  Rib  roast. 

6.  o  lb.   10    oz.   Top   of    the 

Round  (@!|..36). 

7.  6  lb.  14  oz.  Corned  flank. 

8.  5  lb.  8  oz.  Corned  brisket. 


9.  2  lb.  6  oz.  Neck  (12^). 

10.  2  lb.  3  oz.  Rump. 

11.  1  lb.  12  oz.  Chuck. 

12.  2  lb.  2  oz.  Sirloin. 

13.  4  lb.  2  oz.  Sirloin. 

14.  5  lb.  6  oz.  Corned  flank. 

15.  H  lb.  2  oz.  Corned  brisket. 

16.  o  lb.  8  oz.  Shin  bone. 

17.  4  lb.  3  oz.  Brisket. 


WHOLESALE   AND   RETAIL  PRICES  OF  BEEP  73 

WHOLESALE  AND  RETAIL  PRICES  OF  BEEF 

1.  A  farmer  sold  an  1120-pound  steer  for  $  6.50  per  hundred- 
weight.    How  much  did  he  receive  for  it? 

2.  The  packer's  price  on  the  steer  after  it  was  dressed  was 
us  follows : 

72  1b.  Rib       @|.17J ? 

130  lb.  Sirloin  @     .22"' ? 

180  lb.  Round  @     .08| ?       - 

186  lb.  Chuck  @     .OS"' ? 

95  lb.  Flank   @     .07 .  ? 

Total  ? 

3.  The  retail  butcher  sold  the  cuts  so  that  the  average  for 
the  entire  section  was  about  as  follows  : 

72  1b.  Rib       @f  .22 ? 

130  lb.  Sirloin  @     .26 ? 

180  lb.  Round  @     .15 ? 

186  lb.  Chuck  @     .13 ? 

95  1b.  Flank    @     .10    . ? 

Total  ? 

4.  How  much  more  did  the  packer  receive  on  one  steer  than 
the  farmer  ? 

5.  How  much  more  did  the  butcher  receive  than  the  packer? 

6.  Select  cuts  properly  trimmed  cost  the  consumer  the  prices 
shown  in  the  picture.  This  is  what  per  cent  more  for'each  cut 
than  the  average  given  in  problem  3  ? 

7.  If  the  130  lb.  of  loin  loses  15%  in  trimming,  how  many 
pounds  are  actually  retailed?  If  they  are  sold  for  38^  per 
pound,  how  much  do  they  bring? 

hunt's  commun.  ar. — 6 


74 


RAILROAD   FREIGHT  PROBLEMS 


RAILROAD   FREIGHT   PROBLEMS 

Millions  of  dollars'  worth  of  goods  of  all  kinds  are  being 
moved  by  railroad  and  steamship  lines  every  day.  Every  city 
or  town  that  is  on  a  railroad  or  a  steamboat  line  has  one  or 
more  freight  stations,  and  thousands  of  clerks  are  engaged  in 
keeping  the  records  and  doing  the  figuring  necessitated  by  this 
immense  traffic. 

Bill  of  Lading 


UNIFORM  BILL  .OF  LADlNG-^laadud  lotm  ol   Ordef  Bill  of  Ladi^  apptoni  by  the  ItttettMt  Coanarce  ComBmoa  by  Order  No.  767  of  jane  27.  fOfW. 


The  New  York.  New  Haven  and  Hartford  Railroad  Company 

ORDER  BILL  OF  LADING— ORIGINAL 


Shlpptrs  Kt>.__ZSZ^ 
»8e«f.  N.     -¥960 


Consigned  to  ORDpR^  OF C^^.(S..^c^i:}r:*l.it,...yrr-'^^.. 

DeatinAtion 

Notify  ^-/^>-v 

, .jdrcCCisUCAr^.. (..*r<rr.t^(tAy... 


(M«U  AMrM»-IM  hr  frpMM  ft  «cUTfi':; 


State  ot  -^??22:<i<^. -County  <kx^a.^.**<<f^^e^(€i' 

State  of  .irP^a.*f^, County  of. 


Route 


H 


■  Car  Initial ,/7  Car  No. 


^l(, 


^C 


.../..0(?^..^.ffx.d^....i^.... 


DESCRIPTION  OF  ARTICLES  *f«D  SPECIAL  MARKS 


Kj~0004*i 


If  charges  are  to  be  pre- 
paid, write  or  stamp  here, 
'To  be  Prepaid." 


Received   % - 

to  apply  in  prepayment 
of  the  charges  on  the  prop- 
erty described  hereon. 


Agent  or  Cashier. 


Charges  Advanced: 
% - 


Per 


C^ 


J&*!L 


-Vw<r:<grfQ>d 


.2^ 


-Agent 


(This  Bill  o[  Lading  ii  to  be  signed  by  the  Shipper  and  Agent  of  the  < 


FREIGHT   BILL 


75 


The  Eastern  Grain  Co.  has  received  an  order  from  A.  B.  Stone 
and  Co.  for  60  100-pound  sacks  of  poultry  feed  to  be  shipped 
via  the  N.  Y.,  N.  H.  &  H.  R.  R.  The  Eastern  Grain  Co.  is  the 
consignor  or  sender  of  the  goods  and  A.  B.  Stone  &  Co.  the 
consignee  or  the  company  to  whom  the  goods  are  sent.  The 
bookkeeper  makes  out  a  bill  of  lading,  as  on  page  74,  which  is 
signed  by  botli  the  consignor  and  the  freight  agent. 

Two  copies  are  made  of  the  original  bill  of  lading.  The  original  (see  pre- 
vious page)  is  mailed  to  A.  B.  Stone  and  Co.,  to  let  them  know  what  goods 
have  been  shipped ;  one  copy  is  filed  in  the  office  of  the  Eastern  Grain  Co. 
as  a  record  that  the  railroad  has  taken  the  goods  for  shipment ;  the  other 
coj)i/  is  kept  on  file  in  the  freight  office  as  the  railroad's  record  of  shipment. 

When  A.  B.  Stone  and  Co.  receive  the  bill  of  lading,  they  send  it  over  to 
the  freight  house  at  Pocasset,  and  they  obtain  from  the  freight  agent  at 
Pocasset  the  goods  which  the  bill  of  lading  describes. 

The  following  receipt  is  given  by  the  freight  agent  at  Pocas-. 
set  to  A.  B.  Stone  and  Co.  on  payment  of  the  freight  charges  : 


SECTION   NO. 


Consign**: 


FREIGHT    BILL 


Pro.  No i-3s-S- 

.Station,       "^^t^w  //       ^a^6 


To  The  New  York,  New  Haven  &  Hartford  Railroad  Co.,  Dr. 

FOn  CHARGES  ON  ARTICLES  TRANSPORTED 


/i,^  4<.  At^^yi^  -f^Lu^  y!«^ 


f-" 


All  claims  for  loss  OP  ilamaa* 
mutt  bo  mado  en  tfollvory. 

Original  paid  frolght  bill  to 
aoeompany  all  olalms^ 


Received  Payment  for  the  Company      ?7o»^    /^     191  li_ 

Ifabt  CkMki  Pir*M  !•  d«  Irriar  ■!  IK  NCW^^tlH,  IIW  MrU  I  UlTFtU  IkllMAO  CI. 


Dfayiii. 


76 


RAILROAD   FREIGHT   PROBLEMS 


COMPUTING  FREIGHT  CHARGES 

From  the  preceding  explanation  you  will  see  that: 

Freight  is  billed  by  the  hundredweight  (cwt. )  or  100  lb. 

In  order  to  compute  the  freight  charges,  we  must  express 
the  weight  of  goods  shipped  as  hundredweight,  and  tlien  multi- 
ply the  charge  for  1  cwt.  by  the  resulting  number. 

1.  Find  the  freight  charge  on  470  lb.  of  fresh  fish  at  U  / 
per  hundredweight. 

■     470  lb.  =  4.70  cwt. 
4.7  X  ^.13  =  $.611,  or  $  .61*  freight  charge. 

With  slight  variation,  all  shipments  are  expressed  on  bills 
of  lading,  way  bills,  and  other  freight  blanks  in  the  order  shown 
in  the  following  table.     Compute  the  freight  charges  : 


Boston  to  Taunton. 

Mass. 

Description 

Weight 

Freight 
per  Cwt. 

Charges 

2. 

Steam  heater,  pipes,  etc. 

865  lb. 

1  .09 

$  .78 

3. 

Fresh  fish  in  barrel 

420  lb. 

.15 

? 

4. 

1  bbl.  mackerel 

340  lb. 

.15 

'/ 

5. 

Chairs 

595  lb. 

'  .15 

•i 

6. 

(banned  goods 

472  lb. 

.13 

') 

7. 

15  rolls  roofing  material 

624  lb. 

.0(1 

't 

8. 

12  rolls  tarred  felt  at  46  lb.  per  roll 

? 

.06 

') 

9. 

Iron  fittings 

1260  lb. 

.12 

•i 

10. 

Calfskins  and  sole  leather 

2845  lb. 

.09 

') 

11. 

14  tubs  butter,  28  lb.  per  tub 

V 

.13 

') 

12. 

9  bbl.  P.  cement  at  400  lb.  per  bariel 

•> 

.09 

9 

13. 

26  bbl.  flour  at  200  lb.  per  barrel 

9 

.07 

') 

14. 

Oranges  in  boxes 

265  lb. 

.22^ 

•} 

15. 

Lime  in  barrel 

930  lb. 

.09 

•) 

16. 

Shoe  findings  in  boxes 

725  lb. 

.15 

•i 

*  Consider  5  mills  or  over  as  1  c(;nt,  and  discard  less  than  5  mills. 


LOCAL  FREIGHT   RATES 


77 


LOCAL  FREIGHT   RATES 

Boston  to  Middleboro,  Mass. 


1st  class 

i|.21 
per  cwt. 

2d  class 

3d  class 

4th  class 

5th  class 

6th  class 

1.14 
per  cwt. 

$.12 
per  cwt. 

$.09 
per  cwt. 

$.08 
per  cwt. 

$.07 
per  cwt. 

Compute  freight  charge.s  on  the  following  goods  shipped 
from  Boston  to  Middleboro,  the  class  to  which  each  belongs 
being  given : 


Description 

Weight 

Class 

Charges 

1. 

3-5  100-pouiid  sacks  grain 

? 

4th 

V 

2. 

Specified  canned  goods 

346  lb. 

3d 

V 

3. 

Sugar  in  barrels 

1070  lb. 

2d 

•? 

4. 

Iron  pipe 

2140  lb. 

4th 

? 

5. 

Stuffed  furniture 

975  lb. 

1st 

? 

6. 

Foundry  supplies  —  iron  fitti  ngs 

5640  lb. 

3d 

? 

7. 

Lime  and  cement  in  barrels 

4185  lb. 

4th 

'i 

8. 

Baled  hair  for  plaster 

3820  lb. 

2d 

V 

DISTANT  FREIGHT  RATES 
Boston  via  Pennsylvania  Lines  to  Fair  Oaks,  Pa. 


1st  class 

2d  class 

3d  class 

4th  class 

5th  class 

6th  class 

$.50 
per  cwt. 

$.43 
per  cwt. 

$.33 
per  cwt. 

$.24 
per  cwt. 

$.201 
per  cwt. 

$.17 
per  cwt. 

Compute  the  charges  on  the  following 


Description 

Weight 

Class 

Charges 

9. 

Building  stone 

12,480  lb. 

6tli 

? 

10. 

Electrical  machinery- 

30,000  lb. 

5th 

? 

11. 

Rolls  of  paper 

14,800  lb. 

6th 

9 

12. 

Cases  of  shoes 

4,960  lb. 

2d 

'> 

13. 

Furniture 

16,250  lb. 

Ist 

? 

14. 

Gunny  bags 

7,280  lb. 

4th 

V 

78 


RAILROAD   FREIGHT  PROBLEMS 


When  any  commodity  is  shipped  in  whole  carloads  (C.  L.), 
the  cost  for  each  hundredweight  is  less  than  when  shipped  in 
less  than  whole  carloads  (L.  C.  L.).  Compute  the  freight 
charges  on  the  following  carloads  between  the  points  specified : 

Commodities  Received  in  Bridgewater,  Mass.,  by  Carload 


1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 

11. 


The  difference  in  the  cost  per  hundredweight  of  shipping 
L.  C.  L.  and  C.  L.  is  illustrated  as  follows : 

Freight  on  wire,  cables,  etc.,  from  Worcester,  Mass.,  to  Rochester,  N.  Y.,  in 
carloads  costs  ^  .16  per  hundredweight,  but  L.  C.  L.  costs  $  .20 ;  freight  to  Cov- 
ington, Ohio,  in  carloads  costs  $  .20  per  hundredweight,  but  L.  C.  L.  costs  $  .24. 

12.  If  a  carload  weighs  40,000  lb.,  how  much  is  saved  by 
shipping  to  Rochester  in  one  load  instead  of  in  smaller  lots  ? 

13.  How  mucli  is  saved  on  two  carloads  shipped  to  Coving- 
ton, Ohio,  instead  of  shipping  the  same  amount  L.  C.  L.  ? 

14.  Grain  can  be  shipped  from  Duluth,  Minn.,  to  Buffalo,  N.  Y., 
via  whaleback  steamers  on  Great  Lakes  at  f  .01|  per  bushel.  By 
railroad  it  would  cost  11^.  How  much  would  the  United  Mill- 
ing Co.  save  on  a  cargo  of  240,000  bu.  by  shipping  by  water  ? 


Commodity 

Prom 

Weight 

Rate 
per  cwt. 

Freight 
charge 

Grain 

Pliiladelphia,  Pa. 

72,000  lb. 

•f.l2 

') 

Grain 

Chicago,  111. 

48,000  lb. 

.18 

? 

Grain 

Chicago,  111. 

51,000  lb. 

.18 

•? 

Oats 

Terre  Haute,  Ind. 

40,000  lb. 

.217 

? 

Bran  (in  bags) 

Chicago,  111. 

40,000  lb. 

.127 

? 

Oats 

Milwaukee,  Wis. 

48,000  lb. 

.17 

? 

Mill  feed  (ba.2:s) 

Independence,  Nev. 

40,000  lb. 

.271 

? 

Cattle 

Chicago,  111. 

20,000  lb. 

.86 

? 

Oats 

Chicago,  lake  and  rail 

40,000  lb. 

.14 

? 

Cotton  seed  meal 

Memphis,  Tenn. 

40,000  lb. 

.31 

p 

(in  bags) 

Ice 

Boston,  Mass. 

60,000  lb. 

.70  per 
2000  lb. 

? 

FREIGHT  ON   MAIL  ORDERS 


79 


COMPUTING  FREIGHT  ON  MAIL  ORDERS 

A  large  business  is  done  by  mail  order  houses  that  furnish 
elaborate  catalogues  to  prospective  buyers  and  ship  furniture, 
interior  woodwork,  hardware,  etc.,  direct  to  the  customer  from 
long  distances.  A  plant  situated  in  the  hard-wood  section, 
where  labor  conditions  are  favorable,  may  make  a  specialty 
of  furniture  and  interior  house  finish  such  as  doors,  mold- 
ings, etc. 

In  buying  at  a  distance  the  customer  must  be  sure  to  con- 
sider the  cost  of  freight. 

Compute  the  freight  on  the  following  supplies  shipped  from 
Davenport,  Iowa,  to  Springfield,  Mass.,  at  the  following  rates: 


1st  class 

2d  class 

3d  class 

4tb  class 

$1.04 
per  cwt. 

$.91 
per  cwt. 

$.71 
per  cwt. 

$.51 
per  cwt. 

Description 

Weight 

Class 

Charges 

1. 

20  pr.  blinds  at  25  lb.  per  pair 

V 

1st 

? 

2. 

40  rolls  building  paper  at  46  lb.  each 

? 

3d 

? 

3. 

500  ft.  molding  at  36  lb.  per  100  ft. 

? 

3d 

9 

4. 

15  doors  at  32  lb.  each 

y 

3d 

V 

5. 

1400  ft.  flooring  at  2  lb.  per  foot 

V 

4th 

y 

6. 

48  window  frames  at  35  lb.  each 

? 

3d 

V 

7. 

21  window  sashes  at  25  lb.  each 

V 

1st 

? 

8. 

10,000  laths,  weight  500  lb..per  1000 

? 

4th 

? 

9. 

8000  shingles,  weight  160  lb.  per  1000 

? 

2d 

? 

10. 

16  rolls  building  paper  at  53  lb.  each 

? 

3d 

? 

11. 

12  doors  at  35  lb.  each 

? 

3d 

? 

12. 

21  window  frames  at  31  lb.  each 

? 

3d 

y 

80 


RAILROAD   FREIGHT   PROBLEMS 
TRANSPORTATION  OF  GRAIN 


As  you  have  seen  in  the  pi-evious  lesson,  freight  charges  are 
made  on  the  basis  of  hundredweight  (cwt.)- 

Oral  and  Written  Exercise 

1.    State  the  number  of  liundred weight  in  each  carh)ad  re- 
corded in  the  following  table  : 

Tablk  <H'    (iuAix  Shipmkxts 


Kind  of  Grain 

Weight  of 

Legal  Weight 

Carload 

of  1  Bushel 

(a) 

Barlev 

4(>,()0()  11). 

48  11.. 

(h) 

Shelled  corn 

42,000  11). 

.-)0  lb. 

(C-) 

Corn  on  q,()\) 

41,000  lb. 

70  lb. 

('i) 

Bran 

.•;5.ooo  lb. 

20  lb.       • 

(e) 

Buckwheat 

45.000  lb. 

48  lb. 

if) 

Oats 

40,000  lb. 

32  lb. 

(.9) 

Potatoes 

.38,000  lb. 

60  lb. 

{!,)  , 

Wheat 

:U).000  lb. 

60  lb. 

TRANSPORTATION  OF   GRAIN  81 

2.  F'ind  how  many  bushels,  of  the  weight  indicated  in  the 
table,  would  be  contained  in  each  carload. 

3.  If  the  freight  charge  for  a  certain  distance  is  16  ^  per 
hundredweight,  how  much  is  the  freight  on  one  busliel  in  each  of 
these  carloads  ? 

Carload  (a)  is  barley  weighing  48  lb.  to  the  bushel. 

The  freight  on  100  lb.  is  16  f. 

4 

The  freight  on  1  bu.,   ^  oi  X^S  <P  =  ~ 'P  ^  l\\f. 
25 

Note.  —  The  lesson  on  freight  gave  some  facts  about  the  cost  of  shipping 
grain  in  carloads  by  water  and  by  rail.  It  is  interesting  to  learn  some  of  the 
factors  in  determining  the  price  of  grain  which  the  user  (consumer)  has  to 
pay- 
Suppose  that  wheat  is  selling  at  $.83  per  bushel  on  the  farms 
of  Wisconsin  and  the  freight  charges  on  a  carload  of  48,000  lb. 
from  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  to  Boston  are  %  .17  per  hundredweight. 

4.  How  many  bushels  are  there  in  the  carload  if  1  bu.  weighs 
60  lb.  ?     (Drop  any  fractional  remainder.) 

5.  What  is  the  freight  charge  for  the  entire  carload  ?  How 
much  is  that  per  bushel,  expressed  to  the  nearest  cent  ? 

6.  How  much  will  each  bushel  cost  the  merchant  after  he 
has  paid  the  freight  ? 

7.  If  wheat  is  retailing  for  fl  per  bushel,  what  is  the 
merchant's  profit  per  bushel  ?  How  much  will  he  clear  on  an 
800  bu.  carload  ? 

8.  If  the  cost  of  unloading,  sacking,  and  delivering  is  30  % 
of  this  amount,  what  is  the  net  profit  on  the  carload  ? 

9.  Wheat  purchased  in  Illinois,  in  a  certain  year,  cost  il.Ol 
per  bushel,  delivered  at  the  railroad.  The  freight  to  Boston  was 
•f  .18  per  hundredweight  on  a  42,000-pound  carload.  How  much 
freight  did  the  Boston  merchant  pay  on  the  entire  carload  ? 


82  RAILROAD  FREIGHT  PROBLEMS 

10.  How  much  freight,  to  the  nearest  cent,  did  the  merchant 
pay  per  bushel  ?  How  much  did  each  bushel  cost  the  merchant, 
including  the  cost  of  freight  ? 

11.  In  a  certain  year  an  Illinois  farmer  receives  $.55  per 
bushel  for  shelled  corn.  The  freight  from  Chicago  to  Boston 
is  $.16  per  hundredweight.  As  corn  weighs  56  lb.  per  bushel, 
what  is  the  cost  of  freight  on  each  bushel  ? 

12.  How  much  does  each  bushel  of  corn  cost  the  eastern 
wholesale  dealer,  including  the  above  freight  charge  ? 

13.  The  merchant  sells  to  retail  dealers  at  a  profit  of  $.03 
per  bushel.  How  mucli  does  each  bushel  cost  them  ?  How 
much  does  the  wholesale  dealer  make  on  a  700-busliel  carload  ? 

14.  Two  bushels  of  shelled  corn  are  usually  sold  in  a  bag. 
How  much  does  the  bag  weigh,  allowing  1  lb.  for  the  sack  ? 

15.  Allowing  $.05  for  the  sack,  and  the  retail  dealer's  profit 
of  $  .04  a  bushel,  find  how  much  per  bushel  the  consumer  pays. 

16.  A  teamster  carting  grain  from  the  elevator  carries  about 
1  T.  at  a  load.     How  many  bags  of  corn  does  he  pile  on  ? 

Note.  —  Allow  an  extra  bag  for  a  fraction  of  a  bag,  equal  to  or  greatei* 
than  l- 

17.  If  a  bag  of  oats  contains  2  bu.  and  the  sack  weighs  about 
1  lb.,  how  many  bags  of  oats  does  a  teamster  carry  at  a  load  ? 

18.  How  much  does  a  42,000-pound  carload  of  wheat  cost 
at  $  .78  per  bushel  ? 

19.  A  commission  merchant  bought  a  42,000-pound  carload 
of  wheat  at  $.76  per  bushel  and  stored  it  in  his  elevator  in 
Chicago.  It  was  later  shipped  east  and  $.02^  per  bushel  was 
charged  for  handling  and  storing.  The  railroad  charged  $.17J 
per  hundredweight  for  freight.  How  much  did  the  carload 
cost  the  purchaser  on  its  arrival  in  the  east? 


TRANSPORTATION  OF  GRAIN 


83 


20.  The  Northern  l^levator  Co.  of  Lanesville,  Maine,  made 
the  following  deliveries  and  sent  with  each  a  sale  slip  to  be 
delivered  by  the  driver.  If  the  consumer  pays,  the  teamster 
receipts  as  in  the  following  slip.  Copy  the  body  of  this  sale 
slip,  tilling  in  all  spaces  in  which  question  marks  occur. 


NORTHERN '  ELEVATOR   CO. 

Grain,  Fekd,  Hay,  Straw,  Salt,  and  Poultry 
Supplies 

Lanesville,  Me.,  March  14,  1916 

ROBERT   HUNTER, 

75  Main  St.,  City 

2 
3 

bags  corn                              $  L55 
bu.  wheat                                 1.08 

Paid, 
Northern  Elevator  Co. 
R. 

? 

? 
? 

'> 

9 

Make  out  the  body  (omitting  the  heading)  of  the  sale  slip 
which  would  accompany  each  of  the  following  orders  : 

21.  To  Edwin  O.  Bosworth,  41  Park  Terrace,  2  bu.  wheat 
@  -1.98  ;  3  bags  corn  @  i|1.61 ;  1  bag  meal  @  11.48. 

22.  To  Ray  Thompson,  115  Main  St.,  50  lb.  beef  scraps  @ 
'f  .03^;  2  bags  dry  mash  @  $2.21,  and  1  bale  of  hay  weigh- 
ing 250  lb.  at  $30  per  ton. 

23.  To  Frank  R.  Johnston,  76  Maple  Ave.,  2  bales  straw 
weighing  260  lb.  and  315  lb.  at  i$25  per  ton;  2  bu.  rye  r<^ 
$1.18;  1  bu.  barley  @  $.88. 

24.  To  Geo.  H.  Beals,  561  Oak  St.,  5  bags  seed  oats@ 
$1.13;  2  bags  feed  oats  @  $1.09,  and  2  bags  cracked  corn 
@  $1.61. 


84 


RAILROAD  FREIGHT  PROBLEMS 


MONTHLY  STATEMENTS  OF  GRAIN 

It  often  happens  that  a  customer  who  buys  large  quantities  of 
grain,  prefers  to  pay  at  the  end  of  the  month",  and  requests  the 
grain  company  to  send  him  a  monthly  statement  like  the 
following. 

Pupils  may  copy  the  entire  statement  and  fill  in  all  amounts, 
receipting  the  statement  over  their  own  initials  as  book- 
keepers. 

A  Monthly  STf^.TEMKNT 


liREMKX 

,  N.  Y. 

,  Sept.   1,   15)15 

"W-CCCuiyyv   ^u^n&  and   ^a-tv 

To    RURAL   GRAIN   ELEVATOR   CO., 

Dr. 

Aug. 

3 
5 

7 

12, 

18 

5  bags  dry  mash                     2.10 

2  bags  cracked  corn               1.61 
100  lb.  grit 

3  bags  scratch  feed                2.20 
50  lb.  beef  scrap                        .03| 
30  lb.  charcoal                           .01^ 
3  bags  seed  oats                     1.13 
2  bags  barley                             .88 
2  bags  rye                                1.20 

? 

? 
? 
? 
? 

9 

'I 

') 
60 

9 
? 
V 

9 
? 

22 

4  bags  meal                            1.48 
2  bags  alfalfa                         1.98 

9 

9 
9 

26 

2  bu.  wheat                              1.03 
2  bags  corn                              1.63 

Received  payment 

9 

9 

? 

9 

V 

V 

RUKAL    (iRAIN-    Co. 

X.  Y.  Z. 

DIVISION   BY   FRACTIONS 


85 


REVIEW  — DIVISION  BY   FRACTIONS 

Division  by  fractions  is  a  process  occurring  most  frequently 
in  industries  dealing  with  wood  and  metal. 

To  divide  by  a  fraction  : 

Invert  the  divisor  and  proceed  as  in  multiplication. 

1.     How  many  |-inch  strips  can  be  cut  from  a  9-inch  piece 
of  sheet  brass  ? 


8     "      4 
4  3 


Ann.  \'l  strips. 


2.    How  many  l|-incli  strips  can  be  cut  from  a  10-incli  piece 
of  the  same  material  ? 


10  ^  H  =  10  -  ?  =  10  X  i  :=  8. 

4  •  3 


A  us.  8  strips. 


3.    How   many   3|-inch  strips  can   be  cut  from  a  13^-incli 

strip  of  tin  ? 

4 

13-1  ^  33  ^  'rl  ^  "r^  =  ^  X   ^-  =  4.  Ans.  4  strips. 

^'2822/7  * 


4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 


Divide 
Divide 
Divide 
Divide 

8.  Divide 

9.  Divide 

10.  Divide 

11.  Divide 

12.  Divide 

13.  Divide 

14.  Divide 


18by|. 
21  by  i|. 
7  by  -^,. 

13  by  -J,. 
16  by  y. 

14  by  If. 
7  by  \\. 

12  by  If. 
6  by  1-^. 
II  by  1^^,. 

13  by  If. 


15.  Divide 

16.  Divide 

17.  Divide 

18.  Divide 

19.  Divide 

20.  Divide 

21.  Divide 

22.  Divide 

23.  Divide 

24.  Divide 

25.  Divide 


^  by  1{. 
8|  by  H. 
101  by  1|. 
12|  by  2^. 
151  by  2|. 

n  by  2-1. 
131  by  2|. 
22byli^,. 
m  by  2f 
101  by  1^. 


86 


CARPENTRY   PROBLEMS 


r/fs 


THE   MACHINE   SAW  87 

CARPENTRY  PROBLEMS 

THE   MACHINE  SAW 

The  sketches  on  page  80  ilhistrate  the  work  of  circular  saws  operated  by 
machinery.  The  blade  revolves  through  a  slot  in  the  bench  and  the  boards  to  be 
sawed  are  pushed  against  it.  Both  cross-cut  saws  and  rip  saws  are  made  in  this 
style,  although  a  great  variety  of  sizes  and  styles  are  made. 

Figure  1  shows  a  circular  cross-cut  or  cutting-off  saw  making  the  first  cut 
through  a  board.     The  dotted  lines  show  where  other  cuts  will  be  made. 

Oral  Exercise 

1.  If  a  10-foot  board  were  cut  up  into  2-foot  lengths,  as  in 
Figs.  1  and  3,  how  many  lengths  would  there  be  ?  How  many 
times  would  the  board  have  to  be  sawed  ? 

2.  How  many  6-inch  pieces  could  be  obtained  by  sawing  a 
12-foot  board  in  the  same  way  ?  How  many  cuts  would  have 
to  be  made  ? 

3.  If  you  want  to  get  3-foot  pieces  and  have  the  following 
length  boards  at  hand,  which  should  you  select  ?  Why  ? 
8-foot,  9-foot,  10-foot,  12-foot,  14-foot. 

Written  Exercise 

1.  If  a  10-foot  board  were  cut  up  into  27-inch  lengths,  how 
many  would  be  obtained  ?     How  much  waste  would  there  be  ? 

10  X  12  in.  =  120  in.,  length  of  the  board. 
120  in.  -7-  27  in.  =  4  (number  of  lengths)  with  12  in.  waste. 

2.  All  waste  is  to  be  avoided  as  far  as  possible.  Find  how 
much  waste  there  would  be  if  a  9-foot  board  were  cut  up  into 
27-inch  lengths. 

3.  Find  the  number  of  lengths  and  the  amount  of  waste  in 
sawing  up  an  11-foot  board  into  27-inch  lengths. 

4.  Decide  which  of  the  following  boards  could  be  sawed 
into  32-inch  lengths  with  the  smallest  amount  of  waste  :  12-foot, 
13-foot,  14-foot  boards. 


88  CARPENTRY  PROBLEMS 

RIPPING  BOARDS  LENGTHWISE 

Examine  the  wood  finish  on  your  schoolroom  about  the  doors, 
windows,  and  blackboards.  You  will  probably  find  several 
widths  of  molding.  These  come  in  long  strips  made  by  sawing 
boards  lengthwise  as  shown  in  Figs.  2  and  4  in  the  sketches 
on  page  86.  Ripping  boards  by  hand  is  very  hard  work,  but 
ripping  can  be  done  rapidly  and  accurately  by  machinery. 

1.  How  many  strips  approximately  *  2|  in.  wide  can  be  cut 
from  a  12-inch  board? 

12  ^  2A  =  12  -^  f  =  12  X  2  =  Y  =  It- 
Express  the  answer  "4  strips  and  waste,"  as  the  f  of  a  strip  is  thrown 
away. 

2.  How  many  3|-inch  strips  can  be  cut  from  an  11-inch 
board  ?     Express  the  answer  as  above. 

3.  How  many  1^-inch  strips  can  be  cut  from  a  10-inch  board  ? 
from  a  12-inch  board  ? 

4.  Into  how  many  2|-inch  strips  can  a  9-inch  board  be  sawed  ? 
a  12-inch  board  ? 

5.  A  workman  has  boards  at  hand  8  in.,  9  in.,  10  in.,  and 
12  in.  wide.  He  has  an  order  for  1^-inch  strips.  He  chooses 
the  board  which  can  be  sawed  up  with  the  least  waste.  Which 
does  he  choose? 

6.  The  following  day  he  needs  l|-inch  strips.  Which  width 
does  he  choose  ?     Why  ? 

7.  How  many  strips  approximately  2|  in.  wide  can  be  cut 
from  an  11-inch  board  ?  How  many  boards  must  be  cut  up  to 
give  72  strips  ? 

8.  How  many  10-inch  boards  are  required  to  fill  an  order  for 
50  strips  1|^  in.  wide  ? 

*  The  word  approximately  is  used  because  the  problems  on  this  page  do  not 
take  the  saw  kerf'mto  consideration. 


THE   SAW   KERP  89 

THE   SAW   KERF 

(See  Fig.  5  on  page  86.) 

When  the  saw  cuts  through  a  board,  it  destroys  the  wood  in 
its  path,  grinding  it  into  sawdust.  If  the  saw  is  approximately 
^  in.  thick,  it  will  cut  a  kerf  of  the  same  width.  Plence,  in 
order  to  get  a  strip  1|  in.  wide,  we  use  2  in.  of  board. 

1.  How  wide  a  strip  must  we  allow  for  every  l|-inch  strip 
sawed  with  a  saw  which  cuts  a  ^^g— inch  kerf. 

2.  Tell  how  much  to  allow  for  each  strip  of  the  following 
widths  with  a  ^-inch  kerf : 

If  in.,  21  in.,  2^  in.,  3^  in.,  2^5^  in. 

3.  Allow  for  a  |^-inch  kerf  and  decide,  how  many  2|-inch 
moldings  can  be  obtained  from  a  10-inch  board. 

2|  in.  +  ^  in.  =  2^  in.  (each  strip) ;  10  in.  -=-  2^  in.  =  4  (number  of  strips). 

4.  In  each  of  the  following  allow  for  a  ^inch  kerf  and  decide 
how  many  strips  can  be  obtained  from  one  board. 

(a)    l|-inch  molding  from  a  10-inch  board. 
(5)    2^-inch  molding  from  an  8-inch  board. 

5.  In  order  to  do  good  work,  the  teeth  of  a  saw  should 
travel  nearly  9000  ft.  per  minute.  How  many  miles  would 
this  be  ?     (Express  remainder  as  a  decimal  to  nearest  tenth.) 

6.  How  many  feet  does  a  saw  tooth  travel  per  second  if  this 
speed  is  maintained  ? 

7.  In  order  to  secure  a  speed  of  9000  ft.  per  minute,  would 
a  small  saw  make  more  or  fewer  revolutions  than  a  saw  whose 
diameter  is  larger  ? 

8.  If  the  rim  of  a  saw  is  25  in.  around,  how  far  would  a 
tooth  travel  in  one  revolution  ?  How  many  revolutions  must 
it  make  to  go  9000  ft.  ? 

hunt's  commun.  ak.  —  7 


90 


CARPENTRY  PROBLEMS 


F^6.^ 


WOODEN  BOXES 

There  is  no  trade  in  which  the  common  fractional 
parts  of  an  inch  are  in  such  constant  use  as  in  box 
making,  nor  are  there  any  simple  industrial  prob- 
lems better  adapted  to  show  the  importance  of  the 
economical  cutting  up  and  combining  of  material,  so 
as  to  secure  the  greatest  possible  strength. 

In  the  accompanying  sketch,  note  whether  the  sides 
are  nailed  to  the  ends  or  the  ends  to  the  sides. 

Which  should  be  made  of  thicker  boards  ? 

Why  is  a  cleated  box  stronger  than  one  without 
cleats  ? 

If  a  box  is  cleated  on  the  inside,  the  sides  do  not 
have  to  be  as  long  as  on  a  box  with  outside  cleats, 
but  square  packages  would  not  pack  readily  in  it. 
Such  boxes  can  be  used  only  for  round  cans  or  soft 
substances. 

Rough  boards,  just  as  they  were  sawed  from  logs, 
are  brought  in  and  cut  into  uniform  lengths  for  the 
sides  or  ends  of  the  boxes  which  have  been  ordered. 
(See  Fig.  4.) 

1.  How  many  15^-inch  sides  can  be  cut  from  a 
12-foot  board.* 

*  Any  remainder  must  be  considered  as  waste.  The  answer 
may  be  expressed  in  tills  form  —  "9  lengths  +  waste." 


WOODEN  BOXES  91 

2.  How  many  13|^-inch  box  ends  can  be  cut  from  a  12-foot 
board  ?  ^i-^ 

3.  How   many  23|^-inch   sides  can   be   cut  from  a   14-foot 
board  ? 

4.  How  many  22|-iuch   sides   can   be    cut  from  a  15-foot 
board  ?     Would  there  be  much  or  little  waste  ? 

5.  How  many  14|-inch  sides  can  be  cut  from  a  board  13  ft. 
6  in.  long  ? 

6.  How  many  17|-incli  ends  can  be  cut  from  a'  board  14  ft. 
4  in.  long?     Is  there  much  or  little  waste  ? 

7.  How  many  21-inch  sides  can  be  cut  from  a  9-foot  board  ? 

8.  How  many  such  boards  must  a  workman  cut  up  to  get 
100  of  these  sides? 

9.  What  is  the  smallest  length  from  which  five   19|-inch 
sides  can  be  cut  ? 

10.  Boards  are  taken  from  the  saw  bench  to  the  planing 
machine,  which  reduces  them  from  1^  in.  to  If  in.  How  much 
does  the  planer  take  off  each  side  ? 

11.  If  the  planer  reduces  the  thickness  of  a  board  from  2^ 
in.  to  1|  in.,  how  much  does  he  take  from  each  side? 

12.  A. lot  of  12-foot  boards  are  being  sawed  up  into  right 
lengths  for  sides  and  ends.  Find  how  many  boards  must  be 
sawed  up  for  230  sides,  23|  in.  long. 

12  ft.  =  144  in. 

144  --  23|  =  144  -4-  V-  =  m  X  *V  =  W  =  6/7.  Therefore  we  can  cut 
6  lengths  out  of  a  12-foot  board  and  there  will  be  ^j  of  a  length  wasted. 
230  =  number  of  sides  ordered.  6  =  number  from  1  board.  230  -^  6  =  38J. 
Therefore  we  must  cut  up  38  boards  and  part  of  another,  or  39  boards  in 
all.  Ans.     39  boards. 

13.  How  many  12-foot  boards  must  be  sawed  up  for  180 
ends  18|  in.  long?   for  320  sides  26|  in.  long? 


92 


CARPENTRY   PROBLEMS 


Planning  thb  Sides  of  Boxes 


D.     £acfi  A/etching  Narrows  the  5ide  /^  /nch 


1.  Certain  men  spend  their  entire  time  putting  together 
boards  for  the  sides  and  ends  of  boxes.  One  man  sometimes 
spends  his  whole  time  making  sides  for  one  kind  of  box. 

Box  boards  vary  greatly  in  width.  How  wide  a  side  could 
be  made  by  the  following  three  boards  placed  edge  to  edge  ? 
5|  in.,  8|  in.,  ^^^  in. 

2.  Most  boxes  are  made  of  matched  boards,  that  is,  boards  in 
which  tongues  and  grooves  have  been  cut.  Study  Figs.  A^  B. 
(7,  and  D  vQvy  carefully.  Which  board  is  really  narrowed,  the 
one  on  the  left  which  has  been  tongued,  or  the  one  on  the  right 
which  has  been  grooved  ?  When  the  tongues  and  grooves  are 
\  in.  deep  and  the  two  boards  are  pushed  together,  they  will 
cover  in  all  \  in.  less  space  than  before.  In  the  following 
problems,  allow  for  |-inch  tongues  and  grooves. 

3.  How  wide  a  side  will  the  following  two  boards  make  with- 
out tonguing  and  grooving  :  11|^  in.  and  6|  in.  wide  ?  How 
wide  a  side  will  they  make  after  matching  ? 

Compute  the  width  of  the  following  sets  before  and  after 
matching  if  ^-inch  tongues  and  grooves  are  used  : 

4.  13|  in.  and  lO^g  in.  wide. 

5.  9|  in.  and  1\^  in.  wide. 

6.  5X  in.  and  8i  in.  wide. 


WOODEN   BOXES  03 

When  three  boards  are  put  together  for  a  side,  ^  in.  must  be 
added  for  each  of  the  two  matchings  (Fig-  -D),  because  one 
board  requires  |  in.  for  each  matching.  How  wide  a  side  can 
be  made  from  the  following  sets  of  three  before  and  after 
matching  ? 

7.  5^  in.,  6|  in.,  9  in.  wide. 

8.  7^  in.,  5|  in.,  7^^  in.  wide. 

9.  3|  in.,  4|  in.,  8^  in.  wide. 
10.    4  in.,  5|-  in.,  3|^  in.  wide. 

11.  Mr.  A.  is  siding-up  boxes  whose  sides  must  be  just 
20|^  in.  wide.  The  boards  are  to  be  tongued  and  grooved  after 
they  leave  his  bench.  How  much  will  they  lose  due  to  match- 
ing, if  three  boards  are  used  ?  How  much  must  Mr.  A.  add  to 
the  required  width  (20|  in.)  ?  How  many  inches  wide  must 
the  boards  be  before  matching  if  three  boards  are  used  ? 

If  Mr.  A.  uses  the  following  three  boards,  how  much  will 
have  to  be  sawed  from  one  of  them  to  make  sides  like  those  in 
Ex.  11  ?  12.    10  in.,  5|  in.,  7^  in.  wide. 

13.  9|  in.,  4|  in.  8f  in.  wide. 

14.  5f  in.,  10  in.,  6|  in.  wide. 

15.  8^  in.,  7|  in.,  6|-  in.  wide. 

16.  Mr.  B.  is  making  sides  which  must  be  13  in.  wide.  If 
he  uses  two  boards,  what  must  be  their  combined  width  before 
matching  ? 

How  wide  a  strip  must  be  trimmed  off  the  edge  of  one  of 
them  if  the  following  widths  are  used  ? 

17.  7^  in.  and  7^  in.  wide. 

18.  8^  in.  and  6  in.  wide. 

19.  9^  in.  and  5\  in.  wide. 

20.  8^  in.  and  5^  in.  wide. 


CARPENTRY  PROBLEMS 


39nof5aiiv 


5aw  Tdble 
3enc/  5ay~ 


Resawing  to  Get  Both  Sides  of  the  Box 
PROM  One  Set  of  Boards 

After  the  boards  have  been  cut  the  right 
width  for  sides  and  ends  of  boxes,  they  are 
taken  first  to  a  machine  which  tongues 
and  grooves  them,  then  to  a  band  saw 
which  splits  them  lengthwise,  making  the 
two  sides  or  ends  of  a  box  out  of  one  set  of 
boards. 

1.  If  the  boards  were  If  in.  thick  be- 
fore being  resawed,  how  thick  would  they 
be  afterward  provided  that  the  saw  cut 
exactly  in  the  center  ? 

2.  In  sawing,  the  saw  cuts  and  de- 
stroys its  own  thickness  of  the  board, 
grinding  it  into  sawdust.  Subtract  the 
thickness  of  this  saw  kerf  (|^  in.)  from  the 
original  thickness  of  the  boards  and  then 
divide  by  2.  How  thick  will  the  boards . 
in  Ex.  1  be  ? 

3.  If  the  sides  to  be  resawed  are 
1^  in.  thick,  and  the  same  saw  is  used, 
how  thick  will  the  resulting  sides  be  ? 

4.  How  thick  would  the  sides  be  if 
the  boards  were  1^  in.  thick  at  first  ? 

5.  If  the  stock  to  be  resawed  is  If  in. 
thick  and  the  saw  cuts  a  ^g^  in.  kerf,  how 
thick  will  each  of  the  resulting  sides  be  ? 

6.  How  thick  will  each  of  the  sides  be 
if  cut  from  |-inch  stock  with  a  thin  saw 
cutting  a  ^^^-inch  kerf  ? 


WOODEN  BOXES 


95 


F/S3. 

Top  y/eur  ofdox  C/eatec/  Outs/c/e  to  -4//o>y  C/cJe 
Pocking  of  dhoe  Soxes 

Outs/afe  C/eatj  /ncrease  Strength 


ns.4-. 

^nd  V/ety  of3ox  W/th  Outs/de 
C/eef^ 


Planning  the  Length  of  the 
Sides 

All  orders  sent  to  a  box 
mill  by  a  shoe  factory  or 
other  manufacturing  concern 
which  ships  its  products  in 
boxes,  specify  the  length, 
the  width,  and  the  depth  in 
exact  figures  to  the  32d  part 
of  an  inch  ;  also  the  exact 
thickness  of  all  stock  which 
is  used. 

All  dimensions  for  length, 
width,  and  depth  are  inside 
dimensions,  in  order  to  fit  the 
contents  exactly.  All  the 
following  problems  are  taken 
from  actual  orders  sent  to  the' 
box  mill  by  different  manu- 
facturers. 

Oral  Exercise 

1.  Study  Fig.  1.  How 
many  inches  long  must  the 
sides  be  if  the  ends  are  \ 
thick  ? 


m. 


Explain. 

2.    In  Fig.  2,  the  side  must 
be  long    enough   to  include 
both  ends  and  end  cleats.     How  long  must  the  side  be  cut  ? 

3.  Study  Fig.  3.  If  the  inside  length  is  20  in.,  the  ends  are 
I  in.  thick,  and  the  cleats  \  in.  thick,  how  long  must  the  side 
be  cut  ? 


96  CARPENTRY   PROBLEMS 

Written  Exercise 

1.  A  plain  box  (without  end  cleats)  is  ordered.  The  inside 
length  is  to  be  11 1^  in.  If  the  ends  are  to  be  |  in.  stock  (that 
is,  I  in.  in  thickness)  how  long  must  the  sides  be  sawed? 

11^  in.,  inside  length. 
1^  in.  (2  X  j  ill.),  thickness  of  both  ends. 
12J  in.,  total  length  of  side. 

Find  how  long  the  sides  of  the  following  plain  boxes  must  be 
sawed : 

2.  Inside  length,  22|  in.;  ends,  \^  in.  thick. 

3.  Inside  length,  34^  in.;  ends,  \^  in.  thick. 

4.  Inside  length,  30|  in.;  ends,  |  in.  thick. 

5.  Inside  length,  31|  in.;  ends,  |  in.  thick. 

6.  Study  Fig.  3,  page  95,  which  is  cleated  outside.  If  the 
ends  were  both  |  in.  thick  and  the  cleats  |  in.  thick,  how  long 
would  the  sides  be  sawed,  provided  the  inside  length  were  to 

be  111  in-  • 

17^  in.,  inside  length. 

J  in.  (2  X  f  in.),  thickness  of  both  ends. 
1    in.  (2  X  ^  in.),  thickness  of  both  cleats. 
19^  in.,  total  length  of  side. 

How  long  must  sides  of  the  following  boxes  be  cut  ? 

7.  Inside  length,  22^^  in.;  ends,  |  in.  thick;  outside  cleats, 
I  in.  thick. 

8.  Inside  length,  28  in. ;  ends,  |  in.  thick;  outside  cleats, 
I  in.  thick. 

9.  Inside  length,  27|  in.;  ends,  \^  in.  thick;  outside  cleats, 
1^  in.  thick. 

10.    Inside  length,  24^  in.  ;   ends,  |  in.  ;   outside  cleats,  J  in. 
thick. 


SELLING  FIRE    WOOD 


97 


SELLING  FIRE  WOOD  BY  THE  CORD 


A  IVOOD  DEALER'S  P/IE 

-  One  Cord   The  On/'i  of  Wooo/  /iedsc/re 
-  One  Cora/  foot 


1  cord  of  wood  is  a  pile  of  4-foot  sticks,  piled  8  ft.  long  and  4  ft. 
high.  Or 

1  cord  of  wood  is  any  pile  containing  128  cu.  ft. 

How  to  obtain  the  128  cu.  ft.  :  4x4x8  cu.  ft.  =  128  cu.  ft. 
How  to  obtain  the  number  of  cubic  feet  in  a  pile  of  4 -foot  wood, 
piled  6  ft.  high  and  20  ft.  long  :  4  x  ()  x  20  cu.  ft.  =  480  cu.  ft. 
How  to  find  the  number  of  cords  in  such  a  pile : 


^  ^  ^  ^  ^^  =  V^-  =  3|,  number  of  cords. 


How  to  find  the  cost  of  a  similar  pile  at  $6.50  per  cord  : 

3        5         3.25 

lxi_X^P2iJl:|0  ^  84875  ^  ^24.37L  or  $24.38 
1%^  2  ^ 

32 
2 


98  SELLING  FIRE  WOOD 

Compute  the  number  of  cords  in  the  following  piles : 

1.  4-foot  wood,  piled  7  ft.  high  and  15  ft.  long. 

2.  4-foot  wood,  piled  8  ft.  high  and  30  ft.  long. 

3.  4-foot  wood,  piled  6  ft.  high  and  24  ft.  long. 

4.  4-foot  wood,  piled  6^  ft.  high  and  30  ft.  long. 

Compute  the  cost  of  the  following  piles  at  prices  stated  : 

5.  4-foot  wood,  7  ft.  high,  20  ft.  long,  at  $5.00  per  cord. 

6.  4-foot  wood,  8  ft.  high,  40  ft.  long,  at  $  6.00  per  cord. 

7.  4-foot  wood,  9  ft.  high,  35  ft.  long,  at  $  5.50  per  cord. 

8.  4-foot  wood,  10  ft.  high,  45  ft.  long,  at  $  5.25  per  cord. 

9.  4-foot  wood,  8  ft.  high,  36  ft.  long,  at  $  6.25  per  cord. 
10.  4-foot  wood,  71  ft.  high,  34  ft.  long,  at  f  6.00  per  cord. 

Carting  Wood 

Cut  wood  is  retailed  in  1  cord  foot  (cd.  ft.),  2  cd.  ft.,  ^  cd., 
and  1  cd. 

1  cd.  ft.  contains  16  cu.  ft.     (See  diagram  on  page  97.) 

2  cd.  ft.  contain  32  cu.  ft. 
I  cord  contains  64  cu.  ft. 

Wood  is  carted  in  wagons  that  differ  slightly  in  size  : 

Stock  Sizes  of  Carts  and  Wagons 


No. 

Inside  Dimensions 

No. 

Dimensions  with  Sidbboards  is 

1. 

3. 
5. 

7. 
9. 

5    ft.  X  3i  ft.  X  12  in.  (1  ft.) 

5i  ft.  X  in  ft.  X  12  in. 

6J  ft.  X  3  ft.  10  in.  X  14  in. 

7]  ft!  X  3i  ft.  X  14  in. 

9    ft.  X  3^  ft.  X  15  in. 

<2, 
4. 
6. 
8. 
10. 

5    ft.  X  3i  ft.  X  2  ft. 

5i  ft.  X  3i  ft.  X  2  ft. 

61  ft.  X  3  ft.  10  in.  X  28  in. 

7J  ft.  X  3^  ft.  X  28  in. 

9    ft.  X  3J  ft.  X  30  in. 

CARTING  WOOD 


99 


1.  Compute  the  number  of  cubic  feet  in  each  of  the  carts 
listed  on  page  98.  As  wood  does  not  pile  compactly,  fractious 
of  a  cubic  foot  should  not  be  counted. 

Express  the  work  of  No.  5  as  follows  : 

6i  X  3f  X  1^  =  -\5-  X  -^  X  I  =  27HI,  number  of  cu.  ft.     Am.  27  cu.  ft. 

Express  results  as  follows: 


Cart 
No.  1 

Caet 
No.  2 

Cart 
No.  3 

C^AKT 

No.  4 

Cart 
No.  5 

Cart 
No.  6 

Cart 
No.  7 

Cart 
No.  8 

Cart 
No.  9 

Cart 
No.  10 

CU.  ft. 

CU.  ft. 

CU.  ft. 

CU.  ft. 

CU.  ft. 

CU.  ft. 

CU.  ft. 

CU.  ft. 

CU.  ft. 

CU.  ft. 

2.  Which  of  these  carts  is  best  adapted  to  carry  1  cd.  ft. 
of  cut  wood  ? 

3.  Which  two  of  them  are  well  adapted,  by  heaping  or 
scanting  the  load,  to  deliver  2  cd.  ft.  ? 

4.  Which  are  large  enough  to  carry  a  half  cord  or  more  ? 

5.  By  filling  any  box  or  receptacle  known  to  contain  just 
^  cd.  with  wood,  and  then  piling  the  contents  into  one  of  these 
carts  and  marking  the  height  of  the  pile,  the  cart  could  after- 
ward be  piled  up  to  this  mark  whenever  |  cd.  was  ordered. 

6.  If  a  box  is  5  ft.  4  in.  long  and  3  ft.  wide,  how  high  must 
it  be  filled  to  contain  |  cd.  ? 

^  cd.  contain.s  64  cu.  ft. 

5  ft.  4  in.  =  5^  ft. ;  5^  X  8  sq.  ft.  =  16  sq.  ft.,  area  of  bottom. 

64  -=-  16  =  4.     The  box  must  be  filled  4  ft.  deep. 

7.  At  what  depth  must  this  box  be  marked  to  contain  1  cd. 
ft.  ?    for  2  cd.  ft.  ?    for  3  cd.  ft.  ? 

8.  Mr.  Jones  carts  8  even  loads  in  No.  9.  How  many  cords 
has  he  delivered  ? 


100 


WRIGHING  PROBLEMS 


WEIGHING   PROBLEMS 
GROSS,  TARE,  AND  NET 

The  terms  gross,  tare,  and  net  are  business  expressions  used 
when  the  materials  sold  are  delivered  in  wagons,  casks,  lirkins, 
etc. 

Gross  weight  is  the  weight  of  material  and  its  container. 

Tare  is  the  weight  of  the  container  (wagon,  cask,  firkin,  etc.). 

Net  weight  is  the  weight  of  the  material  itself  and  is  ob- 
tained by  subtracting  the  tare  from  the  gross  weight. 

Oral  Exercise 
Compute  the  net  weight  of  powder  put  up  in  tin  cans  or  glass 
jars  as  follows: 


Gross 
Weight 

16  oz. 

Tare 

Net 
Weight 

6. 

Gross 
Weight 

15  oz. 

Tare 

Wet 
Weight 

1. 

2  OZ. 

? 

3oz. 

V 

2. 

16  oz. 

li  oz. 

? 

7. 

20  oz. 

4  oz. 

? 

3. 

8oz. 

H  oz. 

•) 

8. 

16  oz. 

2ioz. 

? 

4. 

12  oz. 

2  oz. 

? 

9. 

18  oz. 

2oz. 

? 

5. 

16  oz. 

I  oz. 

? 

10. 

10  oz. 

l^oz. 

? 

Written  Exercise 

Compute  the  net  weight  of  coal  delivered  in  wagons  and  auto 
trucks  as  follows : 


Gross 
Weight 

Tare 

Net 
Weight 

6. 

Gross 
Weight 

Tare 

Net 
Weight 

1. 

3.375  lb. 

1480  lb. 

9 

3615  lb. 

1430  lb. 

9 

2. 

3194  lb. 

1210  lb. 

•? 

7. 

3196  lb. 

1290  lb. 

? 

3. 

4065  lb. 

2120  lb. 

9 

8. 

3984  lb. 

2050  lb. 

? 

4. 

3720  lb. 

1680  lb. 

? 

9. 

.3915  lb. 

1860  lb. 

? 

5. 

3005  lb. 

1010  lb. 

9 

10. 

3285  lb. 

1450  lb. 

? 

THE    PUBLIC    WEIGHP^R  101 

THE  PUBLIC  WEIGHER 

Record  of  Weight 


Load  of_ .Hay 

Brockton,  Mass.,  May  4,  1916 

From^   -^j_  *;-  _^^^o"^_ 

To     E.  S.  Brown 

Gross  wt._ 

3020  lb. 

Tare 

1140  lb. 

Net 

lb. 

Wm.  H.  White    Weigher 

111  order  to  protect  the  public,  all  scales  for  weighing  things 
for  which  the  public  have  to  pay  are  required  to  be  tested  by 
a  Sealer  of  Weights  and  Measures.  Men  who  are  licensed  to 
weigh  coal,  hay,  and  other  expensive  necessaries  of  life,  which 
come  by  the  ton,  etc.,  are  placed  under  oath  and  called  sworn 
weighers.  They  are  usually  required  to  keep  an  accurate 
record  of  all  weighing  done,  in  a  book  containing  blank  forms 
like  the  above. 

1.  A.  E.  Stone  with  a  load  of  hay  for  E.  S.  Brown  weighs 
in  as  he  goes  to  deliver  it.  His  wagon  is  on  record  at  the 
weigher's  office  as  weighing  1140  lb.  and  the  above  record  is 
made.  How  much  hay  does  he  deliver  ?  The  above  record  is 
kept  on  file  at  the  office  of  the  legal  weigher. 

2.  Mr.  Andrew's  hay  wagon  weighs  1025  lb.  He  carts  5 
loads  to  S.  R.  Thompson.  Their  gross  weights  are:  2290  lb., 
2675  lb.,  2806  lb.,  2485  lb.,  2560  lb.  What  is  the  net  weight 
of  each  ?     How  much  hay  does  he  deliver  in  all  ? 

3.  A.  B.  Stone's  hay  wagon  weighs  870  lb.  He  delivers  4 
loads  whose  gross  weights  are  2365  lb.,  2140  lb.,  2280  lb.,  2090  lb. 
What  is  the  net  weight  of  each  ?   the  total  net  weight  ? 


102  WEIGHING  PROBLEMS 

4.  The  Central  Ice  Company  sent  loads  to  the  cooler  in  A.  B. 
Jones  &  Company's  market  in  a  cart  weighing  2600  lb.     Three- 
loads  were  sent  in  a  week,  their  gross  weights  being  4205  lb., 
3875  lb.,  3905  lb.     How  much  ice  was  delivered  ?     How  much 
did  it  cost  at  50  ^  per  hundredweight  ? 

5.  A  wagon  weighing  973  lb.  was  loaded  with  bales  of  hay 
weighing  as  follows:  125  lb.,  150  lb.,  130  lb.,  205  lb.,  196  lb., 
227  lb.,  186  lb.,  195  lb.,  206  lb.,  157  lb.  What  was  the  whole 
or  gross  weight  ?  When  driven  on  the  platform  scales  the 
whole  load  including  the  driver  weighed  2876  lb.  What  was 
the  driver's  weight  ? 

6.  The  next  wagon  on  the  scales  was  filled  with  shelled  corn. 
The  wagon  weighed  1205  lb.  and  the  whole  load  2409  lb.  How 
much  corn  was  there  ?  If  one  bushel  weighs  56  lb.,  how  many 
bushels  were  there  in  the  load  ? 

Changing  from  Pounds  to  Short  Tons 
2000  Lb.  =  1  Short  Ton  (T.) 

1.    How  many  tons  are  equal  to  15,620  lb.  ? 

15.620.     (Moving  point  three  places  divides  by  1000.) 
7.81.       (Dividing  by   2  completes   the   division   by 
2000  and  gives  the  number  of  tons.) 

2.  5180  lb.  =  how  many  tons  ? 

3.  8640  lb.  =  how  many  tons  ? 

4.  21,860  lb.  =  how  many  tons? 

5.  370  lb.  =  what  part  of  a  ton  ? 

6.  1420  lb.  =  what  part  of  a  ton  ? 

7.  1880  lb.  =  what  part  of  a  ton  ? 

8.  3210  lb.  =  how  many  tons  ? 

9.  13,050  lb.  =  how  many  tons  ? 
iO.  4910  lb.  =  how  many  tons? 


THE   PUBLIC  WEIGHER 


103 


11.    What  is  the  cost  of  750  lb.  at  $S  per  ton? 

750  lb.  =  ^-  T.;  ^^  of  $^  =  $3. 
2000         ^W 


Or 

As  in  problems  1-10,  movie  the  point  3  places  to  the  left  and  divide  by  2. 

(a)  750  lb.  (i)  $  8.PP,  price  of  1  T. 

.750  M.  .375 

.375  T.  13.00,  cost  of  750  lb. 


12.    Using  either  of  the  above  methods,  compute  the  cost  of 
the  following  odd  loads  at  prices  given  per  ton: 


(a)  1430  lb.  at  17.50. 
(6)  1280  1b.  at  $6.50. 
((?)  970  1b.  at  18.00. 

(d)  1850  lb.  at  $6.75. 

(e)  1690  1b.  at  $6.00. 


(/)  1940  1b.  at  17.00. 
(g)  1360  1b.  at  $7.50. 
(A)  1180  1b.  at  $8.25. 
(0  790  1b.  at  $6.75. 
(i)  1420  lb.  at  $9.00. 


13.    Compute  the  net  weight  of  ice  delivered  in  wagons 


Gross 
Weight 

Tare 

Net 
Weight 

(/) 

Gross 
Weight 

Tare 

Net 
Weight 

(a) 

5072  lb. 

2165  lb. 

? 

5610  lb. 

2218  lb. 

? 

(b) 

4687  lb. 

1780  lb. 

? 

(ff) 

4890  lb. 

1940  lb. 

? 

(c) 

4725  lb. 

2330  lb. 

? 

(h) 

3964  lb. 

2160  lb. 

? 

(d) 

3967  lb. 

1890  lb. 

? 

(0 

5185  lb. 

1790  lb. 

? 

(e) 

4186  lb. 

1290  lb. 

9 

(./) 

4975  lb. 

1830  lb. 

■; 

14.    Compute  the  cost  of  each  of  the  above  loads  at  $  5.50  per 
ton. 


104 


THE   COAL  BUSINESS 


THE  COAL  BUSINESS 
STANDARD  SCALES 


In  the  retail  coal  business,  before  each  driver  starts  to  deliver 
his  load,  lie  drives  it  upon  the  platform  of  the  scales,  and  the 
clerk  in  the  office  notifies  him  whether  his  load  is  too  small  or 
too  large  and  how  many  pounds  he  must  add  or  take  off.  A 
driver  soon  learns  how  much  the  average  shovelful  weighs  and 
can  estimate  his  load  by  counting  the  shovelfuls. 

1.  Driver  No.  1  has  a  wagon  weighing  2150  lb.  If  he  car- 
ries a  ton  (2000  lb.)  of  coal,  how  much  should  the  whole  weigh  ? 
If  it  weighs  4167  lb.,  how  much  coal  should  he  take  off?  how 
much  if  it  weighs  4172  lb.  ? 

2.  Driver  No.  2  has  a  1220-pound  wagon.  What  should 
be  the  gross  weight  with  an  even  ton  ?  If  the  gross  weight  is 
only  3213  lb.,  how  much  coal  should  be  added?  how  much  if 
it  is  3205  lb.  ? 


STANDARD  SCALES  105 

3.  Driver  No.  3  has  a  980-poun(l  wagon.  Tlu^  gross  weight 
of  his  load  is  2996  lb.  Should  he  add  or  take  off  coal  and  how 
much  to  carry  an  even  ton  ? 

4.  Driver  No.  4  has  a  1056-pound  cart.  The  gross  weight 
H)f  his  load  is  3112  lb.  Should  he  add  or  take  oft'  coal  and  how 
mucli  to  carry  an  even  ton  ? 

5.  If  No.  4  had  weighed  in  at  2468  lb.,  what  would  the 
net  weight  (coal  alone)  have  been  ? 

6.  If  No.  3  had  weighed  in  at  2749  lb.,  what  would  the  net 
weight  of  his  load  have  been  ? 

7.  Mr.  Esterbrook,  whose  wagon  weighs  1150  lb.,  takes  on 
a  load  sutlicient  to  bring  the  gross  weight  up  to  2650  lb.  How 
much  coal  is  there  in  his  load  ?  How  much  is  it  worth  at 
$7.50  a  ton? 

8.  Mr.  Hartman,  using  a  wagon  weighing  1180  lb.,  carts 
loads  of  coal  of  the  following  gross  weights :  3130  lb.,  3055  lb., 
3020  lb.,  3090  lb.,  and  2605  lb. 

(«)  Compute  the  net  weight  of  each  load  and  add  the  five  net 
weights. 

(5)  Check  this  result  by  adding  the  five  gross  weights  and 
subtracting  five  times  the  weight  of  the  wagon. 

(tf)  If  Mr.  Hartman  pays  for  this  coal  at  the  rate  of  87.40 
a  ton,  how  much  does  it  cost  him? 

9.  A  farmer  living  two  miles  from  the  railroad  had  two  of 
his  men  haul  the  winter's  supply  of  furnace  coal.  The  first 
man  used  a  wagon  weighing  1550  lb.  and  the  gross  weight  of 
each  of  his  five  loads  was  as  follows :  3420  lb.,  3340  lb.,  3490  lb., 
3450  lb.,  3050  lb.     How  much  coal  was  there  in  each  load  ? 

10.  The  gross  weight  of  each  load  as  carted  by  the  second 
teamster,  using  a  cart  weighing  1170  lb.,  was  as  follows : 
3010  lb.,  2840  lb.,  2760  lb.,  2790  lb.,  2450  lb.  How  much  coal 
did  he  cart  in  all  ? 

hunt's  commun.  ar.  —  8 


106  THE   COAL  BUSINESS 

TABLES   FOR  COMPUTING  COAL  CHARGES 

To  save  time  and  to  prevent  mistakes,  tables  are  devised  which 
enable  the  clerk  to  ascertain  quickly  the  correct  charge  for 
fractional  parts  of  a  ton.  Compute  all  charges  in  the  following 
problems  by  using  the  table  on  the  opposite  page. 

1.  A  farmer,  whose  cart  weighed  870  lb.,  took  on  a  load 
which  brought  it  up  to  2290  lb.  How  much  coal  had  he  ? 
How  much  was  it  worth  at  f  6.25  per  ton  ? 

The  difference  between  2290  lb.  and  870  lb.  is  1420  lb.  Read  along 
the  1400-pound  line  as  far  as  the  $6.25  column,  where  you  will  find  .*|4.38, 
which  is  the  cost  of  1400  lb.  Then  read  along  the  20-pound  line  to  the 
same  column,  and  you  will  find  $.06.  $4.38 -ff  .06  =$4.44,  the  cost  of 
1420  lb. 

2.  Use  the  table  and  compute  the  cost  of  the  following  net 
Aveights  at  the  prices  mentioned  per  ton  : 

(a)  850  lb.  at  $  6.50.  (/)     980  lb.  at  $  6.25. 

(5)  1640  lb.  at     6.00.  (g) 

(c)  550  lb.  at     7.50.  (A) 

Id}  1220  lb.  at     6.75.  (z) 

(e)  1570  lb.  at     8.00.  0') 

3.  Mr.  Whitman's  cart  weighed  1243  lb.  After  the  load 
had  been  added  it  weighed  3123  lb.  How  much  did  he  pay  if 
the  coal  sold  for  $  7.25  per  ton  ? 

4.  Mr.  Hastings  had  a  cart  weighing  9t80  lb.  He  took  on  a 
load  which  brought  it  up  to  2660  lb.  How  much  was  it  worth 
at  $7.50  per  ton? 

5.  Mr.  Jones  had  a  cart  weighing  1174  lb.  He  carried  three 
loads  whose  gross  weight  was  2684  lb.,  2874  lb.,  2864  lb.  How 
much  should  he  pay  for  the  lot  at  I?  6.75  per  ton  ? 

6.  Fill  in  the  $  8.25  column  in  the  table  to  the  nearest  cent. 


1890  lb. 

at 

7.50. 

1060  lb. 

at 

7.25. 

1610  lb. 

at 

6.75. 

590  lb. 

at 

7.75. 

COAL  TABLES 


107 


Retail  Coal  Table 
(To  aid  in  computing  the  pi-ice  of  fractional  parts  of  a  ton) 


lb. 

PlilCES  (IN  DOLLARS)  PEK 

TON  (2000  lb.) 

6.00 

6.25 

6.50 

6.75! 

7.00 

7.25 

7.50 

7.75 

8.00 

8.25 

10 

.03 

.03 

.03 

.03 

.04 

.04 

.04 

.04 

.04 

? 

20 

.06 

.06 

.07 

.07 

.07 

.07 

.08 

.08 

.08 

? 

30 

.09 

.09 

.10 

.10 

.11 

.11 

.11 

.12 

.12 

? 

40 

.12 

.13 

.13 

.14 

.14 

.15 

.15 

.16 

.16 

? 

50 

.15 

.16 

.16 

.17 

.18 

.18 

.19 

.19 

.20 

? 

60 

.18 

.19 

.20 

.20 

.21 

.22 

.23 

.23 

.24 

? 

70 

.21 

.22 

.23 

.24 

.25 

.25 

.26 

.27 

.28 

? 

80 

.24 

.25 

.26 

.27 

.28 

.29 

.30 

.31 

.32 

? 

90 

.27 

.28 

.29 

.30 

.32 

.33 

.34 

.35 

.36 

? 

100 

.30 

.31 

.33 

.34 

.35 

.36 

..38 

.39 

.40 

? 

200 

.60 

.63 

.65 

.68 

.70 

.73 

.75 

.78 

.80 

? 

300 

.90 

.94 

.98 

1.01 

1.05 

1.09 

1.13 

1.16 

1.20 

? 

400 

1.20 

1.25 

1.30 

1.35 

1.40 

1.45 

1.50 

1.55 

1.60 

? 

500 

1.50 

1.56 

1.63 

1.69 

1.75 

1.81 

1.88 

1.94 

2.00 

? 

600 

1.80 

1.88 

1.95 

2.03 

2.10 

2.18 

2.25 

2.33 

2.40 

? 

700 

2.10 

2.19 

2.28 

2.36 

2.45 

2.54 

2.63 

2.71 

2.80 

? 

800 

2.40 

2.50 

2.60 

2.70 

2.80 

2.90 

3.00 

3.10 

3.20 

? 

900 

2.70 

2.81 

2.93 

3.04 

3.15 

3.26 

3.38 

3.49 

3.60 

? 

1000 

3.00 

3.13 

3.25 

3.38 

3.50 

3.63 

3.75 

3.88 

4.00 

V 

1100 

3.30 

3.44 

3.58 

3.71 

3.85 

3.99 

4.13 

4.27 

4.40 

? 

1200 

3.60 

3.75 

3.90 

4,05 

4.20 

4..35 

4.50 

4.65 

4.80 

? 

1300 

3.90 

4.06 

4.23 

4.39 

4.55 

4.71 

4.88 

5.04 

5.20 

? 

1400 

4.20 

4.38 

4.55 

4.73 

4.90 

5.08 

5.25 

5.43 

5.60 

V 

1500 

4.50 

4.69 

4.88 

5.06 

5.25 

5.44 

5.63 

5.81 

6.00 

? 

1600 

4.80 

5.00 

5.20 

5.40 

5.60 

5.80 

6.00 

0.20 

6.40 

? 

1700 

.  5.10 

5.31 

5.53 

5.74 

5.95 

6.16 

6.38 

6.59 

6.80 

? 

1800 

5.40 

5.63 

5.85 

6.08 

6.30 

6.53 

6.75 

6.98 

7.20 

V 

1900 

5.70 

5.94 

6.18 

6.41 

6.65 

6.89 

7.13 

7.36 

7.00 

? 

2000 

6.00 

6.25 

6.50 

6.75 

7.00 

7.25 

7.50 

7.75 

8.00 

'  ? 

108  THE   (;OAL  BUSINESS 


COST  OF  FREIGHT 


Coal  used  in  tlie  New  England  states  is  brought  by  sea  to 
the  nearest  port,  thence  by  rail,  if  the  town  is  not  on  the  coast; 
or  it  may  come  all  the  way  by  rail,  which  is  an  expensive 
method  of  transportation.  The  cost  of  coal  for  people  living 
at  a  distance  from  tiie  coal  mi«es  is  seriously  affected  by  trans- 
portation rates.  The  coal  dealer  has  his  orders  sent  by  sea  or 
rail  according  to  which  is  cheaper. 

2240  lb.  =  1  long  ton  or  gross  ton  (L.  T.) 
112  lb.  (^  of  1  L.  T.)  =  1  long  hundredweight 

The  freight  on  coal  sent  all  the  way  by  rail  from  Pennsyl- 
vania to  Waterfield,  Mass.,  is  $3  per  long  ton.  As  it  would 
be  somewhat  difficult  in  tilling  cars  to  get  even  tons,  the  coal 
is  billed  by  some  companies  to  the  Clearest  hundredweight. 

1.  At  $  3.15  per  ton,  find  the  cost  of  the  freight  on  a  carload 
of  coal  weighing  31  L.  T.  15  cwt. 

Cost  of  31  L.  T.  =  31  X  $3.15  =$97.6.5 

Cost  of  15  cwt.  =  — ,  or  -  ,  of  $  3.15  =  ^Mi?  =  $  2.36 
20         4  4 

$97.65  +  12.36  =  $100.01 

Compute  the  cost  of  freight  on  each  of  the  following  ship- 
ments at  $3  per  long  ton,  considering  1  cwt.  as  112  lb.: 

2.  25  L.  T.  9  cwt.  5.    22  L.  T.  16  cwt. 

3.  23  L.  T.  11  cwt.  6.    27  L.  T.  15  cwt. 

4.  24  L.  T.  13  cwt.  7.    28  L.  T.    5  cwt. 

8.  How  much  would  the  freight  cost  on  a  carload  of  40 
L.  T.  8  cwt.  at  $  .85  per  long  ton  ? 

9.  Find  the  cost  of  freight  on  a  load  of  38  L.  T.  6  cwt.  at 
,/t.r)5  per  long  ton. 

10.  Find  the  cost  of  freight  on  a  load  of  28  L.  T.  15  cwt. 
at  >i>  .70  per  long  ton. 


COST   OF  FREIGHT 


109 


Teamster's  Rpicord 


11.  Find  the  cost  of  freight  on  a  load  of  32  L.  'i\  10  cwt. 
at  f  .85  per  long  ton  ? 

12.  The  following  three  carloads,  30  L.  T.  2  cwt.,  28  L.  T. 
5  cwt.,  and  39  L.  T.  4  cwt.,  were  received  at  the  fi'eight  yard. 
Compute  the  freight  on  the  total  amount  received,  at  i.85  per 
long  ton. 

13.  It  is  a  business-like  precaution  to  verify  the  accuracy  of 
all  charges  by  comparing  the  actual  goods  received  with  those 
billed.  A  college  using  large  quantities  of  soft  coal  for  its 
heating  plant  buys  it  by  .the  carload,  unloads  it,  and   carts 

it  from  the  freight  yard  to  the  en- 
gine rooms.  Each  trip  the  teamster 
drives  his  load  on  the  scales  and 
makes  a  record  of  the  gross  weight 
like  that  at  the  left.  His  two-horse 
•wagon  weighs  1170  lb.  The  car  he  is 
unloading  is  billed  at  13  L.  T.  7  cwt. 

(a)  Subtract  the  tare  in  each  line 
from  the  gross  weight  to  find  the  net 
weight  of  each  load. 

(b)  Add  the  net  weight  column 
and  see  if  it  agrees  with  the  amount 
billed  in  the  carload.  If  not,  your 
own  work  may  be  wrong ;  so  it 
should  be  proved  or  checked.  To 
check  your  work,  add  the  gross 
weight  column ;  and  from  the  sum 
subtract  17  times  1170.  The  differ- 
ence should  be  the  same  as  the  sum 
of  the  3d  column  or  the  net  weight 
of  the  carloads. 

How  much  does  the  record  show  ? 


Gross 
Weight 

Tare 

Net 
.  Weight 

2560 
2480 
2780 
2560 
3040 
3210 
2950 
3160 
2890 
3090 
3180 
2980 
3210 
3320 
2990 
2960 
2670 

1170 
1170 
1170 
1170 
1170 
1170 
1170 
1170 
1170 
1170 
1170 
1170 
1170 
1170 
1170 
1170 
1170 

? 

V 

? 

? 

V 
? 

•? 
? 

? 
? 
? 

9 
? 
? 
? 

?    a 
-?    b 

?    h 

Vc 

?   c* 

*  Shoukl  afrree  withe 

110 


THE  COAL  BUSINESS 


Coal  Dealek's  Computing  Tablk 


Wholesale  2240  lb.==l  I 

,.  T.  (long  ton) 

lb. 

$3.50 

$3.75 

$4.00 

$4.25 

$4.50 

$6.00 

10 

.02 

.02 

.02 

.02 

.02 

.02 

20 

.03 

.03 

.04 

.04 

.04 

.04 

30 

.05 

.05 

.06 

.06 

.06 

.07 

40 

.06 

.07 

.07 

.08 

.08 

.09 

50 

.08 

.08 

.09 

.09 

.10 

.11 

60 

.09 

.10 

.11 

.12 

.13 

.13 

70 

.11 

.12 

.12 

.13 

.14 

.16 

80 

.13 

.13 

.14 

.15 

.16 

.18 

90 

.14 

.15 

.16 

.17 

.18 

.20 

100 

.16 

.17 

.18' 

.19 

.20 

.22 

200 

.31 

.33 

.36 

.38 

.40 

.    .45 

300 

.47 

.50 

.54 

.57 

.60 

.67 

400 

.63 

.67 

.71 

.76 

.80 

.89 

500 

.78 

.84 

.89 

:95 

1.00 

1.12 

600 

.94 

1.00 

1.07 

1.14 

1.20 

1.34 

700 

1.09 

1.17 

1.25 

1.33 

1.41 

1.56 

800 

1.25 

1.34 

1.43 

1.52 

1.61 

1.79 

900 

1.41 

1.51 

1.61 

1.71 

1.81 

2.01 

1000 

1.56 

1.67 

1.79 

1.90 

2.01 

2.23 

1100 

1.72 

1.84 

1.96 

2.09 

2.21 

2.46 

1200 

1.87 

2.01 

2.14 

2.28 

2.41 

2.68 

1300 

2.03 

2.18 

2.32 

2.47 

2.61 

2.90 

1400 

2.19 

2.34 

2.50 

2.66 

2.81 

3.12 

1500 

2.34 

2.51 

2.68 

2.85 

3.01 

3.35 

1600 

2.50 

2.68 

2.86 

3.04 

3.21 

3.57 

1700 

2.68 

2.85 

3.03 

3.23 

3.41 

3.79 

1800 

2.81 

3.01 

3.21 

3.42 

3.61 

4.02 

1900 

2.97 

3.18 

3.39 

3.60 

3.82 

4.24 

2000 

3.13 

3.35 

3.57 

3.79 

4.02 

4.46 

2100 

3.28 

3.52 

3.75 

3.98 

4.22 

4.69 

2200 

3.44 

3.68 

3.93 

4.17 

4.42 

4.91 

THE  WHOLESALE   COAL  TRADE  111 

THE   WHOLESALE   COAL  TRADE 

Wholesale  coal  merchants  sell  to  the  retail  dealers  by  the 
long  ton  (2240  lb.).  To  save  the  time  of  computing  the  price 
on  different  amounts  constantly  being  shipped,  the  clerks  use  a 
printed  table  in  which  the  price  of  any  amount  from  10  lb.  to 
2240  lb.  can  be  immediately  'seen.  This  table  is  used  chiefly 
in  computing  the  cost  of  fractional  parts  of  a  long  ton  shipped 
to  a  retail  dealer,  or  carted  to  customers  near  by. 

1.  A  carload  billed  to  a  retail  dealer  at  -$4  per  long  ton  con- 
tains 24  L.  T.  and  350  lb.  over. 

Cost  of  24  T.  @  $4  =  $  96.00 

Cost  of  300  lb.  (See  Table,  page  110,  300  lb.  line,  $4  column)  =         .54 

Cost  of  50  lb.  (See  Table,  50  lb.  line,  f  4  column)  = .09 

Total  cost  =  i| 96.63 

Use  the  table  on  page  110  and  compute  the  cost  of  the 
following  fractional  parts  of  a  long  ton  : 


2. 

850  lb. 

Pmce  per  Ton 

!|4.25 

15. 

870  lb. 

Price  per  Ton 

$4.00 

3. 

670  lb. 

$4.50 

16. 

490  lb. 

$4.50 

4. 

180  lb. 

$4.25 

17. 

570  lb. 

$4.25 

5. 

480  lb. 

$5.00 

18. 

680  lb. 

$4.50 

6. 

350  lb. 

$4.50 

19. 

750  1b.   • 

$5.00 

7. 

1570  lb. 

$5.00 

20. 

870  lb. 

$4.25 

8. 

1080  lb. 

$4.25 

21. 

980  lb. 

$4.25 

9. 

290  lb. 

$4.25 

22. 

1150  lb. 

$5.00 

10. 

270  lb. 

$5.00 

23. 

1270  lb. 

$4.00 

11. 

1850  lb. 

$3.50 

24. 

2080  lb. 

$5.00 

12. 

1890  lb. 

$3.75 

25. 

2100  lb. 

$4.50 

13. 

1950  lb. 

$4.00 

26. 

2160  1b. 

$3.50 

14.    1970  lb.       $4.50  27.    2200  lb.       $4.00 


112 


THE  HARDWARE  BUSINESS 


THE   HARDWARE   BUSINESS 
SELLING  GOODS  BY  WEIGHT 


ABCDEFOHIJRLOPRS      T 

'■IIMJIIipilj^lllyllHI||||||j^|||y|IHI||||||||||y||HIHy,||,|||y|||.|||y,||| 


Oral  Exercise 

1.  How  heavy  is  the  article  in  the  scalepan  if  the  sliding 
weight  is  at  J.?  Answer  the  same  question  for  each  of  the 
other  points  lettered. 

2.  If  a  weight  marked  10  lb.  is  hung  on  the  hook,  as  indi- 
cated by  the  arrow,  what  will  be  the  weight  when  the  slide  is 
at  ^  ?  B?  etc. 

3.  Compute  the  charge  on  the  following  articles  with  the 
weights  as  indicated  : 


SELLING   GOODS  BY   THE   SQUARE  FOOT 


113 


(JOOIIS    I'rRCIIASKI) 

Wki«ht 

ON    IIOOK 

Sliding 
Wekjht  at 

Cost  per 
Pound 

Charof. 

Nails 

10  lb. 

.1 

$.04^ 

y 

Rope 

none 

•   P 

.18 

9 

Lead  pipe 

15  lb. 

F 

m\ 

V 

Sheet  lead 

15  1b. 

H 

.08^ 

V 

Plaster  of  Paris 

5  1b. 

D 

.02 

? 

Muresco 

10  1b. 

E 

.07 

'J 

Glue 

none 

H 

.15 

9 

Sheet  iron 

10  1b. 

L 

.08 

? 

Galvanized  iron 

10  1b. 

P 

.10 

V 

SELLING  GOODS  BY  THE  SQUARE   FOOT 
A  running  foot  is  1  ft.  long  without  regard  to  width. 
To  find  the  number  of  square  feet : 

Multiply  the  number  of  running  feet  by  the  width  expressed  as 
feet. 

1.  How  many  square   feet  of  poultry  netting  are  there  in 
15  running  feet  of  30"  netting? 

30  in.  =  2f  ft. ;  2.1  x  15  sq.  ft.  =  37^  sq.  ft. 

2.  Find  the  cost  of  25  ft.  of  42"  netting  at  1|  ^  per  square 
foot. 

42  in.  =  3^  ft.     3|  x  25  x  l^j?  =  J  x  25  x  |  ^  =  'P  ^  =  f  1.31  J  or  $  1.31. 

Oral  Exercise 

How  many  square  feet  are  there  in  each  of   the  following 
lengths  ? 


1.  26  ft.  of  12"  netting. 

2.  30  ft.  of  18"  netting. 

3.  15  ft.  of  36"  netting. 

4.  16  ft.  of  48"  netting. 

5.  20  ft.  of  00"  netting. 


6.  10  ft.  of  72"  netting. 

7.  12  ft.  of  18"  netting. 

8.  25  ft.  of  24"  netting. 

9.  10  ft.  of  30"  netting. 
10.  10  ft.  of  42"  netting. 


114 


THE   HARDWARE  BUSINESS 
SELLING  POULTRY  WIRE 


Find  the  cost  of  the  following  lengtlis  of  poultry  wire  : 


KUNNING 

Prick  per 

Number 

Fekt 

Width  and  Kind 

i^Q.  Ft. 

Sq.  Ft. 

Cost 

1. 

30  ft. 

18"  Hexagonal  Chick  Net 

n^ 

45 

$.68 

2. 

37  ft. 

•24"  Hexagonal  Chick  Net 

nj 

.    — 

— 

3. 

60  ft. 

30"  Hexagonal  Chick  Net 

\\f 

— 

— 

4. 

48  ft. 

18"  U.  S.  Chick  Net 

\\f 

— 

— 

5. 

115  ft. 

■Ji"  U.  S.  Chick  Net 

\\f 

— 

— 

6. 

70  ft. 

30"  U.  S.  Chick  Net 

n^  I    - 

— 

7. 

57  ft. 

36"  Hexagonal  Poultry  Net 

5/ 

— 

— 

8. 

80  ft. 

42"  Hexagonal  Poultry  Net 

1^ 

— 

— 

9 

60  ft. 

48"  Hexagonal  Poultry  Net 

%f 

— 

— 

10. 

90  ft. 

54"  Hexagonal  Poultry  Net 

%^ 

— 

— 

11. 

117  ft. 

60"  Hexagonal  Poultry  Net 

\f 

— 

— 

12. 

81  ft. 

36"  U.  S.  Poultry  Net 

%<p 

— 

— 

13. 

48  ft. 

18"  U.  S.  Poultry  Net 

\^ 

— 

— 

14. 

75  ft. 

24"  U.  S.  Poultry  Net 

\f 

— 

-^ 

15. 

40  ft. 

42"  U.  S.  Poultry  Net 

\f 

— 

— 

16. 

37  ft. 

48"  U.  S.  Poultry  Net 

\f 

— 

— 

17. 

50  ft. 

54"  U.  8.  Poultry  Net 

\f 

— 

— 

18. 

52  ft. 

60"  U.  S.  Poultry  Net 

\f' 

— 

— 

MOSQUITO  NETTING 


115 


MOSQUITO   NETTING 

Mosquito  netting  comes  in  lolls  whose  widths  run  from  16"  to 
42"  in  even  inches,  that  is,  16",  18",  20",  etc.  There  are  three 
common  grades  —  the  black,  sellii^g  for  $.02  a  square  foot ;  the 
galvanized  for  ^i>.04  a  square  foot;  and  the  copper  for  $.08  a 
square  foot. 

1.     Find  the  cost  of  3  ft.  of  22"  black  netting. 


22in.  =  l-ft.;    1- x  8  x  2^  =  —  x  3  x  2j« 
.     6       '      6  0 


11^. 


2.  Find  the  cost  of  40  in.  of  28"  black  netting. 

40  in.  =  ^  ft. ;  28  in.  =  2^  ft. 
3i  X  2^  X  2  ^  =  J/-  X  I  X  2^'  =  i|fl  j»  =  L5f  ^,  or  16^ 

Find  the  cost  at  $  .02  per  square  foot  of : 

3.  5  ft.  of  38"  netting. 

4.  8  ft.  of  42"  netting. 

5.  4  ft.  of  26"  netting. 

6.  2^  ft.  of  18"  netting. 

7.  6  ft.  of  24"  netting. 


8.  40  ft.  of  24"  netting. 

9.  45  ft.  of  30"  netting. 

10.  36  ft.  of  24"  netting. 

11.  70  ft.  of  36"  netting. 

12.  50  ft.  of  18"  netting. 


How  much  will  be  charged  for  the  following  lengths  at  $  .04 
per  square  foot? 


13.  13  ft.  of  12"  netting. 

14.  20  ft.  of  18"  netting. 

15.  12  ft.  of  24"  netting. 

16.  10  ft.  of  30"  netting. 

17.  20  ft.  of  36"  netting. 


18.  12  ft.  of  42"  netting. 

19.  20  ft.  of  48"  netting. 

20.  10  ft.  of  54"  netting. 

21.  15  ft.  of  60"  netting. 

22.  20  ft.  of  72"  netting. 


116 


THE  HARDWARE  BUSINESS 


Table  ok  I'uickk  ok  Mosquito  Nkttino 

There  is  so  much  figuring  for  many  of  the  orders  for  mos- 
quito netting  that  it  is  usually  found  advisable  to  make  a  table 
of  prices. 

1.  Fill  in  the  1  ft.  line,  16"  column,  of  the  table  below. 

16  in.  wire  is  1|  ft.  wide. 

1  X  H  X  2;s  =  1  X  I  X  2)!!  =  |j!  =  2f  ^  or  3/!!. 

2.  Fill  in  the  4  in.  line,  16"  column,  of  the  table. 

4  in.  =  ^  ft.  long;  16  in.  =  1^  ft.  wide, 
i  X  li  X  2  J!!  =  i  X  f  X  2  ^  =  I  («,  or  1  ^. 

3.  Rule  a  table  like  the  following  and  fill  in  all  blank 
spaces  : 

Selling  Price  ok  Mosquito  Nktting  at  '2f  pkk  Squahk  Foot 


Lengths 
in  Feet 

16" 
wide 

18" 

wide 

20"        22" 
wide     wide 

24" 
wide 

26" 

wide 

28" 

wide 

SO" 
wide 

32" 
wide 

34" 
Wide 

1ft. 

2  ft. 

3  ft. 

4  ft. 

5  ft. 

6  ft. 

7  ft. 

8  ft. 

9  ft. 
10  ft. 

'M 

17f 

20/ 

Parts  of  a  Foot 

2  in. 
4  in. 
6  in. 
Sin. 
10  in. 

If 
If 

1)« 
If 

If 

If 

If 

If 

If 

If 

1^ 

If 

MOSQUITO   NETTING  117 

Computing  Charges  from  the  Table 

1.  Find  the  cost  of  50  running  inches  of  30"  netting. 
50  in.  =  4  ft.  2  in. 

Read  along  4  ft.  line  to  30  iu.  column 20^. 

Read  along  2  in.  line  to  30  in.  column 1  ^. 

Total 21>. 

Find  the  cost  of  : 

2.  5  ft.  4  in.  of  18"  net  at  2  ^  per  square  foot. 

3.  2  ft.  6  in.  of  20"  net  at  2r  per  square  foot. 

4.  1  ft.  2  in.  of  22"  net  at  2  ^  per  square  foot. 

5.  4  ft.  8  in.  of  24"  net  at  2  ^^  per  square  foot. 

6.  3  ft.  10  in.  of  26"  net  at  2  ^  per  square  foot. 

7.  6  ft.  4  in.  of  28"  net  at  2  ^  per  square  foot. 

8.  10  ft.  2  in.  of  30"  net  at  2/  per  square  foot. 

9.  4  ft.  10  in.  of  18"  net  at  2  /  per  square  foot. 

10.  7  ft.  4  in.  of  20"  net  2  </i  per  square  foot. 

11.  8  ft.  2  in,  of  26"  net  at  2  ^  per  square  foot. 

12.  3  ft.  10  in.  of  24' '  net  at  2  ^  per  square  foot. 

13.  9  ft.  8  in.  of  20"  net  at  2  ^  per  square  foot. 

To  use  the  table  in  computing  the  price  of  4^,  6^,  or  8^  wire, 
merely  find  the  price  for  2  ^  and  multiply  by  2,  3,  or  4  as 
needed. 

Find  the  cost  of  : 

14.  30  running  inches  of  18"  net  at  4^  per  square  foot. 

15.  40  running  inches  of  20"  net  at  4  ^  per  square  foot. 

16.  42  running  inches  of  22"  net  at  4  ^  per  square  foot. 

17.  54  running  inches  of  24"  net  at  8  ^  per  square  foot. 

18.  48  running  inches  of  20"  net  at  8  ^  per  square  foot. 

19.  50  running  inches  of  26"  net  at  8  ^  per  square  foot. 

20.  60  running  inches  of  28"  net  at  8  ^  per  square  foot. 


118 


AREAS  OF  COMMON  FIGURES 

AREAS   OF   COMMON   FIGURES 

PARALLELOGRAMS  AND  TRIANGLES 


Square 


f?/)Ofn6o/'a/  J 


<y 


f?hofnbu3 


To  find  the  area  of  a  parallelogram  : 

Find  the  ^product  of  the  base  by  the  altitude.* 

Formula.  —  Area  =  B  x  A  (Base  x  Altitude). 

Compute  mentally  the  area  of  each  of  these  parallelograms 

1.  Rectangle  12"  x  51".  4.    Rhomboid  50'  x  30'. 

2.  Rhomboid  13"  x  4".  5.    Rhombus  200'  x  5'. 

3.  Square  12"  long.  6.    Rectangle  8^'  x  8'. 


To  find  the  area  of  a  triangle  : 

Find  one  half  the  product  of  the  base  by  the  altitude. 

"R    V  A 

Formula. — Area  =^-^— . 

2 

1.    Compute  mentally  the  areas  of  the  above  triangles. 

Compute  the  area  of  the  following  triangles: 

2.  Base,  35';  altitude,  16'.  5.  Base,  43';  altitude,  17'. 

3.  Base,  15^';  altitude,  14'.  6.   Base,  32';  altitude,  5^'. 

4.  Base,  13';  altitude,  31'.  7.   Base,  42';  altitude,  18^'. 

*  By  the  product  of  lines,  such  as  base  and  altitude,  is  meant  the  product  of 
the  numbers  that  measure  them  when  expressed  in  like  units.  The  area  of  a 
rectangle  2  ft.  long  and  0  in.  (or  |  ft.)  wide  is  (2  x  |)  square  feet,  or  1  sq.  ft. 


rs\ 


119 


A  trapezoid  is  a  quadrilateral  having  only  two  sides  parallel. 
To  find  the  area  of  a  trapezoid  : 

Add  the  two  parallel  sides  (long  base  and  short  base')  and  mul- 
tiply the  sum  by  one  half  the  altitude. 

A 

l^ORMULA.  —  Area  =  ^  x  (Long  Base  +  Short  Base). 

1.  Find  the   area  of  the    ti-apezoid  represented  in  the  first 

figure  above. 

I  X  (10  +  8)  =  36.     Ans.  ZQ  sq.  ft. 

Compute  the  area  of  each  of  the  following  trapezoids: 

2.  Long  base,  27"  ;  short  base,  20"  ;  altitude,  15". 

3.  Long  base,  31"  ;  short  base,  14";  altitude,  18". 

4.  Long  base,  17"  ;  short  base,  14"  ;  altitude,  9". 

5.  Long  base,  5|"  ;  short  base,  3|"  ;  altitude,  7". 

6.  Long  base,  106"  ;  short  base,  97"  ;  altitude,  53". 

7.  How  many  square  feet  are  there  in  a  trapezoid  whose 
parallel  sides  are  40  in.  and  30  in.  long  and  whose  altitude  is 
18in.  ? 

8.  How  many  square  yards  are  there  in  a  trapezoid  of  the 
following  dimensions :  long  base,  4  ft. ;  short  base,  3^  ft.  ;  alti- 
tude, 2|  ft.  ? 

9.  How  many  square  feet  are  there  in  a  trapezoid  whose 
parallel  sides  are  20  in,  and  25  in.  and  whose  altitude  is 
15  in.  ? 


120 


AREAS  OF  COMMON  FIOURES 


A  GRANOLITHIC  WALK 

It  is  often  necessaiy  to  Hud  the  area  of  an  irregular  figure 
like  that  below.  The  usual  plan  is  to  divide  it,  as  naturally  as 
possible,  into  rectangles,  triangles,  and  trapezoids.  Study  the 
dotted  lines  and  see  how  this  is  accomplislied. 

The  area  of  each  figure  is  found  separately,  and  the  sum  of 
the  areas  thus  obtained  is  the  total  area  of  the  more  complex 
figure. 


'■^: 


ttou^g 


3t:ips 


./S'O- 


-T+ 


-/3'-0' 


so 


8-6' 


This  sketch  shows  sections  of  a  grano- 
lithic walk  to  be  built  in  front  of  and  at  the 
side  of  a  new  house.  The  owner  asked  a 
mason  to  estimate  the  cost.  The  mason 
made  careful  measurements  and  worked  it 
out  as  shown  on  page  121. 


In  mechanical  drawings,  it  is  customary  to  add  0"  when  a 
dimension  is  a  whole  number  of  feet.  8  ft.  and  6  in.  is  ex- 
pressed 8'-6";  while  8  ft.  is  expressed  8'-0". 


ESTIMATING  AREAS 


121 


ESTIMATING  AREAS 

1.    The  mason  computed  the  area  of  tlie  whole  walk  by  dealing 
with  one  section  at  a  time  as  follows  : 


Area  of  A 
Area  of  B 
Area  of  O 
Area  of  D 
Area  of  E 
Area  of  F 
Area  of  Gr 


sq. 

S(|. 

sq. 
sq. 
sq. 
sq, 
sq. 


ft. 
ft. 
ft. 
ft. 
ft. 
ft. 
ft. 


Total  area  = 


sq. 


ft. 


sq.  yd. 


2.  Compute  the  cost  of  the  walk  at  20  j^  per  square  foot. 

3.  Check  your  work  by  computing  the  cost  of  the  walk  at 
$1.80  per  square  yard.     The  two  costs  should  agree. 

4.  After  the  work  was  done,  the  mason  presented  the  follow- 
ing bill,  which  you  may  complete : 


Fraxklin,  Isd.,  Oct.   1,   1915. 

Mr.  Samuel  P.  Moore 

TO    HAMLIX   H.   HOWARD,   Mason,    Dr. 

20  loads 

Sand  and  gravel 

.85 





'58  sacks 

Portland  cement 

Sy2 





30  hr. 

Services  of  helper 

.25 





25  hr. 

Services  of  ma^on 

Received  payment, 

.50 





Nov.  1,  1915. 

Hamlin  H.  Howard. 

5.    How  much  difference  is  there  between  the  estimated  cost 
and  the  real  cost  ? 


HINT'S    COMMIIX.    AK. 


■9 


122 


A   PRACTICAL  STUDY   OP   LUMBER 


Consider  edch  p/ece  6  ft.  /oof. 


THE  BOARD  FOOT  123 

A   PRACTICAL   STUDY   OF   LUMBER 

Learn  the  name  of  each  kind  of  lumber  on  the  preceding 
page.  The  kind  is  usually  indicated  by  stating  first  the  thick- 
ness and  then  the  width.     The  lengths  vary  greatly. 

It  is  called  "  Two  by  three,  six  by  eight,"  etc. 

It  is  written       2"  x  3"       ,      6"  x  8"     ,  etc. 

THE  BOARD  FOOT 

A  board  foot  is  a  square  foot  one  inch  or  less  in  thickness. 

A  square  foot  contains  144  sq.  in.  Any  area  containing 
that  amount,  as  4  x  36  sq.  in.  or  6  x  24  sq.  in.,  is  considered 
as  a  square  foot  and  is  paid  for  accordingly. 

To  find  the  number  of  board  feet  in  any  piece  of  lumber  : 

Multiply  the  number  of  square  feet  on  one  side  by  the  Jiurnber 
of  inches  in  the  thickness. 

1.  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  a  10-foot  piece  of 
2"  X  3"  lumber? 

3  in.  =  1  f t. ;  :^  of  10  =  \S  or  2^,  nuinbei"  of  square  feet. 
2  in.  =  thickness ;  2  x  2^  =  5,  number  of  board  feet. 

1        ^ 
Or,  -  of  Z)3  X  5^  =  5,  number  of  board  feet. 

2 

2.  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  a  12-foot  piece  of 
4"  X  4"  lumber  ? 

4  in.  =  A  ft.  ;  i  of  12  =  4 ;  4x4=16,  number  of  board  feet. 

1        4 

Or,  -  of  ^;^  X  4  =  16,  number  of  board  feet. 

3.  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  a  15-foot  piece  of 
6"  X  8"  lumber  ? 

8  in.  =1  ft. ;  |  of  15  =  10 ;  6x10  =  60,  number  of  board  feet. 

o 

o  -' 

Or,  -  of  15  X  0  =  00,  number  of  board  feet. 

3 


124  A  PRACTICAL  STUDY   OF   LUMBER 

Oral  Exercise 

Find  the  number  of  board  feet  in  each  piece  of  lumber  in  the 
following  list: 

1.  A  10-foot  piece  of  12-inch  board,  1  in.  thick. 

2.  A  12-foot  piece  of  6-inch  -board,  1  in.  thick. 

3.  A  14-foot  piece  of  6-inch  board,  1  in.  thick. 

4.  A  15-foot  piece  of  4-inch  board,  1  iiv  thick. 

5.  A  16-foot  piece  of  2"  x  3"  lumber. 

6.  An  18-foot  piece  of  2"  x  6"  lumber. 

7.  A  15-foot  piece  of  2"  x  8"  lumber. 

8.  An  18-foot  piece  of  3"  x  4"  lumber. 

9.  A  12-foot  piece  of  4"  x  4"  lumber. 

10.  A  16-foot  piece  of  4"  x  6"  lumber. 

11.  A  20-foot  piece  of  6"  x  6"  lumber. 

12.  An  18-foot  piece  of  6"  x  8"  lumber. 

13.  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  12-incli  boards  1  in. 
thick  of  the  following  lengths  ?     8  ft.,  10  ft.,  12  ft.,  14  ft. 

14.  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  6-inch  boards  1  in. 
thick  of  the  following  lengths  ?     10  ft.,  12  ft.,  14  ft,,  16  ft. 

15.  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  4-inch  boards  1  in. 
.thick  of  the  following  lengths  ?     9  ft.,  12  ft.,  14  ft.,  16  ft. 

16.  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  3-inch  boards  1  in. 
thick  of  the  following  lengths  ?     8  ft.,  12  ft.,  16  ft.,  14  ft. 

17.  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  2"  x  3"  pieces  of  the 
following  lengths  ?     8  ft.,  10  ft.,  12  ft.,  14  ft.,  18  ft. 

18.  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  2"  x  4"  pieces  of  the 
following  lengths  ?     9  ft.,  12  ft.,  15  ft.,  18  ft. 

19.  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  3"  x  3"  pieces  of  the 
following  lengths  ?     8  ft.,  12  ft.,  16  ft.,  20  ft. 


CARPENTERS'   METHOD  125 

CARPENTERS'   METHOD 

The  lumber  dealer  or  carpenter  usually  finds  the  number  of 
board  feet  in  a  number  of  timbers  by  one  process,  following  a 
simple  mechanical  method  as  shown  below: 

1.  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  15  timbers,  6"  x  8", 
16  ft.  long  ? 

4  . 

g  X  ^  X  16  X  15  ^  ggQ^   number  of  board  feet.     Ans.   900   ft.   B.   M. 
2  (Board  Measure). 

This  is  the  product  of  all  the  numbers  mentioned,  divided  by  12  because 
the  width,  8  in.,  fs  y\  of  a  foot. 

2.  Find  the  number  of  board  feet  in  5  pieces  (pes.)  of  2"  x  8" 
lumber,  12  ft.  long. 

2  X  8  X  Z2  X  5 


;'^ 


80,  number  of  board  feet.     Ans.  80  ft.  B.  M. 


Using  the  above  method,  compute  the  number  of  board  feet 
in  each  of  the  following  lots  of  lumber  : 

3.  10  pes.  1"  by  6"  boards,  12  ft.  long. 

4.  40  pes.  1"  by  4"  boards,  10  ft.  long. 

5.  15  pes.  2"  by  3"  strips,  14  ft.  long. 

6.  30  pes.  2"  by  8"  rafters,  16  ft.  long. 

7.  14  pes.  3"  by  4"  stock,  12  ft.  long. 

8.  5  pes.  4"  by  4"  stock,  15  ft.  long. 

9.  12  pes.  6"  by  Q"  timbers,  18  ft.  long.     . 

10.  8  pes.  6"  by  8"  girders,  18  ft.  long. 

11.  7  pes.  8"  by  12"  timbers,  16  ft.  long. 

12.  12  pes.  1"  by  10"  boards,  14  ft.  long. 

13.  7  pes.  1"  by  9"  boards,  10  ft.  long. 

14.  10  pes.  1"  by  8"  boards,  9  ft.  long. 


126 


A  PRACTICAL  STUDY  OF   LUMBER 


TABLES  FOR  COMPUTING  LUMBER 

Those  who  are  billing  lumber  all  day  long  in  an  office 
would  waste  time  by  computing  the  number  of  board  feet  in  a 
given  piece  of  timber  every  time  that  size  was  sold.  Instead, 
the  numbers  of  feet  in  all  the  different  stock  sizes  are  grouped 
together  in  the  form  of  a  simple  table  like  that  below. 

1.  Find  the  number  of  board  feet  in  a  piece  of  lumber 
2"x3"  — 1()  ft.  long. 

Look  in  the  2"  x  3"  column  on  the  16  ft.  line.  The  figure  8  means 
8  board  feet,  or  8  ft.  B.  M. 

Section  ok  Lumber  Table  Dealing  with  Boards  and  Small 

Timbers 


Length  in 
feet 

1"  X  6" 
or 

1"X8" 
or 

1"  X  12" 

2"  X  6"  or 

2"  X  8" 
or 

3"  X  6" 

2"XS" 

a"  X  4" 

3"  X  4" 

4"X4" 

6  ft. 

3 

4 

6 

8 

0 

8  ft. 

4 

H 

8 

m 

12 

10  ft. 

5 

n 

10 

m 

15 

12  ft. 

6 

8 

12 

16 

18 

14  ft. 

7     ■ 

H 

14 

18f 

21 

16  ft. 

8 

lOf 

16 

2H 

24 

18  ft. 

9 

12 

18 

24 

27 

20  ft. 

10 

m 

20 

26| 

.30 

Oral  Exercise 
Using  the  preceding  table,  give  the  number  of  board  feet  in 


each  of  the  following  : 

1.  1"  by  8"  board,  14  ft.  long. 

2.  1"  by  6"  board,  1 8  ft.  long. 

3.  2"  X  3"  scantling,   14  ft. 
long. 


4.  4"  X  4"  timber,  12  ft.  long. 

5.  3"  X  6"  timber,  20  ft.  long. 

6.  2"  X  8"  plank,  16  ft.  long. 

7.  3"  X  6"  timber,  18  ft.  long. 


TABLES  FOR  COMPUTING   LUMBER 


127 


Written  Exercise 

Any  load  going  to  a  contractor  would  contain  more  than  one 
board  or  timber  of  the  same  size.  Find  from  the  table  the 
number  of  board  feet  in  one  stick  and  multiply  this  number  by 
the  number  of  sticks  ordered.  This  the  clerk  can  do  mentally 
or  with  a  pencil. 

Find  the  number  of  board  feet  in  each  of  the  following  orders, 
using  the  table  on  page  126 : 

1.  5  boards  — 1"  x  6"  — 18  ft.  long. 

2.  20  boards  —  1"  x  6"  — 14  ft.  long. 

3.  12  boards  — 1"  x  12"  — 10  ft.  long. 

4.  24  boards  —  1 "  x  8"  — 12  ft.  long. 

5.  7  plank—  2"  x  6"  — 14  ft.  long. 

6.  4  timber— 4"  X  4"  — 18  ft.  long. 

7.  13  plank  — 2"  x  8"  — 20  ft.  long. 

Making  a  Table  of  Lumber  Prices : 

8.  Rule  a  sheet  of  paper  like  the  following  and,  using  the  car- 
penters' method  of  computing  board  measure,  fill  in  the  blanks 
in  the  table  given  below : 

Lumber  Tablp: 


Length  in 
feet 

2"  X  12" 

3"  X  8" 
4"  X  6" 

4"  X  8" 

6"  X  6" 

6"  X  8" 

10  ft. 

9 

? 

? 

? 

12  ft. 

9 

? 

9 

? 

14  ft. 

? 

? 

9 

? 

16  ft. 

? 

9 

? 

9 

18  ft. 

V 

V 

9 

? 

20  ft. 

? 

? 

? 

? 

22  ft. 

9 

? 

9 

9 

24  ft. 

? 

? 

9 

? 

128  A  PRACTICAL  STUDY   OF  LUMBER 

BUYING  LUMBER 

The  price  of  all  kinds  of  lumber  is  quoted  as  a  certain  num- 
ber of  dollars  per  thousand,  that  is,  per  thousand  board  feet. 

$  30  M  means  $  30  per  thousand  board  feet. 

Oral  Exercise 

1.  How  much  will  1260  bd.  ft.  cost  at  $  30  M  ? 

If  1000  ft.  cost  $30,  1  ft.  costs  X5I5,  of  $30,  or  |.03. 
1260  ft.  cost  1260  X  $  .03,  or  f  37.80. 

2.  How  much  will  80  bd.  ft.  cost  at  i  40  M  ? 

Written  Exercise 

1.  Compute  the  cost  of  2500  bd.  ft.  at  $  30  M. 

2.  Compute  the  cost  of  800  bd.  ft.  at  $32  M. 

3.  Compute  the  cost  of  450  bd.  ft.  at  $40  M. 

4.  Compute  the  cost  of  1,060  bd.  ft.  at  $  42  M. 

5.  Compute  the  cost  of  160  bd.  ft.  at  $  35  M. 

6.  Compute  the  cost  of  96  bd.  ft.  at  1 36  M. 

7.  Compute  the  cost  of  870  bd.  ft.  at  $  31  M. 

8.  Compute  the  cost  of  1756  bd.  ft.  at  $34  M. 

9.  Compute  the  cost  of  285  bd.  ft.  at  $  50  M. 

10.  Compute  the  cost  of  38  bd.  ft.  at  $  65  M. 

11.  Compute  the  cost  of  220  bd.  ft.  at  $  38  M. 

12.  Compute  the  cost  of  922  bd.  ft.  at  $  41  M. 

13.  Compute  the  cost  of  380  bd.  ft.  at  $90  M. 

14.  Compute  the  cost  of  426  bd.  ft.  at  $45  M. 

15.  Compute  the  cost  of  128  bd.  ft.  at  $52  M. 

16.  Compute  the  cost  of  740  bd.  ft.  at  $  80  M. 

17.  Compute  the  cost  of  46  bd.  ft.  at  $36  M. 

18.  Compute  the  cost  of  108  bd.  ft.  at  $41  M. 


DELIVERING   LUMBER 


129 


DELIVERING  LUMBER 

The  following  sale  slips  were  presented  by  the  teamster 
when  he  delivered  the  lumber.  Copy  each  and  fill  out  all  the 
amounts: 


W.  p.  Hutchinson 

LUMBER,  DOORS,  SASH,  BLINDS 

128-134  Spring  St. 

Marion,  Ohio,  Mar.  14,  1916 

Deliver  to     John  J.  Jones 

Address     4S  Main  St.,  Marion,  Ohio 

Pieces 

SiZR 

Lenoth 

Kind 

Pkice  per  1000  Ft. 

Amount 

10 
8 
4 

1"  X  12" 
2"  X  3" 

4"  X  4" 

14  ft. 
12  ft. 
16  ft. 

Spruce 
Spruce 
Spruce 

$36.00 
36.00 
36.00 

9 

? 
9 

? 
9 

v 

■ 

2. 

CITY   LUMBER   COMPANY 

Yard  at  40-50  West  Summer  Street 

Peahody,  Kan.                       April  10,  1916 

Deliver  to     Edwin  P.  Boi/nlon 

Address     4163  Washington  St.,  Peabodi/,  Kan. 

Pieces 

Size 

Length 

Kind 

Peice  per  1(K)0  Ft. 

Amount 

4 
40 
20 

6"  X  8" 
1"  X  10" 
2"  X  3" 

20  ft. 
12  ft. 
14  ft. 

Hemlock 

Pine 

Spruce 

$32.00 
34.00 
30.00 

V 

? 

9 

? 

'{ 

130 


A  PRACTICAL  STUDY   OF   LUMBER 


Consider  that  you  are'  making  out  sale  slips  for  the  follow- 
ing orders.  Use  the  table  on  page  127  and  complete  the  slips 
to  be  given  to  the  driver  as  he  delivers  the  load. 

3.  Order 482.  4  pieces  of  4"x  6"— 14  ft.  long;  2  —  16  ft. 
pieces  of  4"  x  8";  and  1—20  ft.  piece  of  6"  x  8".  All  items 
retail  at  *30  M. 

4.  Order  fSS.  2  —  24  ft.  lengths  of  6"-x8";  2  —  20  ft. 
lengths  of  6"  x  6";  10  —  12  ft.  lengths  of  2"  x  12".  All  items 
retail  at  i|32  M. 

5.  Order  f34.  5  —  16  ft.  lengths  of  4"x8";  2  —  18  ft. 
lengths  of  6"x6";  and  5  —  14  ft.  lengths  of  2"  x  12".  All 
items  retail  at  $  35  M. 

6.  The  form  of  bill  which  follows  contains  a  description 
of  the  lumber  which  was  ordered.  The  clerk  fills  in  the 
number  of  board  feet  in  each  item  and  the  charge.  Complete 
the  bill.      (See  Table,  page  126.) 


KiRKSviLLE,  Mo.,  Jan. 

31,  1916 

Mk.    Wm.  R.  Russell 

246  Main  St.,  Kirksville 

Bought  ok  BROWN,  STOXE,   &  CO. 

4  pc. 

3  '  X  4" 

10  feet  long 

—  bd.  ft. 

at  f  30.00  per  M. 



' 

40  pc. 

2"  X  3" 

12  feet  long 

—  bd.  ft. 

at  $30.00  perM. 

— 

— 

32  pc. 

2''  X  8" 

16  feet  long' 

—  bd.  ft. 

at  $.32.00  per  M. 

— 

— 

V 

V 

7.  Henry  R.  Stone  bought  of  the  Worcester  Lumber  Co.  on 
Feb.  3,  1916,  the  following  items.  Make  out  his  bill  in  the 
above  form. 

21  pieces  of  6"  x  8",  20  ft.  long,  at  il33  M  ;  30  pieces  of 
2"  X  8",  16  ft.  long,  at  f  32 '  M;  and  12  pieces  of  4"  x  4",  14 
ft.  long,  at  !|32  M.     (See  Table,  page  127.) 


CELLARS  AND  CELLAR  WALLS 


131 


BUILDING   PROBLEMS 
CELLARS   AND   CELLAR   WALLS 


A  cellar  was  excavated  for  a  house  28'  x  32'.  It  had  to  be 
dug  about  4  ft.  longer  and  wider  than  the  size  of  the  house,  in 
order  to  allow  room  to  lay  the  cellar  wall. 

1.  How  long  and  how  wide  was  the  space  to  be  excavated? 

2.  It  was  dug  down  on  an  average  of  4  ft.  below  the  level 
of  the  lot.     How  many  cubic  feet  were  removed  ? 

3.  Excavating  is  measured  by  the  cubic  yard  (27  cu.  ft.). 
How  many  cubic  yards  were  removed  in  the  above  cellar  ? 

4.  One-horse  dump  carts  will  carry  on  an  average  20  cu.  ft. 
How  many  one-horse  loads  were  needed  to  remove  the  earth  in 
the  above  cellar?     (Call  any  fractional  part  a  complete  load.) 

5.  If  two-horse  carts  were  used,  carrying  on  an  average  30 
cu.  ft.  to  a  load,  how  many  loads  would  be  carted  ? 

6.  The  wall  of  rough  stone  is  to  be  pointed  up  with 
lime  mortar  and  costs  when  completed  17^  per  square  foot  of 
cellar  face  wall.  This  wall  is  4  ft.  hig^i ;  the  front  and  back 
walls  are  each  26  ft.  long  (on  the  inside)  ;  the  two  side  walls,  30 
ft.  each.     Compute  the  number  of  square  feet  and  the  cost. 


132 


BUILDING  PROBLEMS 


5io/e  tVs// 


/sonoetric  V/euj  of 
0/rafer  Joi/it 
{^11  Cut  Away  ) 

6/// 


ng.3 


/z-o- 


/Z'-O'— 


m^ 


F/ff.S 


FRAMING  FLOORS  133 

FRAMING  FLOORS 

Figures  3  and  4  in  the  illustration  on  page  182  show  parts  of 
the  floor  frames  of  small  buildings,  like  automobile  garages. 

The  first  timbers  laid  on  the  brick  or  stone  foundations  are 
called  sills  (see  a  in  Fig.  3).  Timbers  running  across  are 
called  girders  (6). 

At  the  corners  the  front  sill  overlaps  the  side  sills  (Fig.  1) 
and  the  two  are  fastened  together  by  a  wooden  peg.  Figure  2 
shows  how  the  girder,  which  helps  sustain  the  weight  of  the 
building,  is  itself  supported  at  the  ends  by  resting  on  the 
foundation  and  being  mortised  into  the  side  sills. 

1.  The  timbers  used  in  Fig.  3  for  both  side  and  end  sills 
are  6"  x  6".  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  the  two  side 
sills  ? 

2.  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  the  two  end  sills  ? 

3.  The  girder  in  Fig.  8  is  4"  x  6"  and  16  ft.  long.  How 
many  board  feet  does  it  contain  ? 

4.  Compute  the  cost  of  the  above  five  timbers  at  $32  per  M. 

5.  In  Fig.  4,  the  sills  and  the  girders  are  6"  x  8".  Refer  to 
the  plan  and  fill  in  the  following  list  of  timbers  with  the 
number  of  board  feet  in  each  : 

2  —  6"  X  8"  side  sills    ft.  long  contain    bd.  ft. 

2  —  6"  X  8"  end  sills    ft.  long  contain    bd.  ft. 

1  —  6"  X  8"  girder  16  ft.  long  contains bd.  ft. 

1  —  6"  X  8"  girder  12  ft.  long  contains bd.  ft. 

Total bd.  ft. 

6.  Compute   the    cost  of  the  sills  and  girders  in   Ex.  5  at 

.$30  per  M. 

7.  If  the  price  were  16|%  higher,  how  much  would  the 
same  number  of  board  feet  have  cost  ? 


134  BUILDING  PROBLEMS 

Girders  and  Floor  Joists.  —  Examine  Fig.  5,  page  132,  carefully.  Point  out 
the  sills  and  the  girders.  The  chief  use  of  the  girders  is  to  sustain  the  in- 
terior weight  of  the  building.  They  are  not  supported  by  a  foundation,  as 
the  sills  are.  What  supports  are  used  ?  (Look  in  yoiir  own  cellars.)  Where 
are  they  placed?  (Jirders  are  usually  placed  on  edge  to  secure  greater 
strength.  (To  find  the  reason,  try  to  bend  your  ruler  flatwise  and  then 
edgewise.) 

The  other  timbers  are  floor  joists,  usually  made  of  spruce  and  set  10  in. 
apart  from  center  to  center.  When  these  have  been  set,  the  first  flooring  of 
boards  is  nailed  on  to  give  a  surface  to  stand  on  before  the  side  walls  of  the 
building  are  raised. 

8.  How  long  are  the  two  side  sills  ?  the  two  end  sills  ?  the 
main  girder  ?  the  back  and  front  girders  ? 

9.  Fill  in  the  figures  needed  in  the  following  table: 

2  sills,      6"  X  8"  and  28  ft.  long  contain   bd.  ft. 

2  sills,      6"  X  8"  and  24  ft.  long  contain    bd.  ft. 

1  girder,  6"  x  8"  and  24  ft.  long  contains bd.  ft. 

1  girder,  6"  x  8"  and  16  ft.  long  contains bd.  ft. 

1  girder,  6"  x  8"  and  12  ft.  long  contains bd.  ft. 

Total bd.  ft. 

10.  Count  the  number  of  floor  joists  used  under  the  parlor. 
They  are  mads  of  2"  x  8"  stock.  How  many  board  feet  are 
there  in  all  ? 

11.  Compute  the  number  of  board  feet  of  floor  joists  under 
eacli  of  the  following  rooms,  first  counting  the  number  of 
joists  shown  in  the  drawing  : 

Kitchen  :  joists,  12  ft.  long  contain bd.  ft. 

Dining  room  :  joists,  12  ft.  long  contain  bd.  ft. 

Hall  :  joists,  16  ft.  long  contain bd.  ft. 

Total  bd.  ft. 

12.  Find  the  cost  of  floor  joists  used  under  the  four  roouis 
(Ex.  10  and  11)  at  -f  31  per  M. 


ESTIMATING   COST   OF    LABOR  135 

ESTIMATING  COST  OF  LABOR 

When  a  contractor  undertakes  to  build  a  house,  he  is  called 
upon  to  give  an  estimate  of  tlie  cost  of  the  entire  job.  In  order 
to  do  this,  he  goes  over  the  plan,  estimating  the  cost  of  each 
detail.  In  estimating  tiie  cost  of  labor,  the  floor  and  other  parts 
of  the  building  are  divided  into  squares. 
A  square  is  100  square  feet. 

1.  Find  the  number  of  squares  in  the  floor  of  a  building 
30  ft.  X  28  ft. 

30  X  28     8i0      a  ,  ^ 

=  —  =  8.4  squares.* 

100  100  ^ 

2.  Estimate  the  cost  of  labor  in  framing  the  floor  of  a  house 
26  ft.  X  30  ft.  at  $1.50  per  square,  and  laying  the  first  floor  at 
$1.40  per  square. 

$1.50  +  $1.40  =  $2.90,  cost  per  square  of  both  frauiing  and  flooring. 

"^  ^  '^'^  X  1 2.90  =  $  22.62,  total  cost  of  both  processes. 
100  ^ 

Find  the  number  of  squares  in  the  floor  of  each  of  the  follow- 
ing houses  : 

3.  Mr.  Bowen's  is  32  ft.  x  40  ft. 

4.  Mr.  Sampson's  is  34  ft.  x  42  ft. 

5.  Mr.  Thompson's  is  36  ft.  x  38  ft. 

6.  Mr.  Gurney's  is  37  ft.  x  41  ft. 

7.  Estimate  the  cost  of  framing  Mr.  Bowen's  floor  at  $1.65 
per  square,  and  flooring  it  at  $1.50  per  square. 

8.  Estimate  the  cost  of  framing  Mr.  Sampson's  floor  at 
$1.80  per  square  and  $1.70  per  square  for  boarding. 

9.  Estimate  the  cost  of  Mr.  Thompson's  floor  at  $1.80  for 
framing  and  $1.65  for  boarding. 

*  This  can  also  be  done  by  finding  the  area  of  the  floor  in  square  feet  and 
moving  the  decimal  point  two  places  to  the  left. 


136 


BUILDING  PROBLEMS 


ESTIMATING  ON  SMALL  BUILDINGS 

1.  The  picture  below  shows  the  frame  of  one  side  of  a  small 
garage  20'  x  20',  and  10'  high.  The  sills  are  4"  x  4"  stock. 
Compute  the  number  of  board  feet  in  the  four  sills. 

2.  The  corner  posts  are  of  the  same  kind  of  lumber.  How 
long  are  they  ?  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  the  four 
corner  posts  ? 


3.  Count  the  studs  (*S)  in  the  side  nearest  you.  How  long 
is  each  stud?  If  they  are  2"  x  4"  stock,  how  many  board  feet 
are  there  in  the  set  ? 

4.  The  plate  is  made  of  two  strips  of  2"  x  4"  lumber,  spiked 
together.  How  long  are  they  ?  How  many  are  needed  to  go 
around  the  building  ?  How  many  board  feet  are  there  in  the 
entire  plate  (four  sides)? 


ESTIMATING    ON   SMALL  BUILDINGS 


137 


1 
1 

i 

5.  The  cost  of  labor  in  framing  is  often  reekoiied  by  the 
1000  ft.  of  lumber  used.  If  it  takes  670  ft.  to  frame  the  sides  of 
tlie  above  building,  what  is  the  cost  of  labor  at  f  12.50  per  1000  ft.? 

6.  How  many  board  feet  are  needed  to  sheathe  or  board  in 
the  side  nearest  yon,  making  no  deductions  for  windows? 

Note.  —  When  the  thickness  of  boards  is  not  given,  they  are  to  be  con- 
sidered as  not  over  1  in.  thick,  in  which  case  a  board  foot  is  equivalent  to  a 
square  foot. 

7.  If  each  side  requires  about  the  same  amount,  how  many 
feet  do  the  four  walls  require?     Find  the  cost  at  !|  35  per  M. 

8.  Carpenters  work  rapidly  at  boarding  in,  and  the  labor 
costs  about  $.85  per  square,  that  is,  per  100  square  feet.  Find 
the  cost  of  boarding  in  the  four  sides. 

4  X  20  X  10  X  *  .85 


100 


=  ? 


9.  The  timber  used  in  framing  the  roof  is  2"  x  6",  and  the 
approximate  length  of  each  rafter  is  given  in  the  picture.  The 
timbers  used  in  framing  this  quarter  of  the  roof  are  10',  12',  12', 
16',  16',  16',  and  18'.  Explain  how  they  could  be  cut  up  so  as 
to  give  all  the  required  rafters. 
hunt's  commitn.  ar.  — 10 


138 


BUILDING  PROBLEMS 


IV/Uout  Overhang 


F/'S'-d  ^  /Rafter 

iV/th  Over/)dr^ 


Figj 


R  -  Rafter 

P  -  Top  P/afe 

C  -  Corner  Posts  or  Corners 

5  -5tucl^ 


ROOFING  139 

ROOFING 

Framing  Roofs 
The  diagram  on  page  138  shows  three  positions  of  the  rafters 
(^R-1,  R~2,  ^-5),  illustrating  three  gable  roofs  of  different 
pitch  or  slant,  with  an  imaginary  carpenter's  steel  square  en- 
larged so  that  inches  have  become  feet.  This  will  help  us  to 
understand  how  anybody  can  ascertain  the  proper  length  to  saw 
rafters  for  any  pitch  of  roof. 

Oral  Exercise 

1.  The  run  (|  the  width  of  the  house)  is  how  many  feet  ? 
The  rise  (height  of  the  roof)  is  how  many  feet  in  the  highest 
roof  (^M-iy?  Expressing  the  height  of  this  roof  as  the  nu- 
merator of  a  fraction  and  the  whole  width  of  the  house  as  the 
denominator,  we  get  ^f  or  ^.  Such  a  roof  we  call  a  "^-pitch" 
roof. 

2.  What  would  be  the  height  of  a  |-pitch  roof  in  a  building 
30  ft.  wide  ?  28  ft.  wide  ?  36  ft.  wide?  42  ft.  wide  ?  26  ft. 
wide?     34  ft.  wide? 

3.  What  are  the  run  and  the  rise  of  the  middle  roof  (i2-2)  ? 
Compare  the  rise  with  the  whole  width  of  the  building  and  tell 
what  the  pitch  is. 

4.  How  high  would  a  ^-pitch  roof  be  in  buildings  18  ft., 
42  ft.,  36  ft.,  21  ft.,  25  ft.,  30  ft.,  or  31  ft.  wide? 

5.  What  are  the  rise  and  the  run  in  a  roof  having  the  lowest 
position  of  the  rafters  (72-5)  ?     Decide  what  the  pitch  is. 

6.  Give  the  height  of  a  | -pitch  roof  in  buildings  of  the  fol- 
lowing widths :  30  ft.,  42  ft.,  36  ft.,  40  ft.,  27  ft.,  38  ft. 

7.  Give  the  pitch  in  each  of  the  following  roofs: 

(a)  Run  15  ft.,  rise  15  ft. 
(6)  Run  18  ft.,  rise  12  ft. 
(c)    Hun  16  ft.,  rise  8  ft. 


140  BUILDING  PROBLEMS 


Written  Exercise 


To  find  Length  of  Rafters  for  any  Pitch  of  Roof.  —  If  we  could 
measure  along  the  upper  edge  of  the  rafter  (^B-S,  page  138)  from 
the  point  4  ft.  on  the  vertical  arm  of  the  imaginary  steel  square 
in  the  diagram  to  the  point  12  ft.  on  the  horizontal  arm,  we 
should  liave  the  required  length  of  the  rafter,  to  which  might  be 
added  a  foot  or  more  for  overhang  or  eaves  if  desired.  (See 
also-  Figs.  2  and  3.)  As  squares  are  not  made  so  large  as  in 
the  diagram,  suppose  we  take  one  of  ordinary  size  and  measuie 
the  distance  in  inches  from  the  4-inch  point  to  the  12-inch  point. 
The  distance  is  about  12|  in.  ;  hence  the  rafter  is  approximately 
12|  ft.  long,  or  12  ft.  9  in.  If  a  foot  is  added  for  the  eaves, 
the  rafters  will,  of  course,  be  cut  13  ft.  9  in.  long.  The  cut- 
ting of  rafters  requires  skill  in  the  use  of  the  steel  square,  but 
is  easily  learned.  It  can  be  done  on  the  ground  so  as  to  fit 
perfectly  when  put  in  place. 

1.  Using  a  steel  square  and  a  yardstick,  find  the  approxi- 
mate length  of  rafter  Ji-2  in  the  diagram,  making  no  allowance 
for  overhang. 

2.  How  high  is  a  |^-pitch  roof  on  a  building  20  ft.  wide  ? 
Lay  a  yardstick  on  a  steel  square  so  as  to  connect  the  10"  mark 
on  the  short  arm  with  the  10"  mark  on  the  long  arm.  What  is 
the  approximate  length  of  the  rafter  ? 

3.  Ascertain  the  length  of  the  rafter  (without  overhang)  of 
a  |-pitch  roof  on  the  same  building. 

4.  Compute  the  length  of  rafter  (without  eaves)  in  an  18- 
foot  building  with  a  |-pitch  roof;  with  a  |-pitch  roof;  with  a 
^-pitch  roof. 

5.  Compute  the  length  of  rafter  (without  overhang)  in  a  28- 
foot  building  with  a  ^-pitch  roof;  with  a  ^-pitch  roof. 


ROOFTNO  141 

Boarding  and  Shingling  Roofs 

(See  diagrams  on  page  142.) 

1.  Compute  the  area  of  a  leanrto  roof  12'  x  20'.  How  many 
board  feet  are  needed  in  boarding  it  in  ?  How  much  are  they 
worth  at  $  30  per  M  ? 

2.  Compute  the  cost  of  boards  in  the  following  lean-to 
roofs : 

(a)  8  ft.  X  20  ft.  at  $32  per  M. 
(5)  8  ft.  X  32  ft.  at  128  per  M. 
(<;)  10  ft.  X  -171  ft.  at  f  36  per  M. 

Gable  Roofs.  —  Remember  that  there  are  two  sides  to  a  gable 
roof.  The  dash  line  is  the  length  of  any  rafter  and  is  the 
width  pf  one  side  of  the  roof.  The  area  of  the  entire  roof  can 
be  found  in  the  following  way : 

1.  How  many  square  feet  are  there  in  a  gable  roof  whose 
ridge  is  30  ft.  and  whose  rafter,  is  25  ft.  ? 

2  X  30  X  25  sq.  ft.  =  1500  sq.  ft. 

2.  How  many  thousand  board  feet  are  needed  to  board  in 
such  a  roof  ? 

2  X  30  X  25  bd.  ft.  =  1500  bd.  ft.  =  1.5  M  bd.  ft. 

3.  Find  the  cost  of.  boards  for  both  slopes  of  gable  roofs  of 
the  following  dimensions : 

(a)  Ridge  28  ft.,  rafter  20  ft.,  price  131  per  M. 
(6)  Ridge  25  ft.,  rafter  18  ft.,  price  $31  per  M. 
(<?)  Ridge  30  ft.,  rafter  24  ft.,  price  1 32  per  M. 

4.  If  two  men  can  lay  600  ft.  of  roofing  boards  in  an  8-hour 
day,  how  long  will  it  take  them  to  lay  each  of  the  roofs  in  Ex. 
3  ?  Count  fractional  parts  of  an  hour  as  1  hour.  What  will 
be  the  cost  of  labor  in  each  case  at  $4.50  per  day  ? 


142 


BUILDING  PROBLEMS 


^o/ndre/  Poof 


Types  of  Roofs 


ROOFING  143 

Shingling  Gable  Roofs 

Shingles  are  sold  by  the  thousand.  There  are  four  bundles 
to  the  thousand.  If  laid  4  in.  to  the  weather,  4  bundles  or  1000 
shingles  will  cover  100  square  feet  or  1  square. 

NoTK.  —  In  the  following  examples  the  shingles  are  laid  4  in.  to  the 
weather. 

1.  How  many  thousand  shingles  are  needed  for  a  gable  roof 

whose  ridge  is  40  ft.  and  whose  rafters  are  30  ft.  long  ? 

2  X  30  X  40 

r — ^  =  24  squares,  requiring  24  M  shingles. 

2.  How  much  does  it  cost  to  cover  a  gable  roof,  32  ft.  x  45 
ft.,  with  shingles  worth  %  5  per  M  ? 

$144. 


8        9 

2  X  32  X  ^^  X  $  ^ 


;00 

How  much  does  it  cost  to  shingle  each  of  the  following  roofs  ? 

3.  Rafter  20  ft.,  ridge  80  ft.,  price  13.50  per  M. 

4.  Rafter  25  ft.,  ridge  32  ft.,  price  %  4.00  per  M. 

5.  Rafter  16  ft.,  ridge  30  ft.,  price  14.50  per  M. 

6.  Rafter  16  ft.,  ridge  25  ft.,  price  %  3.00  per  M. 

7.  Rafter  20  ft.,  ridge  35  ft.,  price  $3.50  per  M. 

8.  Rafter  22  ft.,  ridge  50  ft.,  price  i4.25  per  M.       • 

9.  Rafter  21  ft.,  ridge  40  ft.,  price  $3.75  per  M. 

Hip  Roofs 

In  a  hip  roof  without  projecting  windows,  we  have  two  tri- 
angles at  front  and  back,  respectively,  and  two  trapezoids  on 
the  sides.  In  a  trapezoid  the  two  parallel  sides  are  sometimes 
referred  to  as  the  bases,  large  (JS)  and  small  {h). 


144  BUILDING  PROBLEMS 

Formulas 
Area  of  a  triangle  =  — ——  • 

Area  of  trapezoid    =  I  Altitude  x  Sum  of  Parallel  Sides ; 

or  |x(fi+&). 

»1.  Compute  the  area  of  one  side  (trapezoid)  of  the  following 
hip  roofs : 

(a)  Length  at  eaves,  30  ft.  ;  ridge,  10  ft.;  rafter,  18  ft. 
(J)   Length  at  eaves,  24  ft. ;  ridge,  6  ft. ;  rafter,  16  ft. 
((?)  Length  at  eaves,  28  ft.  ;  ridge,  8  ft.;  rafter,  16  ft. 

2.  Compute  the  area  of  one  end  (triangle)  of  same  roofs  from 
following  dimensions : 

(a)  Length  at  eaves,  26  ft.;  length  of  central  rafter,  18  ft. 
(J)   Length  at  eaves,    20  ft.;  length  of  central  rafter^  16  ft. 
(c)   Length  at  eaves,  24  ft.;  length  of  central  rafter,  16  ft. 

3.  Compute  the  number  of  1000  ft.  of  lumber  needed  com- 
pletely to  board  in  a  hip  roof,  if  the  longest  rafter  in  each  sec- 
tion is  20  ft.,  the  ridge  10  ft.,  the  side  eaves  40  ft.,  and  end 
eaves  30  ft.     Draw  a  diagram  and  mark  all  dimensions  plainly. 

4.  Compute  the  cost  at  $35  per  M. 

5.  Compute  the  cost  of  shingling  the  roof  in  Ex.  3,  estimat- 
ing 1000  shingles  to  the  square,  buying  even  thousands,  and 
paying  '$3.50  per  M. 

6.  Compute  tiie  cost  of  labor  for  boarding  in  at  iSil.50  per 
square,  and  of  labor  for  shingling  at  %2.25  per  square. 

7.  Compute  the  total  cost  of  labor  and  material  for  covering 
the  roof,  by  adding  the  above  amounts. 

8.  Compute  the  total  area  in  square  feet  in  a  hip  roof  of  the 
following  dimensions:  ridge  18  ft.,  side  and  longest  end  rafters 
15  ft.  each,  side  eaves  38  ft.,  and  end  eaves  22  ft.  long. 


ROOFING 
Prepared  Roofing  Fabrics 


145 


1  roll  =  108  sq.  ft.,  which  covers  1  square,  or  100  sq.  ft. 

In  ordering,  compute  the  number  of  squares  in  surfaces  to 
be  covered  and  order  that  number  of  rolls.  Order  a  whole  roll 
for  any  fraction  of  a  square  remaining. 

1.  How  many  rolls  are  needed  to  cover  two  sides  of  a  gable 
roof  31  ft.  long,  the  rafter  being  19  ft.  long? 

-^ '- —  = =  11.78,  number  of  squares ;  12  rolls  are  needed. 

100  100  -1  . 

2.  Compute  the  number  of  rolls  needed  to  cover  both  sides 
of  the  roof  of  the  house  shown  in  the  picture. 

3.  How  much  will  the  porch  roof  require?  Find  the  cost 
of  both  roofs  at  $3.25  per  roll. 

4.  The  barn  has  a  gambrel  roof.  Compute  the  number  of 
squares  in  the  two  sides,  and  add  enough  for  the  shed.  How 
many  rolls  are  needed  ?     Find  the  value  at  i2.60  per  roll. 

5.  Find  the  cost  of  covering  both  sides  of  the  corn  house 
(in  the  center  of  the  picture)  with  a  $2.25  quality  of  roofing. 

6.  Find  the  cost  of  shingles,  at  $4.50  per  1000,  for  the  roofs 
of  the  house  and  porch  shown  in  the  picture,  counting  1000 
shingles  to  the  square  and  buying  even  thousands.  How  much 
more  does  this  shingling  cost  than  the  roofing  fabric  ? 


14(5 


BUILDING   PROBLEMS 

Si. 


No.  1 


No.   2 


ROOFING 


147 


Shingling  Irregular  Roofs 
1,    Find  cost  of  shingling  roof  of  No.  1  at  %  8.15  per  square. 


(a)  Area  of  I)  (15'  x  14') 
(A)    Area  of  R  (16'  x  11', 

without  cliininey) 
((?)    Area  of  R  (riglit) 
{d)  Area  of  P  (32'  x  12') 

Total  area  entire  front  roof 
(e)    Area  of  back  roof  (20'  x  32', 

without  projections) 
(/)  Total  area  of  roof 


sq. 

sq. 
sq. 
sq. 


ft. 

ft. 
ft. 
ft. 


sq. 


sq. 


ft. 


ft. 


or 


sq.  ft. 
squares. 


{(/}    Cost  of  shingles  at  1^3.15  per  square  =  - 

2.     Find  cost  of  shingling  4  sides  of  No.  2  at  $  4.20  a  square. 

(a)  Area  of  gable  end  i  (42'  x  14') 

{b)   Area  of  side  below  (13'  x  34') 

(c)    Area  of  entire  opposite  end  =  - 

{d)  Area  of  front  (40'  x  11',  deducting 

40  %  for  openings)  =  - 

(e;)    Area  of  back  (same  as  front)  =  - 

Total  area  of  four  sides,  etc.  =  - 


sq, 
sq. 
sq. 

sq. 
sq. 


ft. 
ft. 
ft. 

ft. 
ft. 


or 


sq.  ft. 
squares. 


(/)  Cost  at  f  4.20  a  square  for  stock  =-t . 

3.  How  many  shingles  are  jieeded  for  the  front  roof  only  of  No.  3? 


(a)  Area  of  section  0 

(h)   Area  of  section  Q  (same  as  0) 

(<?)    Area  of  section  S 

Id)  Area  of  section  M  (9'  x  10') 

(e)    Area  of  section  iV  (9'  x  10') 

(/)  Front  of  projection 

{(/)    Total  area  to  be  shingled 

{h)    Number  of  thousand  shingles 


= sq. 

= sq. 

= sq. 

=  sq. 

=  —  «q- 

=      50  sq. 
sq. 


ft. 
ft. 
ft. 
ft. 
ft. 

ft. 


148 


BUILDING  PROBLEMS 


ROOFING  149 

Shingling  and  Painting 

1.  The  cottage  shown  in  the  first  picture  on  page  148  needs 
reshingling.  The  cost  with  a  certain  make  of  metal  shingles 
will  be  25  ^  per  square  foot.  Think  of  the  roof  as  divided 
into  rectangular  sections  and  compute  the  probable  cost.  Slight 
deviations  from  exact  rectangular  outlines  need  not  be  counted. 

(a)  Area  of  section  A  = sq.  ft. 

(by   Area  of  section  B  = sq.  ft. 

(<?)    Area  of  section  O  (10'  x  12')  = sq.  ft. 

(d)  Area  of  section  D  =  — —  sq.  ft. 

(e)  Area  of  back  of  roof  (25'  x38')= sq.  ft.     (no  projec- 

Total  = sq.  ft.        tions). 

(/)  Cost  at  25  y  per  square  foot  =  $ . 

2.  If  one  gallon  of  paint  covers  250  sq.  ft.  two  coats,  how 
many  gallons  are  needed  to  paint  this  house  ?  Make  no  de- 
ductions for  windows  and  doors  and  the  various  small  projec- 
tions, moldings,  etc.,  as  they  require  more  paint  than  the 
plainer  surfaces. 

(a)  Area  of  gable  end,  Gr  = sq.  ft. 

(ft)    Area  of  side  below,  H  = sq.  ft. 

(c)    Area  of  front  (9'  x  35')  = sq.  ft.. 

Total  area  of  front  and  side sq.  ft. 

((^)  Double  this  total  area  to  get  the  approximate  area  of 
all  four  sides. 

(e)  Add  to  this  the  areas  of  the  two  front  sections  of  the 
piazza,  jEJ  and  F,  also  the  two  ends  (JS'and  its  opposite).  The 
sum  is  the  approximate  area  to  be  painted. 

(/)  Compute  the  entire  number  of  gallons.  Call  any  frac- 
tion of  a  gallon,  an  entire  gallon.  Find  the  cost  at  fl.Go  per 
gallon. 


150 


BUILDINC.   PROBLEMS 


ni  n  ''^  II  n  ]i 


3.    The  second  building  shown  on  p.  148  is  roofed  with  slate, 
which    costs   when    laid   )|12.20   per   square.     Compute   total 
cost  of  the  four  main  roofs,  arranging  your  work  as  follows : 
(a)  Area  of  side  = sq.  ft. 


Area  of  front  end 


sq. 


ft. 


Area  of  one  side  and  end     = 
(^d)  Area  of  other  side  and  end  = 
Total  area  of  roof  = 


sq. 
sq. 


ft. 
ft. 


sq.  ft.  or 
squares. 


sq. 
sq. 


ft. 
ft. 


(e)  Cost  at  112.20  per  square    =•'35  — 

4.  Compute  the  area  of  each  separate  section  (^,  B,  (7,  etc.,  of 
above  roof).  If  a  section  is  somewhat  irregular,  regard  it  a.s 
if  it  were  the  nearest  regular  figure.  For  example,  regard  B 
and  S  as  rectangles  8  ft.  x  12  ft. 

Section  A  contains 

Section  B  contains 

Sections  J)  and  JEJ  (same  as  A  and  B} 

Section  C  contains 

Section  F  (same  as  (7) 

Piazza  roof  contains  245  sq. 

Back  roof  (18'  x  32')  contains  sq. 

Total  area  of  roof  s(i[. 

5.  How  many  squares  are  there  ?  How  many  thousand 
shingles  are  needed?     Find  their  cost  at  $3.50  per  M. 


sq.  ft. 
sq.  ft. 


sq. 


ft. 
ft. 
ft. 
ft. 


HEATING  PROBLEMS 


151 


HEATING   PROBLEMS 

1.  Compute  the  number  of  cubic  feet  of  air  in  a  room  14  ft. 
long,  12  ft.  wide,  and  8  ft.  high. 

2.  If  it  is  a  living  room  witli  only  one  side  exposed  to  the 
weather,  and  is  to  be  heated  by  hot-water  radiators,  there 
should  be  1  sq.  ft.  of  radiating  surface  to  every  40  cu.  ft.  of  air. 
How  man}'  square  feet  of  surface  must  the  radiator  have  ? 

3.  If  the  living  room  had  windows  on  three  sides,  1  sq.  ft. 
of  radiating  surface  might  be  needed  for  every  25  cu.  ft.  of  air. 
How  large  a  radiator  would  the  above  room  require  in  this  case  ? 

4.  Most  people  do  not  want  sleeping  rooms  as  warm  as  living 
rooms.  A  sleeping  room  with  windows  on  one  side  needs 
1  sq.  ft.  of  radiating  surface  to  50  cu.  ft.  of  air.  How  many 
square  feet  of  radiating  surface  are  required  for  such  a  room 
18  ft.  X  121ft.  X  9ft.? 

5.  A  large  manufacturer  of  heaters  requests  the  owner  of 
the  house  to  fill  in  the  following  statement  as  to  the  size  of 
rooms,  etc.,  in  order  that  he  may  install  radiators  of  suitable 
size.      Fill  in  all  spaces  in  which  question  marks  occur. 


Namf  of  Koom 

Dimensions 

Cubic 

Feet  of 

Air 

Dimensions  ok 
Exposed  Walls 

Square 
Fket  of 
Exposed 
Walls 

Length 

Width 

Height 

Length 

Height 

Parlor 

Sitting  room 
Dining  room 

Bedroom 

Chamber 
Chamber 

18' 

14' 
16' 

14' 

1.5' 
12' 

15' 
1.5' 

I4i' 
12i' 

i:$' 
13' 

9' 

9' 
9' 

9' 

? 

? 
? 

? 
? 

V 

|18' 
[15' 
14' 
14|' 

f  12|' 
114'' 
1 15' 
113' 
12' 

9'* 
9'* 
9' 

9' 

9'* 

9'* 

8^'* 
H' 

? 
? 
9 
'? 
? 

? 
9 

? 

*  Two  walls  exposed.     Find  area  of  both. 


152 


HEATING  PROBLEMS 


RADIATORS 


The  greatest  of  modern  conveniences  is  the  heating  of  our 
houses  by  steam  or  hot  water.  The  water  is  heated  in  a  single 
heater  in  the  cellar,  and  the  resulting  steam  (or  hot  water) 
rises  through  pipes  ascending  to  radiators  in  the  rooms  above. 
It  passes  through  the  pipes  of  which  these  radiators  are  con- 
structed, making  them  hot  like  the  sides  of  a  stove.  Cool  air 
from  the  room  circulates  among  these  pipes,  as  shown  in  (7,  and 
as  it  becomes  warmed,  rises  up  through  the  radiator  into  the 
room.  As  long  as  the  pipes  are  kept  hot,  the  air  warmed  by 
them  continues  to  rise  and  diffuse  through  the  room,  while  the 
cooler  air  near  the  floor  flows  in  toward  the  radiator,  lifting  the 
warmer  air  upward  and  itself  becoming  heated,  until  the  entire 
air  of  the  room  is  comfortably  warm. 

The  most  modern  radiators  are  not  made  of  wrought-iron 
pipe,  but  rather  of  cast-iron  sections  usually  highly  ornamented. 
The  principle  of  radiation  is  exactly  the  same,  although  the 
exact  radiating  surface  would  be  more  difficult  to  compute. 
The  area  or  radiating  surface  is  expressed  to  the  nearest  square 
foot. 


RADIATORS  153 

i^ouNT  OF  Radiating  Surfack  in  a  Radiator 

Facts  to  know: 

Area  of  a  rectangle  =  width  x  length  (in  square  units). 
Circumference  of  circle  =  3.1416  x  diameter. 

1.  If  A  (page  152)  represents  an  iron  pipe  2"  in  diameter, 
what  is  its  circumference  ? 

2.  If  this  pipe  could  be  unrolled  like  a  sheet  of  paper,  as 
shown  in  J5,  how  wide  would  the  resulting  rectangle  of  iron 
be  ?  If  the  pipe  is  32  in.  long,  the  area  of  the  rectangle  is 
6.2832  X  32  sq.  in. 

3.  How  many  square  inches  of  radiating  surface  would  this 
pipe  have  if  full  of  steam  ? 

4.  Suppose  the  radiator  (7  to  be  constructed  of  such  pipes. 
How  much  radiating  surface  has  the  whole  radiator  (not  count- 
ing top  and  bottom  sections)?  Express  the  answer  first  as 
square  inches,  then  as  square  feet. 

5.  Compute  the  radiating  surface  (in  square  inches)  of  a 
pipe  radiator  made  of  12  pipes  2  in.  in  diameter,  each  35  in. 
high.     Change  this  to  square  feet. 

6.  Compute  the  radiating  surface  of  a  pipe  radiator  consist- 
ing of  two  rows  of  2-inch  pipes,  10  in  a  row,  35  in.  high.  Ex- 
press the  answer  as  square  feet. 

7.  The  pipe  D  in  the  sketch  on  page  152  is  a  3"  pipe  passing 
upward  through  a  room  that  is  9  ft.  high.  How  many  square 
feet  of  hot  radiating  surface  are  there  when  the  pipe  is  full 
of  steam  ?     Why  was  this  pipe  not  run  up  inside  the  partition  ? 

8.  Compute  the  number  of  square  feet  of  radiating  surface  in 
a  3-inch  pipe  passing  upward  through  a  room  \^\  ft.  high. 

hunt's  common,   ar. 11 


154 


FLOOR  SPACE   IN  SCHOOLROOMS 


FLOOR  SPACE   IN  SCHOOLROOMS  155 

FLOOR   SPACE   IN   SCHOOLROOMS 

Schoolrooms  should  be  constructed  so  that  there  are  at  least 
15  sq.  ft.  of  floor  space  for  each  child. 

y.  1.    How  many  square  feet  per  pupil  are  there  in  room  No.  1 
of  the  plan  on  page  154  if  40  pupils  are  seated  in  the  room  ? 

2.  In  Room  No.  2,  45  pupils  are  seated.  How  many  square 
feet  of  floor  space  are  there  per  pupil  ? 

-^  3.  In  Room  No.  7,  there  are  46  pupils.  How  many  square 
feet  are  there  per  pupil  ? 

Note.  —  A  modern  school  building  is  designed  to  contain  200  cu.  ft.  of 
air  per  pupil.     Each  room  showa  in  the  plan  is  13  ft.  high. 

4.  How  many  cubic  feet  per  pupil  are  there  in  Room  No.  3 
if  20  pupils  are  sent  in  at  a  time  ? 

5.  How  many  cubic  feet  per  pupil  are  there  in  Room  No.  5 
when  42  are  enrolled  ? 

6.  How  many  cubic  feet  per  pupil  are  there  in  Room  No.  6 
when  35  are  enrolled  ? 

7.  It  was  decided  to  cover  the  floor  of  several  of  these 
rooms  with  linoleum,  which  is  sold  by  the  square  yard.  How 
many  square  yards  were  needed  for  Room  No.  2  ? 

8.  What  was  the  cost  of  covering  the  floor  of  Room  No.  7 
at  il.SO  per  square  yard  ?     (Call  any  fraction  an  extra  yard.) 

9.  The  Teachers'  Room  was  covered  with  the  same  grade 
of  linoleum.     How  much  did  it  cost  ? 

10.  Compute  the  cost  of  covering  the  library  floor  with  the 
same  grade  of  linoleum,  not  deducting  for  the  small  indenta- 
tion.    (Count  the  fractional  remainder  as  one  square  yard.) 

11.  A  6-foot  strip  of  linoleinu  was  laid  the  entire  length  of 
the  corridor  (91  ft.).     How  many  square  yards  were  needed  ? 


156 


APPLICATIONS  OF  PERCENTAGE 


APPLICATIONS   OF   PERCENTAGE 
WHOLESALE  AND  RETAIL  PRICES 

In  the  following  table,  compute  the  cost  of  a  single  package, 
etc.  Add  25  %  for  profit,  and  express  the  selling  price  to  the 
nearest  cent.     (Carry  each  answer  through  milh  only.) 


Cost  at  Wholrbalb 

Cost  of  One 

a5%  Pkofit 

Uetaii.  Pkick 

1. 

2  doz.  pkg.  in  case  for 

1   2.70 

? 

V 

V 

2. 

3  doz.  pkg.  in  case  for 

G.75 

? 

? 

'i 

3. 

2  doz.  tins  in  case  for 

5.40 

? 

? 

? 

4. 

4  doz.  cans  in  case  for 

2.40 

? 

V 

? 

5. 

2  doz.  cans  in  case  for 

1.75 

? 

? 

9 

6. 

2  doz.  cans  in  case  for 

3.50 

? 

? 

? 

7. 

50  lb.  in  a  box  for 

14.25 

') 

V 

? 

Add  33-^%  for  profit  in  the  following 


Cost  at  Wholesale 

Cost  of  One 

m\  %  Profit 

Retail  Price 

8. 

36  lb.  pkg.  in  case  for 

$4.50 

? 

? 

? 

9. 

36  lb.  pkg.  in  case  for 

4.05 

? 

? 

? 

10. 

38  lb.  pkg.  in  case  for 

7.79 

? 

'i 

V 

11. 

105  cakes  in  case  for 

3.90 

? 

? 

? 

12. 

100  cakes  in  case  for 

3.80 

? 

? 

? 

13. 

24  pkg.  in  case  for 

4. .50 

? 

? 

9 

14. 

100  pkg.  in  case  for 

4..50 

? 

? 

? 

15. 

2  doz.  cans  in  case  for 

2.60 

? 

? 

? 

16. 

2  doz.  cans  in  case  for 

8.25 

? 

? 

? 

17. 

4  doz.  cans  in  case  for 

2.10 

? 

? 

? 

18. 

4  doz.  cans  in  case  for 

2.75 

? 

? 

■? 

19. 

2  doz.  cans  in  case  for 

7.75 

9 

? 

? 

20. 

3  doz.  pkg.  in  case  for 

5.70 

? 

y 

V 

21. 

4  doz.  cans  in  case  for 

4.32 

? 

? 

22. 

50  cakes  in  case  for 

3.25 

? 

? 

23. 

2  doz.  cans  in  case  for 

3.60 

? 

? 

?■ 

WHOLESALE   AND   RETAIL  PRICES  157 

Oral  Exercise 

1.  A  certain  grade  of  tea  can  be  bought  at  wliolesale  for  75  ^ 
per  pound,  and  is  usually  retailed  for  $  1  per  pound.  What  is 
tlie  per  cent  of  gain  ? 

2.  Give  the  per  cent  of  gain  in  each  of  the  following  : 


Wholesale 
Price 

Uetail 
Prick 

(a)   English  Breakfast  tea 
(by   Ceylon  tea 

(c)  Java  coffee 

(d)  Mocha  coffee 

45^ 
30^ 

50^ 

40^ 
40^ 

(e)    Rio  coffee 

25^ 

35^ 

"Written  Exercise 

1..  One  case  of  G.  W.  soap  contains  105  pieces  and  .sells  for 
$4.20  at  wholesale.  The  grocer  retails  it  at  5  ^  a  cake.  What 
per  cent  does  he  make  ?  How  much  profit  does  he  make  on 
the  case  ? 

2.  If  a  grocer  can  buy  a  case  (24  pkg.)  of  Gold  Dust  for 
$4.32  and  retail  it  at  20^,  how  much  does  he  make  on  each 
package  ?  What  per  cent  of  the  cost  is  this  ?  What  is  his 
profit  on  the  case  ? 

3.  A  dealer  bought  a  case  of  4  doz.  cans  of  asparagus  tips 
for  $2.40.  He  retailed  them  for  15^.  Find  the  profit  on  one 
can,  the  per  cent  of  gain,  and  the  profit  on  the  whole  box. 

4.  A  case  of  canned  lima  beans  containing  24  cans  cost  a 
dealer  $1.92  and  was  retailed  by  him  for  15  ^  a  can.  What 
was  the  profit  per  can  and  the  per  cent  of  profit  ? 

,5.  If  a  case  containing  36  1-pound  cartons  of  Cream  of 
Wheat  costs  $4.68  at  wholesale,  what  is  the  per  cent  of  gain 
when  the  cartons  are  retailed  at  15  ^  each  ? 

6.  If  2  doz.  tins  of  Instant  Postum  can  be  bought  for  $5.52 
and  retailed  at  25  /  a  tin,  what  is  the  per  cent  of  profit  ? 


158  APPLICATIONS  OF  PERCENTAGE 

7.  If  one  case  of  Postura  contains  12  large  packages  and 
costs  12.40,  what  is  the  cost  per  package?  If  it  is  retailed  at 
25  ^  a  package,  what  is  the  per  cent  of  profit  ?  What  is  the 
profit  on  the  case  ? 

8.  A  grocer  bought  a  case  of  peaches  (3  doz.  cans)  for 
$  3.78.  He  retailed  them  all  for  21  ^  each.  How  much  did  he 
gain  on  the  whole  case  ?     What  per  cent  did  he  gain  ? 

Mr.  William  Brown  is  a  retail  grocer.  He  hires  a  store  for 
which  he  pays  f  32  per  month.  He  pays  a  bookkeeper  $  15 
per  week,  two  clerks  each  $12.50  per  week,  one  delivery  clerk 
$13.50  per  week.  In  addition,  he  keeps  two  horses  costing 
f  6  each  per  week  for  food,  shoeing,  etc.,  and  miscellaneous 
expenses  average  $  2  per  week. 

9.  Compute  the  weekly  cost  of  running  the  business. 
(Count  rent  for  a  week  as  ^  of  a  month's  rent.) 

10.  Mr.  Brown  sells  on  an  average  about  $  90  worth  of  goods 
per  day.     P'ind  the  amount  he  sells  p6r  week  of  6  days. 

11.  If  25  %  of  this  is  profit,  how  many  dollars  profit  does  he 
make  in  a  week  ? 

12.  Deduct  from  this  the  cost  of  running  the  store.  How 
much  is  left  ? 

13.  If  this  is  an  average  weekly  income,  how  much  does  it 
amount  to  in  a  year  ?  Could  a  man  be  expected  to  invest  his 
capital  and  bear  the  responsibility  of  the  business  for  a  smaller 
return  ? 

14.  Another  grocer  in  the  same  town  conducts  his  business 
at  a  weekly  cost  of  $  85  and  takes  in  on  an  average  about  $  75 
per  day.     How  much  does  he  receive  in  a  week  of  6  days? 

15.  If  30  %  of  this  is  profit,  what  is  the  profit  ? 

16.  How  much  does  the  grocer  clear  per  week  above  expenses? 
At  this  rate,  what  is  his  yearly  income  ? 


MARKING  PRICES  OP^  GOODS 


159 


MARKING   PRICES   OF   GOODS 

Mark  each  of  the  following  so  as  to  add  a  profit  of  25  % 


Name  of  Goods 

Cost  at 
Wholesale 

Profit  to 
Nearest  Cent 

Selling  Price 

1. 

No.  1  Crash 

\\\f 

3^ 

\\\f 

2. 

No.  2  Crash 

^\f 

? 

0 

3. 

No.  3  Crash 

^\f 

? 

? 

4. 

No.  3-A  Flannels 

35  (* 

?  ■ 

? 

5. 

No.  4-B  Flannels 

48^ 

? 

? 

6. 

No.  o  Flannels 

.50/* 

? 

? 

Mark  each  of  the  following  to  allow  for  33^  %  profit : 


Goods 

Cost  at 
Wholesale 

Profit  to 
Nearest  Cent 

Selling  Price 

7. 

Silk 

$1.12^ 

? 

? 

8. 

Silk 

1.37^ 

? 

? 

9. 

Lawn 

.191 

? 

? 

10. 

Cotton  cloth 

.09^ 

? 

? 

11. 

Denim 

.20 

? 

V 

Mark  each  of  the  following  men's  suits  to  sell  at  a  profit  of 
40%: 


Cost 

puofit  to 

Nearest 

Half  Dollar 

Selling 
Price 

12. 

1 12.00 

? 

9 

13. 

1.5.50 

V 

' 

14. 

16.00 

? 

15. 

14.50 

9 

16. 

10.80 

? 

17. 

21.50 

? 

18. 

22.75 

? 

' 

19. 

25.80 

9 

? 

20. 

27.20 

9 

9 

.     Cost 

Profit  to 

Nearest 

Half  Dollar 

Sellin(; 
Price 

21. 

$  15.00 

9 

9 

22. 

16.40 

? 

23. 

20.00 

? 

24. 

18.50 

9 

25. 

14.00 

? 

26. 

22.00 

? 

27. 

24.60 

? 

28. 

26.00 

9 

29. 

28.50 

? 

? 

160  APPLICATIONS  OF  PERCENTAGE 

MARKING  DOWN  GOODS 

Each  of  the  pieces  of  furniture  in  the  following  list  is 
marked  down  a  certain  per  cent.  The  per  cent  varies,  as  some 
pieces  are  sold  on  a  narrower  margin  of  profit  than  others  and 
cannot  be  marked  lower  than  their  actual  cost  to  the  dealer. 

Find  the  selling  price  of  each  : 


Pkk  Cest  op 

Marked  I'i'.ice 

Keudction 

1. 

McKinley  rocking  chair 

i|   14.00 

14f% 

2. 

Rocker 

12.60 

10% 

3. 

Back-cushion  rocker 

14.50 

20% 

4. 

Davenport 

23.70 

15% 

5. 

Corner  chair 

12.45 

6% 

6. 

Den  couch 

19.85 

5% 

7. 

Leather  davenport 

51.50 

15% 

8. 

Hat  tree 

9.75 

33i% 

9. 

Hall  chest 

11.75 

8% 

10. 

Screen 

9.75 

20% 

11. 

Bookcase 

25.40 

40% 

12. 

Ladies'  desk 

14.25 

20% 

13. 

Library  table 

16.65 

10% 

14. 

Dining  table 

22.25 

4% 

15. 

China  closet 

32.50 

30% 

16. 

Willow  rocker 

15.50 

10% 

17. 

Square  white  brass  bed 

45.00 

1H% 

18. 

White  iron  bed 

9.72 

16f% 

19. 

Colonial  rocker 

16.40 

12^% 

20. 

Leather  davenport 

118.00 

15% 

21. 

China  cabinet 

64.80 

37i% 

22. 

Serving  table 

28.00 

14f% 

DISCOUNTS  ON   GOODS 


161 


DISCOUNTS   ON   GOODS 

Certain  classes  of  goods,  like  furniture,  hardware,  machinery, 
etc.,  are  often  sold  to  customers  living  at  great  distances.  The 
goods  are  catalogued,  and  customers  buy  largely  from  cata- 
logue description. 

It  often  costs  thousands  of  dollars  for  a  wholesale  hardware 
company  to  print  a  new  catalogue.  This  prevents  getting  out 
a  new  catalogue  every  time  prices  change.  Consequently,  a 
list  price,  larger  than  that  actually  charged,  is  printed  in 
the  catalogue,  and  a  discount,  large  enough  to  bring  the  price 
down  to  the  current  market  value  is  given  the  customer.  This 
discount  can  be  changed  as  the  market  price  of  the  commodity 
changes.  What  the  customer  actually  has  to  pay  is  called  the 
net  price. 

Find  the  net  price  of  the  following  at  discounts  given : 


List  I'kice 

Discount 

Net  Prick 

5. 

List  Price 

Discount 

Net  Price 

81.00 

10% 

9 

81.50 

10% 

? 

.75 

'^H% 

? 

6. 

2.10 

14f% 

? 

.84 

14r/o 

V 

7. 

8.00 

161% 

? 

.81 

11?.% 

? 

8. 

2.50 

20% 

? 

9. 

Bill  with  Onk  Discount 

Messrs. 

Chicago,  III.,  Jan.  3,  1916 
WILLIAMS   &   WHITE, 

2834  State  St.,  Chicago 

Bought  of    THE   PLUMBER'S   SUPPLY   COMPANY 

500  ft. 
-350  ft. 

f"  iron  pipe 
2\"  iron  pipe 

Discount  68% 

? 
? 

V 

? 
? 

•} 
9 

V 

1G2 


APPLICATIONS  OF  PERCENTAGE 


MORE   THAN  ONE   DISCOUNT 

If  the  latest  discount  sheet  sent  out  contains  a  discount  of 
20  %  on  a  certain  kind  of  goods,  and  the  market  price  drops, 
a  new  discount  sheet  is  issued,  giving  an  additional  discount, 
possibly  of  10  %.     The  discount  is  then  20  %  and  10  %. 

In  Mils  giving  more  than  one  discount^  subtract  the  first  discount^ 
and  from  the  remainder  subtract  the  yiext  discount. 

1.  Verify  the  following  bill : 


Lakeville,  Penn.,  Feb.  4,  1916 
E.  R.  THOMPSON   &   CO., 

284  Maplewood  Ave.,  Lakeville 

To    STEAM   FITTER'S   SUPPLY   COMPANY     Dr. 

2000  ft.. 
1500  ft. 

^"  iron  pipe;  extra  strong 

1"  iron  pipe,  extra  strong- 
Discount  50% 
Discount    5% 

.12 
.22 

240 

3;^n 

570 
285 

285 
14 

25 

270 

75 

2.    Copy   the    following  bill    ends    and    compute    the    two 
discounts  separately,  obtaining  the  net  price. 


(") 

Less  20% 

$150.50 
?      ? 

Less  5  % 

?      ? 
?     ? 
?     ?( 

(ft) 

Less  25  % 

Less  10% 

n  164.40 

?     ? 
?     ? 
?     ? 

(c)  !$  24.40 

Less  25%       ?    ? 

?    ? 

Less  5  %        y    ? 


?    ?  (Net) 


?  (Net) 


(rf)  $19.50 

Less  20%       V    ? 

?    ? 
Less  10%      ?    ? 

?    ?  (Net) 


MORE  THAN  ONE   DISCOUNT  163 

Discounts  on  ELEcrnicAL  Suppliks 

The  following  list  contains  the  trade  names,  list  prices,  and 
discounts  on  certain  electrical  supplies.  The  illustrations, 
descriptions,  etc.,  were  published  in  large  and  expensive  cata- 
logues, and  the  discounts  were  taken  from  the  latest  discount 
sheets  sent  out  by  the  manufacturers. 

To  find  the  net  cost  of  each  item : 

First  find  hotv  much  the  amount  purchased  would  cost  at  the 
catalogue  price. 

Then  deduct  the  discounts,  one  at  a  time,  in  the  order  t/iven. 
(Keep  no  record  of  amounts  less  than  1  cent.) 

1.  5  Lightning  arresters  @  #6.40  less  40  %  and  5  %. 

2.  3  Edison  batteries  @  $4.40  less  15  %  and  5  %. 

3.  2  Bell  metal  gongs  @  $  23.50  less  30  %  and  10  %. 

4.  15  Sampson  batteries  @  $  .90  less  50  %  and  10  %. 
•     5.  1  Single  pulley  block  @  $  4.45  less  45  %  and  10  %. 

6.  3  Double  pulley  blocks  @  -1 7.50  less  45  %  and  10  %. 

7.  500  Expansion  bolts  at   $  11.25  per   C.   less  60  %   and 
12|%. 

8.  250  Switch  boxes  @  $  .48  less  50  %  and  10  %  and  5  %. 

9.  Shawmut  bushings  to  the  value  of  $300  less  70%  and 
10  %  and  5  %. 

10.  70  Ground  clamps  @  1 .24  less  70  %  and  10  %. 

11.  Conduit  fittings  to  the  value  of  $  340  less  45  %  and  2  % 
and  10  %. 

12.  7  Electric  fans  @  $  51.20  less  25  %. 

13.  18  E.  M.  fans  @  $55  less  25  %  and  5  %• 

14.  80  H.  A.  H.  fans  @  $47  less  25  %  and  10  %. 

15.  50  Lineman's  belts  @  $2.15  less  33^  %  and  10  %. 

16.  2  Expansion  bits  @  $  2.18  less  50  %  and  10  %. 


164 


APPLICATIONS  OF  PERCENTAGE 


Part  of  Pkice  List  of  the  Interstate  Hardware  Company 


Namk  of  Goods 

Catalogue  or 
List  Prick 

DiSOOrNTR 

Snii'1-iNG  Weight 

(a) 

Axes 

124.50  per  doz. 

50%  and  10% 

65  lb.  per  doz. 

(b) 

Hatchets 

10.00  per  doz. 

60%  and  5% 

23  lb.  per  doz. 

(c) 

Hammers 

12.00  per  doz. 

40%  and  15% 

22  lb.  per  doz. 

id) 

4-iiich  gimlets 

1.30  per  doz. 

25%  and  10% 

1  lb.  per  doz. 

(«) 

|-inch  chisels 

7.50  per  doz. 

25%  and  10% 

4^  lb.  per  doz. 

(/) 

Steel  squares 

18.00  per  doz. 

33i%andl6|% 

32  lb.  per  doz. 

(.V) 

Try  squares 

4.70  per  doz. 

50%  and  10% 

4J  lb.  per  doz. 

ih) 

24-inch  saws 

27.0(]|per  doz. 

66§% 

22  lb.  per  doz. 

Express  Rates  from  Boston,  Mass.,  to  Waterford,  Me. 

Packages  weighing  10  lb.  or  less 15^. 

Packages  weighing  over  10  lb.  and  not  over  15  lb 20^. 

Packages  weighing  over  15  lb.  and  not  over  30  lb 25^. 

Packages  weighing  over  30  lb.  and  not  over  45  lb 30^. 

Packages  weighing  over  45  lb.  and  not  over  60  lb 35^. 

Packages  weighing  over  60  lb.  and  not  over  75  lb.    ....  40^.       • 
///.  —  A  package  weighing  9  lb.  4  oz.  costs  15^. 
A  package  weighing  10  lb.  1  oz.  costs  20^. 

1.  f  ind  the  exact  net  cost  per  dozen  of  each  commodity  in 
the  preceding  list  without  regard  to  express  charges. 

2.  To  the  exact  net  cost  of  each  dozen  add  the  exact  express 
charge  from  Boston  to  Waterford  to  get  the  total  cost. 

3.  Compute  the  price  of  a  single  ax,  hatchet,  etc.  (including 
express  charges),  down  the  list,  expressing  each  to  the  nearest 
cent. 

4.  How  much  must  the  retailer  charge  for  an  ax  so  as  to  make 
a  profit  of  50  %  on  the  actual  cost  ? 

5.  What  is  the  entire  cost  of  3  doz.  hammers  delivered  in 
Waterford  ? 

6.  What  is  the  cost  of  2  doz.  saws  delivered  as  above  ? 


MORE  THAN  ONE   DISCOUNT  165 

Tagging  Goods.  —  In  marking  the  retail  price  on  goods,  the 
cost  is  usually  indicated  above  the  line  in  letters,  the  value  of 
which  is  not  recognized  by  the  purchaser,  and  the  sale  price  is 
written  below  the  line  either  in  letters  or  in  figures.     The  tag 


1.46 


Each  dealer  has  his 


often  appears  like  the  following. 

own  code  of  letters,  which  he  and  his  confidential  clerks  recog- 
nize readily."  In  the  following  problems  both  the  cost  and  the 
selling  price  will  be  indicated  in  figures. 

7.  Compute  the  retail  price  of  each  hatchet  if  sold  so  as  to 
give  a  profit  of  25%.     Write  the  tag. 

8.  Three  dozen  hammers  were  bought  at  one  time.  Deduct 
the  discounts,  add  the  express  charge,  and  find  the  actual  cost 
of  one  hammer.  (Express  charges  on  this  page  refer  to  table 
on  page  164.) 

9.  Compute  the  selling  price,  providing  for  a  profit  of  25%. 

10.  You  have  ordered  1  gro.  of  4-inch  gimlets  and  2  doz.  of 
|-inch  chisels  from  the  International  Hardware  Co.  Make 
out  the  bill  properly  discounted. 

11.  How  much  should  the  express  company  charge  you  if  the 
two  orders  were  put  up  in  one  package? 

Compute  the  cost  per  dozen,  including  expressage  on  : 

12.  1  doz.  bronze  drawer  pulls  at  $12,  less  50  %  and  37|%. 
Weight,  2  lb. 

13.  1  doz.  sash  lifts  at  $2.20,  less  50%  and  10%.  Weight, 
2  1b. 

14.  1  doz.  door  handles  at  $3,  less  50  %  and  H^  %.  Weight, 
7|  lb. 

15.  1  doz.  copper  finished  hooks  at  $2.90  less  10  %.  Weight, 
7  lb. 


166 


APPLICATIONS  OF  PERCENTAGE 


PROFITS  AND   REDUCTIONS 


167 


PROFITS  AND  REDUCTIONS 

Compute  tlie  retail  selling  price  of  each  of  the  following 
pieces  of  furniture  and  mark  the  tag  like  the  first  one  below. 
Write  the  cost  above  the  line  and  the  selling  price  below.  Keep 
these  answers  for  use  in  Table  2, 


Table  1 


No. 

W'holesai.k 
Cost 

Profit 

Tag 

No. 

Wholesalk 
Cost 

Profit 

Tag 

1. 
2. 

115.50 
12.50 

20   % 
30  % 

7. 
8. 

-1^35.00 
4.50 

40% 

V 

15.50 
18.60 

V 

3. 

13.00 

25  % 

? 

9. 

3.45 

20% 

4. 

7.50 

10  % 

? 

10. 

12.95 

20% 

5. 

6.40 

37r/o 

? 

11. 

31.00 

30% 

6. 

8.10 

1H% 

? 

12. 

12.20 

l-'5% 

At  a  clearance  sale,  prices  were  cut  as  follows.      Fill  in  the 

blanks  as  in  Table  1. 

Table  2 


Sf-i.ling 

Actual 

Selling 

Actual 

No. 

Prick  as 

Reduction 

Selling 

No. 

I'EICE  AS 

Ueduction 

Selling 

Marked 

Price 

Marked 

PitlCE 

1. 

« 18.60 

10% 

$  16.74 

7. 

12i% 

2. 

See 

25% 

8. 

10% 

3. 

results 

33  J  % 

9. 

33i% 

4. 

in 

20% 

10. 

33i% 

5. 

above 

10% 

11. 

25% 

6. 

table 

33i% 

12. 

25% 

1G8  APPLICATIONS  OF  PERCENTAGE 

TOWN   BUILDING   LAWS 

Among  the  requirements  of  a  building  law  submitted  to  the 
voters  of  Massachusetts  one  year  were  the  following: 

1.  No  building  shall  occupy  more  than  657o  of  a  corner  lot. 

2.  No  building  shall  occupy  more  tlian  50%  of  any  other  lot. 

3.  No  tenement  house  shall  exceed  in  height  the  widest  part  of  the  street 
on  which  it  stands  unless  it  shall  set  back  from  the  street  a  distance  equal 
to  such  excess. 

1.  Mr.  Astor  wishes  to  erect  a  building  30  ft.  x  40  ft.  on  a 
lot  56  ft.  X  85  ft.     Can  he  do  it  if  the  above  law  is  enforced  ? 

30  X  40  sq.  ft.  =.1200  sq.  ft.  for  building; 
56  X  85  sq.  ft.  =  4760  sq.  ft.  for  land. 
1200  sq.  ft.  =  ^l§g  of  the  lot. 

As  it  would  occupy  less  than  50  7o,  he  would  be  allowed  to  build  a  house 
the  desired  size. 

2.  Mr.  Brown  wishes  to  erect  a  house  on  lot  A  (see  page 
169)  which  shall  be  60'  x  75'.  How  large  a  per  cent  of  the  lot 
will  it  occupy  ?  Can  he  erect  such  a  house  if  the  city  has 
accepted  the  above  building  law  ? 

3.  He  can  buy  a  ten-foot  strip  from  lot  B.  How  large  will 
this  make  his  lot  ?     Will  this  enable  him  to  build  the  house  ? 

4.  How  many  square  feet  are  there  in  lot  I>  ? 

5.  If  Mr.  Brown  buys  lots  D  and  0,  will  it  give  him  room  for 
the  proposed  house  ? 

6.  What  per  cent  of  lot  U  can  a  building  occupy?  How 
large  an  area  can  a  house  occupy  on  lot  JE  ? 

7.  A  building  concern  would  like  to  erect  on  lot  E  an 
apartment  house  50  ft.  long  and  30  ft.  wide.  What  per  cent 
of  the  lot  would  it  occupy  ? 


TOWN  BUILDING  LAWS 


169 


8.  Could  a  tenement  house  40  ft.  high  be  placed  on  lot  G- 
if  it  came  to  the  edge  of  the  sidewalk  ? 

9.  What  per  cent  of  7>f  would  a  house  28  ft.  x  35  ft.  occup}'  ? 
10.    What  per  cent  of  K  would  a  house  34  ft.  x  42  ft.  occupy  ? 


hunt's  commun.  ar.  —  12 


170 


HOUSEHOLD   EXPENSES 


HOUSEHOLD   EXPENSES 
TOWN  WATER  SYSTEMS 


Pumping 
5tdt/on 


Leye/  of  y/Z/affe 


/?-<r<y  Pipes 
from  Artesian  We//5 


i^reet  /Isiri 

Facts  to  be  used  in  solving  the  following  problems  •• 

1.  1  gal.  of  water  weighs  8^  lb. 

2.  There  are  7|  gal.  in  1  cu.  ft. 

3.  1  cu.  ft.  of  water  weighs  62^  lb.  or  62.5  lb. 

4.  The  pressure  of  water  in  a  tank  equals  the  number  of  feet 
in  depth  times  .434  lb. 

1.  In  the  above  sketch,  the  pipes  starting  from  AAA  con- 
duct the  water  from  artesian  wells  bored  in  the  hillside  through 
the  pump,  via  a  large  water  main  up  into  a  reservoir  or  stand- 
pipe  on  top  of  the  hill.  The  engine  operating  the  pump  can 
pump  1.47  gal.  at  a  stroke  and  makes  100  strokes  a  minute  at 
normal  speed.  How.  many  gallons  does  it  pump  per  minute  ? 
per  hour  ? 

2.  Compute  the  number  of  gallons  it  would  pump  in  an 
8-hour  day. 

3.  If  1  gal.  of  water  weighs  8^  lb.,  how  many  pounds  of 
water  would  be  lifted  in  a  day  ?  how  many  tons  ? 


TOWN   WATER  SYSTEMS  171 

4.  Refer  to  the  second  fact  on  page  170  and  lind  how  many 
cubic  feet  of  water  would  be  lifted  in  a  day. 

5.  Compute  the  cubic  contents  of  your  schoolroom.  Would 
this  amount  fill  your  schoolroom  ?  How  many  such  rooms 
would  it  fill  ? 

6.  A  larger  engine  of  the  same  kind  pumps  6.12  gal.  at  a 
stroke  and  makes  75  strokes  per  minute.  How  many  gallons 
does  it  pump  per  minute  ?  how  many  per  hour? 

7.  How  many  cubic  feet  does  it  pump  per  minute  ? 

8.  How  many  pounds  does  it  pump  per  minute  ? 

9.  How  many  tons  does  it  pump  per  hour  ? 

10.  If  the  standpipe  in  the  sketch  is  |  full,  the  water  will 
stand  at  75  ft.  Find  the  pressure  per  square  inch  on  the 
bottom  of  the  standpipe. 

75  X  .434  lb.  =  ? 

11.  The  engine  and  pump  are  50  ft.  lower  than  the  floor  of 
the  reservoir.  How  many  feet  of  water  are  there  (measured 
in  a  vertical  line)  above  the  level  of  the  engine  ? 

12.  The  pressure  of  this  water  back  against  the  pump  is 
found  in  the  same  manner  as  in  problem  10.     Compute  it. 

13.  The  lowest  point  in  the  village  is  80  ft.  below  the  floor 
of  the  reservoir.  Compute  the  water  pressure  per  square  inch 
when  the  reservoir  is  ^  full. 

14.  If  water  will  rise  in  any  building  as  high  as  it  stands  in 
the  reservoir,  how  high  could  a  faucet  be  of  use  in  a  building 
in  the  village  if  the  water  stands  50  ft.  in  the  reservoir? 

15.  What  is  the  water  pressure  per  square  inch  in  a  pipe  80 
ft.  below  the  bottom  of  the  reservoir  if  the  latter  is  60%  full? 


172 


HOUSEHOLD   EXPENSES 


BUYING   WATER   BY    METER 


The  above  cut  shows  how  a  meter  is  attached  to  the  water 
j)ipe  and  where  readings  are  taken. 

In  some  towns,  readings  are  made  by  an  agent  of  the  water 
company  and  bills  are  sent  every  quarter,  that  is,  every  three 
months.  While  the  meter  records  the  water  used  in  cubic  feet^ 
the  water  is  usually  billed  to  the  consumer  in  gallons.  (There 
are  7|^  gal.  in  1  cu.  ft.) 

Making  Out  Water  Charges 
Mr.  Burton's  meter  readings  for  the  year,  in  a  small  factory, 
were  as  follows  :  Mar.  1, 15,260  cu.  ft.  ;  June  1,  31,800  cu,  ft. ; 
Sept.  1,  47,210  cu.  ft.  ;  and  Dec.  1,  (53,640  cu.  ft. 

1.  How  many  cubic  feet  were  used  from  March  1  to  June  1  ? 

2.  How  many  gallons  were  used  ? 

3.  How  much  did  the  water  cost  at  25  ^  per  1000  gallons  ? 

31,800  cu.  ft.  -  1.5,260  cu.  ft.  =  16,.540  cu.  ft. 
16,540  X  7^  gal.  =  124,050  gal.,  or  124.05  M  gal. 
124.05  X  f/25  =  .<f  :}1.01. 

4.  Answer  the  same  three  questions  for  each  of  the  remain- 
ing quarters. 


BUYING  WATER 
Bir.L  FOR  City  Watek 


173 


I)  ATK Street 

Mh 

To  C0LDFTP:LD   water   CO.    Dr. 

For  water  by  meter  from to 1916 

This  meter  reading  cu.  ft. 

Former  meter  reading  cu.  ft. 

Total  cubic  feet  used        

Total  gallons  used  

Cost  at  20  ^  per  1000  gal. 

Received  payment 


per. 


5.  Copy  three  blanks  like  the  above.  In  the  city  of  Cold- 
field,  readings  are  made  every  month  and  billed  to  the  consumer 
at  20  ^  per  1000  gal.  The  following  card  contains  the  monthly 
readings  of  Mr.  A.  S.  Sanborn's  meter. 

(a)  Make  out  the  bill  for  water 
from  Jan.  8.  to  Feb.  10. 

(6)  Make  out  the  bill  for  water 
from  Feb.  10  to  Mar.  15. 

((?)  Make  out  the  bill  for  water 
from  Mar.  15  to  Apr.  18.    . 

(c?)  Compute  the  cost  of  water  for 
each  of  the  months  recorded  on  the 
card. 

6.  Compute  the  cost  of  water  for 
three  months,  at  25^  per  1000  gal., 
if  the  meter  recorded  19,570  cu.  ft. 
at   the   beginning,    and   26,990   cu. 


Water  Meter  Readings 

No.  27  Lowell  St. 

Month 

Monthly  Eeading 

Jan.     8 

16,600  cu.  ft. 

Feb.  10 

17,180  cu.  ft. 

Mar.  15 

17,790  cu.  ft. 

Apr.  18 

18,300  cu.  ft. 

May  10 

18,960  cu.  ft. 

June  10 

19,470  cu.  ft. 

July  14 

20,080  cu.  ft. 

ft.    at   the   end. 


174  •  HOUSEHOLD   EXPENSES 

BUYING  GAS  FOR  LIGHT  AND  FUEL 


Most  of  you  are  familiar  with  the  gas  meter,  which  is  gener- 
ally attached  to  the  gas  pipe  just  inside  the  cellar  wall.  On 
top  of  the  meter  are  usually  found  three  dials,  in  each  of  which 
is  an  indicator,  which  revolves  slowly  as  the  gas  is  used.  In 
each  meter  face  indicated  above,  the  right-hand  dial  shows  the 
number  of  hundred  cubic  feet  used.  When  this  dial  has  moved 
around  once,  indicating  that  1000  ft.  have  been  used,  the  indi- 
cator on  the  middle  dial  moves  up  to  1,  and  the-  right-hand 
indicator  starts  around  again.  Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
right-hand  dial  shows  hundreds,  the  middle  dial,  thousands., 
the  left  dial,  ten-thousands. 

To  read  the  first  of  the  six  meter  faces  above,  begin  at  figure  1  of  the  left- 
hand  dial  and  read  around  1-2-3  to  8,  the  last  figure  paused.  Do  tlie  same 
with  the  middle  and  right-hand  dials.  Set  down  the  readings  from  each  dial, 
832,  and  annex  two  ciphers  as  follows,  83,200  cu.  ft.  As  gas  is  usually  sold 
by  the  1000  cu.  ft.,  move  the  decimal  point  three  places  to  the  left  and  you 
have  83.2  M.  In  making  each  reading,  be  sure  to  begin  with  figure  1  and 
follow  around  in  order  and  put  down  the  last  figure  passed.  Notice  that 
the  middle  dial  is  numbered  around  to  the  left,  the  needle  turning  in  a  di- 
rection opposite  to  the  others. 


BUYING  GAS 


175 


SUNNYSIUE   DISTRICT 
R.  W.  WILBAR 

122  Park  Ave.,  City 

Month  Enuing  Jan.  20,  1916 

To   CITY   GAS   LIGHT   CO.    Dr. 
No.  60  Main  St. 

Cost  at  $  1.20  per  M 

Net  Cost 

State  of  meter  this  reading            74300  cu.  ft. 
State  of  meter  last  reading             72400  cu.  ft. 
Cubic  feet  consumed                           1900  cu.  ft. 

Discount  of  1  J?  per  100  ft.  if 

paid  before  end  of  the  month 

Paid,     Date,    Jan.  30,  191 

• 
2 

28 
19 

2 
C.  W. 

09 

6     per 

A. 

1.  Verify  the  above  bill,  (a)  Find  the  number  of  cubic  feet 
used  ;  (5)  Compute  the  full  cost  at  $1.20  per  1000  cubic  feet ; 
(e)  Deduct  1^  for  each  full  hundred  cubic  feet  used. 

2.  Make  out  a  similar  bill  for  R.  H.  lioscoe,  whose  meter 
readings  for  the  same  month  are  as  follows  : 

This  reading-  42,600  ;  last  reading  41,300.  (He  pays  the  bill 
before  the  end  of  the  month  and  receives  the  discount.) 

3.  The  following  card  contains  the  consecutive  readings  of 
William  R.  Thompson's  gas  meter  from  January  to  December 
1915.  Compute  his  monthly  billat  $1.25  per  M  and  consider 
that  he  paid  each  bill  before  the  end  of  the  month,  thereby 
receiving  the  discount  of  $  .01  per  100  cubic  feet. 


Meter  No.  1860 

William  K.  TiioMPSOiS 

60  Park  Ave. 

Worcester 

Jan.  reading     8,500 
Feb.  reading     9,600 
•  Mar.  reading  10,500 
Apr.  reading  11,.300 
May  reading   12,500 
June  reading  13,800 

July  reading  14,200 
Aug.  reading  14,600 
Sept.  reading  16,300 
Oct.  reading    17,900 
Nov.  reading  19,300 
Dec.  reading  20,700 

176 


HOUSEHOLD   EXPENSES 


BUYING  ELECTRICITY  FOR  LIGHTING     ' 

The  electricity  that  we  use  in  our  houses  enters  by  means  of 
insulated  copper  wire  and  is  recorded  on  an  electric  meter  read- 
ing somewhat  like  the  gas  meter  on 
page  174.  The  unit,  however,  is  the 
kilowatt  hour  instead  of  the  cubic  foot. 
This  is  a  teclinical  term,  whicli  means 
little  to  the  average  person,  but  is  as 
simple  a  unit  to  the  electrician  as  the 
yard  is  to  the  dry-goods  clerk. 

1.  Read  the  meter  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  gas  meter  on  page  174, 
substituting  kilowatt  hours  for  cubic 
feet. 

The  demand  made  on  the  system  by  a  store  wired  for  electric- 
ity varies  with  the  number  of  lights.  Consequently  each  store 
is  given  a  certain  rating  according  to  the  number  of  lights,  etc., 
used,  the  owner  being  charged  accordingly. 

2.  Mr.  Miller's  store  as  wired  has  a  primary  demand  of  15 
kilowatt  hours.  If  he  uses  20  K.  W.  H.  (kilowatt  hours),  he 
is  charged  as  follows  : 

Cost  of  15  K.  W.  H.  @  16|  J?*  =  f  2.50 

Cost  of    5  K.  W.  H.  @  lOf    = ^ 

$  3.00 

From  this  it  will  appear  that  the  amount  lie  uses  above  the  primary 
demand  costs  him  less  (in  this  case  10  )*). 

•  3.  Mr.  Pratt's  store  has  a  primary  demand  of  12  K.  W.  H. 
and  lie  uses  15  K.  W.  H.  in  January.  Complete  the  items  in 
his  January  bill  as  follows: 

Cost  of  12  K.  W.  H.  @  l(J§jf  = 
Cost  of    o  K.  W.  H.  @  10^    = 


BUYING  ELECTRIC  LIGHT 


177 


MAKING  OUT  ELECTRIC  LIGHT  BILLS* 

In  each  of  the  problems  on  this  page  consider  the  prices  per 
K.  W.  H.  as  stated  in  the  following  bill  : 


REDSON  ELECTRIC   ILLUMINATmG   CO. 

OF   BUXTON,    KAN. 

Ill  account  with  BURRIL,  BROWN   &  CO.        Date     Nov.  6,  1915 
247  Center  St.,  City 

Electric  Service  from  Oct.  3  to  Nov.  4,  1915 


22  K.  W.  H.  @  12f  . 
_3K.W.  H.  @8/  . 
25  K.  W.  H.  used  in  all 


Discount  of  ^  *«  per  K.  W.  H.  used  if  paid  in  15  days 

Received  payment, 19__ . 

Signed 


2 

64 

24 

2 

88 

13 

75 


1.  Make  out  a  similar  bill  for  Mr.  H.  T.  Waite,  whose  store 
called  for  a  primary  demand  of  8  K.  W.  H.  and  who  used  12 
K.  W.  H.  from  Nov.  3  to  Dec.  2, 1915,  and  paid  within  15  days. 

2.  Mr.  R.  S.  Stearns's  store  was  wired  for  lights.  He  had 
a  primary  demand  of  13  K.  W.  H.  and  used  20  K.  W.  H.  from 
Jan.  5  to  Feb.  5,  1916.  Make  out  his  bill  with  discount  as 
above. 

3.  Compute  the  amount  paid  by  each  of  the  following  users  of 
electricity,  if  each  paid  his  bill  in  time  to  receive  the  discount  : 


Primary  Demand 

16  K.  W.  H. 
15  K.  W.  H. 
12  K.  W.  H. 
12  K.  W.  H. 


Mr.  Fales 
Mr.  Belmore 
Mr.  Forbes 
Mr.  Harper 
*  Houses  have  a  flat  rate  ;  the  rates  on  stores,  hotels,  etc.,  are  as  above. 


Used 

18  K.  VV.  H. 
15  K.  W.  H. 
17  K.  W.  H. 
14  K.  W.  H. 


178 


TAXES 


TAXES 


PROPERTY  TAX 

The  tax  rate  is  expressed  in  several  different  ways  in  various 
parts  of  the  country.  It  may  be  printed  on  the  tax  bills  in 
either  of  the  ways  shown  below. 

The  tax  which  a  person  owning  $  2000  worth  of  taxable 
property  would  have  to  pay  may  be  expressed  in  four  different 
\^ays  as  follows : 

Method  of  Expressing  Tax  Rates 


Tax  Rate  =  1^  %. 

$20.00=^1%               $2000 

U               or             .011 
i|;}0.00                          $30.00 

Tax  Rate  =  1|^  on  |1  of  tax- 
able property. 

2000  X  $.01^  =  |;J0.00  (tax). 

Tax  Rate  =  $1.50  on  $100  of 
taxable  property. 

12000  =  20  hundred  dollars. 
20  X  11.50  =  ,130.00  (tax). 

Tax  Rate  =  $  15  on  $  1000  of 
taxable  property. 

$2000  =  2  thousand  dollars 
2  X  .1!1.5  =  $30.00  (tax). 

1.  Compute  Mr.  Brown's  tax  if  the  rate  is  1;|  %  and  his 
taxable  property  is  assessed  for  $  2500. 

2.  Compute  Mr.  Collins's  tax  on  property  assessed  at  $  1750 
if  the  tax  rate  is  1|  ^  on  a  dollar. 

3.  How  much  will  Mr.  Bowles  have  to  pay  on  property 
assessed  at  $  3800  if  the  tax  rate  is  $  1.35  on  $  100  ? 

4.  Compute  the  tax  which  Mr.  Ford  must  pay  on  $5600 
worth  of  property  if  the  tax  rate  is  $16.20  per  $1000. 

5.  Mr.  Gardiner  has  property  in  different  parts  of  the  town 
assessed  as  follows  :  $500,  $  1260,  $  1850,  and  $  2400.  The 
tax  rate  is  $  18.25  per  $1000.     How  much  tax  does  he  pay  ? 


THE  TAX  RATE  179 

THE  TAX  RATE 

The  money  for  supporting  the  public  schools,  for  building  and 
lighting  streets,  for  maintaining  police  and  fire  departments, 
etc.,  all  comes  from  the  people,  in  the  form  of  taxes.  The  gov- 
ernment adds  together  all  amounts  to  be  raised  by  taxation  and 
'divides  the- sum  by  the  assessed  valuation  of  the  taxable  prop- 
erty in  the  town  or  city,  thus  obtaining  the  tax  rate. 

1.  A  town  whose  taxable  property  amounts  to  %  3,000,000  is 
obliged  to  raise  $  45,000  by  a  tax  on  property.     Find  the  tax  rate. 

45,0PP     ^j  jp^ y^  ^  4oo^^^  ^j,  j^  0/^^  the  tax  rate. 


3,Opp,P0P  '"      30 

2.  In  a  town  whose  taxable  propert}^  is  assessed  for  f  4,500,000, 
what  will  be  the  tax  rate  when  the  town  is  ob],iged  to  raise  a 
property  tax  of  $  54,000  ?     Express  this  rate  in  Uiree  ways. 

3.  The  amount  to  be  raised  by  a  tax  on  the  property  of  the 
town  of  Stanwood  is  $  70,400,  and  the  value  of  property  as- 
sessed is  $  6,400,000.     Express  this  rate  in  three  ways. 

Property  is  classified  for  taxation  purposes  as  real  estate 
and  personal  property.  The  former  includes  land  and  build- 
ings and  the  latter  consists  of  movable  property,  like  automo- 
biles, horses,  furniture,  stocks  and  bonds,  jewelry,  etc. 

4.  The  value  of  personal  property  in  the  town  of  Buford 
was  $2,500,000  and  of  real  estate  $5,040,000.  On  the  total 
value  a  tax  of  ^  150,800  was  levied.     What  was  the  rate? 

Assessors.  —  During  the  year,  men  called  assessors  carefully 
inspect  all  real  estate  and  personal  property  within  the  town  or 
city  limits.'  Their  estimates  of  the  value  of  all  taxable  proper- 
ties found  are  recorded  as  shown  on  the  next  two  pages.  The 
tax  of  each  individual  is  computed  from  the  records  made  by 
the  assessors. 


180 


TAXES 


ASSESSING   TAXABLE   PROPERTY 

Left  Page  of  Assessors'  Book  (abbreviated) 


Names  of  Prop- 
erty Owners  on 
Maple  Ave. 

No.  Polls 
@  12.00 

Total  Poll 
Tax 

Value  op 

Each   Kind 

OF  Live 

Stock 

Othkk 
Taxablf. 
Personal 
Property 

Total 
Personal 
Property 

Total 
Tax  on 
Personal 
Property 

R.  Ames 

H.  Boone 
S.  Thomas 
H.  Lane 
E.  Hayes 

T.  Keen 

2 

1 
3 
2 
1 

2 

4 

00 

200 

70 

250 

450 
2000 
1620 

465 

1550 

i 

520 

7 

80 

150 
275 

500 
350 

360 
280 
50 
160 
120 

Directions  for  Filling  out  the  Above  Page 

1.  If  any  citizen  has  sons  over  21  years  of  age,  living  at 
home  or  attending  college,  as  in  the  case  of  Mr.  Ames,  the 
number  of  poll  taxes  is  more  than  one.  Fill  in  the  "  Poll  Tax  " 
column  for  each  property  owner  listed  above. 

2.  Add  the  items  in  the  "  Live  Stock  "  and  "  Other  Personal 
Property  "  columns  to  get  the  amount  to  record  in  the  "  Total 
Personal  Property  "  column  for  each  taxpayer. 

3.  Find  the  "  Total  Tax  on  Personal  Property  "  as  follows  : 

Mr.  Ames  has  $  520  worth  of  taxable  personal  property. 
The  tax  rate  this  year  is  f  15  on  $  1000,  or  $.015  tax  on  f  1. 
520  X  $.015  =  ^7.80. 

4.  Compute  this  tax  for  each  taxpayer. 


ASSESSING  TAXABLE   PROPERTY 


181 


ASSESSING   TAXABLE    PROPERTY  —  (continued) 
Right  Page  of  Assessors'  Book  (abbreviated) 


Name 

Value  of 

BUILDIN«8, 

NOT  Includ- 
ing Land 

Value  of 

Each   Lot'  of 

Land 

Total  Value 
OF  Each 
Parcel  of 

Real    Estate 

Value  op 
ALL  Keal  Es- 
tate 

Total  Tax 
ON  Ueal 
Estate 

Total  Tax, 

Polls, 

Personal 

Estate, 

Real  Estate 

R.A. 

H.  B. 
S.T. 

II.  L. 
E.  H.- 

T.  K. 

4100 
2000 

1200 

1000 



5800 
8000 

8300 

124 

50 

4 

7 
124 

00 
80 
50 
30 

1500 

1750 
2200 

750 
800 

136 

800 
1000 

8000 
2500 

800 
550 

1700 
1400 

4700 

2100 

Directions  for  Filling  out  the  Above  Page 

5.  The  values  of  houses  and  land  are  assessed  separately. 
To  fill  in  the  "  Total  Value  of  Each  Parcel  of  Real  Estate  " 
column,  add  horizontally,  when  there  is  a  building  on  the  lot, 
as  shown  opposite  Mr.  Ames's  name.  Do  this  for  each  tax 
payer. 

6.  The  sum  of  the  items  just  obtained  for  each  man  gives 
the  "Value  of  all  Real  Estate."     Fill  out  this  column. 

7.  Compute  each  man's  "  Total  Tax  on  Real  Estate  "  at  $15 
per  ilOOO  as  in  example  3. 

8.  Add  the  three  taxes  to  obtain  each  man's  "•  Total  Tax." 
(See  Mr.  Ames's  record.) 


182 


TAXES 


-^2/000 


Dry  Qoocfo 


hdrdwere 


fieat 
/Idrket 


^  3^e?oo 


Fire '&  Life 
injurance 
Office 


fi/rrj/ture  Store 


'■r:c^DAQ  ^^n 


fxprej5 
Offjce 


eeei 
estate 

o 


Car  pen 


^^Zoo 


Q 


bank. 


C/->urc/! 


Post 
Off/ce 


^-f^ooo 


//at/ondf 
5.ank. 


Pubf/c  5c/)oo/ 


J. 


^6/PO. 


Orocery 
^tore 


I 


Pdinier 


•^-fooo 


Osriage 


MAf'L^  /'^Ave:, 


3r'cA/fa3oo 

□ 


Pasture 


library 


station  \'.y.- 


Fre/g/)t  Depoi 


r/e/af 


Shoe  factory 
$SSooo 


lumber  Yard  \]^^    Co  a/  )^rct 


off/ce 


COMPUTING   REAL  ESTATE  OWNERS'   TAXES         183 

COMPUTING  REAL  ESTATE   OWNERS'   TAXES 

1.  How  much  did  the  owner  of  the  bh)ck  containing  the 
dry-goods  and  hardware  stores  and  the  meat  market  have  to  pay 
in  190T  when  the  rate  was  -114.50  per  $1000? 

2.  If  the  rate  went  down  to  $13.75  per  ilOOO  in  1908,  how 
much  did  the  owner  of  the  block  containing  the  insurance  office 
and  furniture  store  have  to  pay? 

3.  In  1909  the  rate  was  114.20  per  $1000.  How  much  was 
that  per  $100?  How  much  did  the  owner  of  the  express  and 
real  estate  offices  have  to  pay? 

4.  In  1910  the  rate  was  $14.75  per  $1000.  How  much 
was  that  per  $100?  How  much  did  the  owner  of  the  block 
containing  the  banks  and  post  office  have  to  pay? 

5.  In  1911  the  tax  rate  was  $16.  How  much  was  this  per 
dollar  of  taxable  property?  How  much  did  the  owner  of  the 
grocery  store  have  to  pay  that  year? 

6.  In  1912  the  tax  rate  dropped  to  $15.80  per  $1000. 
What  per  cent  did  it  drop  from  the  rate  in  1911?  Compute 
the  tax  on  the  carpenter's  house. 

7.  In  1913  the  rate  jumped  to  $17  per  $1000.  Compute 
the  tax  on  the  garage. 

8.  In  1914  the  rate  was  $17.40  per  $1000.  Compute  the 
tax  on  the  brick  mason's  house. 

9.  In  1915  the  rate  was  $17.50  per  $1000.  Express  this 
in  three  other  ways.  How  much  did  the  man  who  owned  the 
iields  on  both  sides  of  the  library  have  to  pay  ? 

10.    Compute  the  tax  in  1915  on  the  shoe  factory ;  on  the 
box  factory  ;  on  the  lumber  yard  ;  on  the  coal  yard. 


184 


TAXES 


THE  TAX  RATE 

(A  Yearly  Problem  for  Assessors  of  Taxes) 

The  class,  by  following  each  of  the  numbered  directions,  will 
take  the  main  steps  in  finding  the  tax  rate  for  the  current  year. 


1.    Add  the  following  items 
by  the  town  at  its  annual  town 

Support  of  poor,  $   4,500 

Support  of  schools,  27,000 

Support  of  library,  1,600 

Roads  and  bridges,  5,000 

State  road,  3,000 

Street  lighting,  2,200 

Fire  department,  3,500 

Police,  1,200 

Fighting  moths,  1,420 

Incidentals,  2,000 
Add  and  carry  forward,        ?    ? 


to  get  the  total  amount  voted 
meeting : 

Sum  of  first  column,  $      ? 

Memorial  day,  175 

Tree  warden,  1,000 

Town  officers,  2,800 

Soldiers'  relief,  200 

Health  department,  '            500 

Abatement  of  taxes,  600 

Interest,  1,500 

Printing,  500 


Total 


2.  Add  to  this  last  amount  the  town's  share  in  the  state  tax 
(!|6500)  and  its  share  in  the  county  tax  ('14300). 

3.  Poll  taxes  amounting  to  $3200  and  certain  other  incomes 
to  the  town  amounting  to  $  3295  are  to  be  subtracted  from  the 
total  obtained  in  problem  2.     Why  ? 

4.  The  amount  remaining  must  be  raised  by  direct  tax  on  the 
property  of  the  town,  which  is  valued  at  $4,200,000.  Divide 
the  amount  to  he  raised  by  the  valuation  and  carry  out  the  quo- 
tient three  decimal  places.  The  result  is  the  number  of  cents 
and  mills  which  constitute  the  tax  on  $1  of  property  valua- 
tion. 

5.  Express  this  amount  as  a  tax  on  ilOO. 

6.  Express  the  amount  as  a  tax  rate  per  $1000. 


THE  TAX  RATE  185 

Computing  the  Tax  Ratb 

The  following  money  must  be  raised  in  Marshfield  by  taxa- 
tion.    Compute  the  tax  rate  as  on  the  preceding  page: 

1.  Amounts  appropriated  at  the  annual  town  meeting. 

Support  of  the  poor,  $  4,500 

Support  of  schools,  35,000 

Support  of  library,  1,800 

Roads  and  bridges,  5,000 

Special  state  road,  3,000 

Street  lighting,  3,400 

Fire  department,  4,000 

Police  department,  1,200 

Gypsy  and  brown  tail  moth,  1,543 

Incidentals,  2,000 

Memorial  Day,  185 

Tree  warden,  700 

Town  officers,  4,000 

Soldiers'  relief,  300 

Health  department,  500 

Abatement  of  taxes,  GOO 

Interest,  2,000 

Printing  and  advertising,  500 

Note,  5,000 

Additional  items,  2,700 

Total $      ? 

2.  Marshfield's  share  of  the  state  tax      ....       8,800 

Marshfield's  sliare  of  the  county  tax     .      .     .       5,660 
Total  amount  to  be  raised <|    ? 

3.  Subtract   from   this   total   the   amount    of    the 

poll  tax  and  income  from  any  other  sources     9,588    • 
Total  amount  to  be  levied  ou  taxable  property        ? 

4.  Divide  the 'last  amount  by  the  total  valuation  ($4,600,000) 
and  carry  the  quotient  out  three  decimal  places.  This  gives 
in  cents  and  mills  the  tax  on  one  dollar  of  property  valuation, 

hunt's    COMMl'N.    AU. 13 


186 


TAXES 


eooGQeB 

EODEOOO 

CDOj'OCQ 


Customhouse  , 

f£0% Duty  or/0*.  -60^ 


EEGEBiE 


"^JiinllfTl 


IVho/esa/e  //ouse         ■. 
i-/07.Pro//t   ^      66' 


Qetdi/ Mouse  . 


Consumer 


DUTIES   ON   IMPORTED   GOODS 

The  most  expensive  business  in  the  world 
is  that  conducted  by  the  governments  of  the 
great  nations.  They  must  be  reguhirly  sup- 
plied with  money  to  carry  on  the  many  differ- 
ent enterprises  which  their  various  depart- 
ments control.  In  our  country  most  of  the 
funds  come  from  taxes  on  imported  goods. 

F'or  example,  a  cheap  grade  of  woolen  car- 
pet imported  from  Europe  is  valued  at  50^ 
per  yard  on  shipboard.  Before  the  whole- 
sale dealer  can  put  it  into  his  warehouse,  he 
must  pay  to  the  customhouse  official  20%  of 
the  value  of  his  consignment.  This  brings 
the  cost  of  the  carpet  up  to  60^  per  yard. 
Before  selling  to  retail  dealers  in  different 
towns,  the  wholesale  dealer  adds  10%  to  pay 
him  for  handling  and  a  reasonable  profit. 
This  brings  the  cost  up  to  %'q^.  The  retail 
dealer  may  add  16|%  for  similar  reasons,  and 
when  the  consumer  gets  the  carpet,  he  may  pay 
77^  per  yard  for  it. 

What  different  items  does  this  77^  include  ? 
Who  really  pays  the  tax  ? 

By  this  method  of  taxation  the  average  buyer 
is  seldom  aware  that  there  is  included  in  the 
price  of  many  of  his  purchases  a  small  gov- 
ernment tax. 

Discuss  the  things  governments  do,  how 
they  spend  money,  and  how  we  all  benefit  by 
this  expenditure. 


DUTIES  ON   IMPORTED  GOODS  187 

Some  goods  are  subject  to  an  ad  valorem  duty,  which  is  a  per 
cent  of  the  value ;  some  to  a  specific  duty,  a  given  amount  per 
pound,  gallon,  etc.;  some  have  both  kinds  of  duty  ;  and  some 
are  free  of  duty. 

1.  If  a  merchant  receives  a  consignment  of  2000  yd.  of  car- 
pet at  50^  a  yard,  how  much  does  the  customhouse  collect 
from  him  in  duties  at  20  %  ? 

2.  If  a  customer  buys  18  yd.  of  this  carpet  from  a  retail 
dealer,  how  much  does  the  customer  contribute  toward  the 
support  of  the  Federal  government  ? 

3.  A  certain  grade  of  sardines  is  worth  24^  a  can  on  ship- 
board. There  is  a  duty  of  25  %.  How  much  duty  does  1  can 
cost  the  importer  ?  1000  cans  ? 

4.  For  how  much  must  he  sell  each  can  to  clear  33^  % 
profit  ? 

5.  Figs  for  which  we  pay  20 j^  per  pound  are  worth  about 
b\^  per  pound  on  shipboard.  There  is  a  duty  of  2^  per 
pound.     How  much  of  the  retail  price  is  dealers'  profit  ? 

6.  A  wholesale  grocer  imported  500  gal.  of  olives  worth  75^ 
per  gallon.  He  had  to  pay  15^  per  gallon  duty.  How  much 
did  the  government  receive  ? 

7.  A  consignment  of  1260  lb.  of  wool  yarns,  whose  average 
value  is  32^  per  pound,  is  subject  to  an  18%  duty.  How  much 
does  the  importer  have  to  pay  the  customhouse  ?  What  does 
the  consignment  cost  him,  including  the  duty  ? 

8.  The  value  of  sugar  imported  one  year  was  %  106,047,640. 
An  average  duty  of  58%  was  collected  on  this.  How  much 
money  in  the  form  of  duty  on  sugar  did  the  people  contribute 
to  help  maintain  the  Federal  government  ? 

9.  About  %  10,000  worth  of  perfumery  was  imported  by  a 
certain  firm.     The  duty  was  60%.     What  was  the  total  duty? 


188  TAXES 


FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX 


The  United  States  Congress  passed  an  act  in  1913  requiring 
individuals  to  pay  a  tax  on  incomes  as  follows: 

A  normal  tax  of  1  %  on  net  incomes  from  salai'ies,  profits,  etc.,  in  excess 
of  ^3000  for  a  single  man  or  woman,  or  $4000  for  a  man  and  wife  living 
together. 

An  additional  tax  on  net  incomes  exceeding  f  20,000,  as  follows : 

1  %  on  the  amount  over  $  20,000    and  not  exceeding  f  50,000. 

2  %  on  the  amount  over  .^50,000    and  not  exceeding  $75,000. 

3  %  on  the  amount  over  $  75,000    and  not  exceeding  $  100,000. 

4  7o  on  the  amount  over  $  100,000  and  not  exceeding  $  250,000. 

5  %  on  the  arnount  over  $250,000  and  not  exceeding  $.500,000. 

6  7o  on  the  amount  over  $500,000. 

Every  person  whose  i\et  yearly  income  is  over  $  :}0U0  is  required  to  file 
an  accurate  return  of  his  income  before  March  1  of  each  year. 

1.  Find  the  Federal  income  t«ix  on  a  single  man's  taxable  net 
income  of  $73,000. 

Normal  Tax  of  1  %  :  $  73,000  -  $  3000  =  $70,000,  subject  to  a  tax 

ofl%.  1%  of  $70,000 $   700 

Additional  Tax:    From  $20,000  to  $50,000  =  $30,000,  subject  to 

an  additional  tax  of  1  %.  1%  of  $30,000 $300 

From  $50,000  to  $73,000  =  $23,000,  subject  to 

an  additional  tax  of  2  %.  2%  of  $23,000 $  400 

Total  tax $1460 

Xotice  that  the  $3000  exemption  (or  $4000  for  married  couples)  is 
allowed  only  in  finding  the  normal  tax. 

2.  Divide  the  following  large  incomes  of  unmarried  men  to 
show  how  they  would  be  taxed  under  this  law: 

(a)  $23,000  (0  §63,000  (J)  $  70,000 

(6)  $27,000  (/)  $88,000  O')  $100,000 

(c)  $18,000  (^)  $93,000  (k)  $150,000 

(d^  $  9,000  (h)  $  4,500  (0  $  13,000 


FEDERAL  INCOME   TAX  189 

3.  .  How  large  an  income  tax  would  an  unmarried  woman  be 
expected  to  pay  on  a  taxable  income  of  $58,000? 

Normal  Tax:    $58,000  -  .|3000  =  855,000. 

1  %  of  8  55,000 !|   550 

Additional  Tax:  From  .120,000  to  $50,000  =  f  80,000. 

1%  of  if  30,000 i|   ;J00 

■    From  ,|  50,000  to  -f  58,000  =:  f  8000. 

2%  of  18000 $    IGO 

Total  income  tax if  1010 

4.  Compute  the  income  tax  on  the  following  taxable  incomes 
received  by  unmarried  men  or  women  during  the  year  1915 : 

(a)  $    5000  (c)  -f  21,000  (e)  $  78,000 

(J)  $10,000  (<i)  $60,000  (/)  $200,000 

5.  Mr.  James,  married,  had  a  net  income  from  his  business 
this  year  of  $34,800.     Compute  his  total  income  tax. 

6.  Miss  Kimball  owned  a  block  and  several  apartment 
houses.  How  much  did  she  have  to  pay  on  a  year's  income  of 
$  24,500  ? 

7.  Mr.  Lane,  married,  had  an  income  derived  from  different 
investments  as  follows:  $15,260,  $4370,  $18,100,  and $12,600. 
What  was  his  total  income  for  the  year?  Compute  his  income 
tax. 

8.  Mr.  Drew,  single,  had  a  salary  of  $4000  and  received  a 
commission  of  1  %  on  a  $250,000  business.  What  was  his  in- 
come ?     Compute  the  total  income  tax. 

Compute  in  similar  manner  the  total  income  tax  on  the  net 
income  of  each  of  the  following  men  : 

9.  Mr.  Garrison,  single;  salary  $5000;  from  real  estate 
transactions  $18,500. 

10.  Mr.  Harper,  married,  net  income  from  purchase  and  ex- 
portation of  grain  $55,700. 

11.  Mr.  Moore,  married,  wholesale  dealer  and  importer,  whose 
books  showed  a  net  income  of  $48,600. 


190 


FIRE   INSURANCE 


FIRE   INSURANCE 

This  plan  shows  the  arraiigeinent  of  buildings  fronting  on 
Broad  Street.     The  walls  and  roofs  of  these  buildings  are  con- 
structed     of     different 


lSlcUtfR..O>r 


L,  (.VVc'Lid)  , 


BROAD    ST. 


Cnck  Block 

with 
Gravel 


Rooi     F        fTmeiwirtt      n_^ !^    |^ 


materials,  which  affect 
their  liability  to  catch 
fire.  The  different  pur- 
poses for  which  they 
are  used  also  affect  the 
fire  risk.  Insurance 
companies  are  not  will- 
ing to  insure  certain 
types  of  building  for 
more  than  one  year  at 
a  time.  Other  buildings  are  insured  for  a  five-year  term. 
The  following  table  gives  the  insurance  rate  for  each  of  the 
above  buildings. 

The  premium  is  the  amount  which  a  person  pays  for  his  in- 
surance. It  is  paid  every  year ;  or,  in  many  cases,  once  in 
three  or  five  years.  It  is  expressed  as  a  certain  number  of 
cents  on  %  100  of  value. 


Number  of 
Building 

Charge  for  Every  $  100  Worth  of 
Insurance  for  1  Year 

Number  of 
Building 

Charge  for  Every  $  100  Worth  of 
Insurance  for  5  Years 

2 

1  .75  (building) 
.90  (furniture) 

1 

f  .50 

3 

4 
6 
8 

1.05  (organ) 

1.20  (building) 

1.80  (contents) 
.90 
3  %  of  amount  insured 
$2.50 

5 

7 

.75 

.75  (for  cottage) 
.90  (for  barn) 

Explain  why  the  rates  differ  on  the  various  buildings. 


FIRE   INSURANCE  191 

1.  Mr.  Pierce  takes  out  a  5-year  policy  for  16000  on  the 
brick  house  (No.  1).     How  much  does  it  cost  him? 

2.  If  the  insurance  on  the  church  edifice  (No.  2)  is  -18000, 
on  the  furniture,  $  1500,  and  on  the  organ,  $  1000,  what  is  the 
yearly  cost  of  insurance  to  the  church  ? 

3.  The  owner  of  the  dry-goods  store  (No.  3)  insures  the 
building  for  $  2400  and  the  stock  for  •$  1800.  Find  the  annual 
cost. 

4.  The  Riverside  Real  Estate  Company  insures  the  brick 
block  (No.  4)  for  $  18,000.  How  much  does  it  cost  per  annum  ? 
If  $  2500  is  added  to  the  insurance  now  carried,  how  much  does 
this  add  to  the  yearly  premium  ? 

5.  Mr.  Reed,  owner  of  the  tenement  (No.  5),  carries  $4000 
insurance.  He  leases  the  two  tenements  and  intends  to  increase 
the  rent  next  year  so  that  the  tenants  shall  pay  the  insurance. 
How  much  will  this  add  to  the  year's  rent  of  each  tenant  if  each 
pays  the  same  amount  ?     How  much  will  that  be  per  month? 

6.  The  owner  of  the  paint  shop  (No.  6)  takes  out  f  2100 
insurance  on  the  building  and  $500  insurance  to  cover  car- 
riages and  other  articles  which  are  in  his  shop  to  be  painted, 
and  for  which  he  is  responsible  to  the  owners.  How  much 
must  he  pay  in  annual  premium  ? 

7.  Mr.  Bemis  takes  out  $  2700  worth  of  insurance  on  his 
cottage  (No.  7)  and  $  1350  on  the  barn.  How  much  does  it  cost 
him  for  five  years  ? 

8.  A  fire  destroyed  the  garage  (No.  8)  and  its  contents. 
The  garage  cost  -f  3860  oi-iginally,  and  the  owner  had  to  pay  for 
damage  done  to  three  automobiles  as  follows :  $  250,  $  875, 
$1250.  He  carried  $5000  worth  of  insurance  which  was  paid 
in  full.     Compute  his  loss. 


192 


FIRE   INSURANCE 


90i- 
perSlOO 


for 
D^yGoodi 


5  Years 

Hctrclu/are 


Meat 

Mgtket 


Fire  si  life 
/"■swdnce 
Off/ce 


90t 
per$/00 


forSYear^ 


ce:daq   ^r 


tllOpermfbrSYtm 


f^cprejs 
Office 


feeoi 
fstate 


Carpenter. 


75tper$IOO 
for  5  Years 


h 


75^  per  $100 
fori  Year    i — 


CAurc/> 


■Sctvings     Post      Nationa/ 
bank.       Office       3an/c 

60^  p4-  $100  fhrSYears 


Pub//c  5c/)oo/ 


/-I 


Orocery 
^tore 
$1.15  per  $100 
for  5  Years 


$Z50per$IOO 
for  I  Year 


$Z.65per$IOO 
for  I  Year 


Oarage 


jMAf^L£     'Ave:, 


3r/cA/fsson 


□ 


Pasture  library 


Frei^t  Dejooi 


F/eicf 


Shoe  factory 


$l.80per$IOO 
''.\for5Years 
Lumber  ybrcf 


BU3/N£-55  f^L£f1£A/rj  /N A  Co/lflUN/TY 


VILLAGE   P^IRE   RISKS  193 


VILLAGE    FIRE    RISKS 


The  following  problems  relate  to  buildings  shown  in  the 
opposite  plan.  The  premium  in  each  case  is  for  five  years 
or  one  year,  as  indicated,  and  the  rate  is  on  $  100  of  property 
value.  The  premium  is  paid  at  the  time  when  the  building 
is  insured  for»the  term  of  insurance  specified. 

1.  The  stores  north  of  Cedar  Street  are  in  brick  blocks.  The 
block  containing  the  dry-goods  store  is  insured  for  5  yr.  for 
<|15,000.  How  much  does  the  proprietor  pay?  How  much  is 
that  per  year  ? 

2.  The  block  containing  the  furniture  store  is  insured  for 
5  yr.  for  ^  28,000.  What  is  the  premium  ?  How  much  does 
the  insurance  cost  per  year  ? 

3.  The  express  and  real  estate  offices  (wooden  buildings)  are 
in  a  block  insured  for  5  yr.  for  i  4200.     What  is  the  premium  ? 

4.  The  post  office  is  in  a  block  of  brick  buildings  with  gravel 
roofs,  insured  for  -$38,000.     What  is  the  5-year  premium? 

5.  The  grocery  store  is  insured  for  5  yr.  for  $4550.  What 
is  the  premium  ? 

6.  Tlie  painter  carries  -f  3500  insurance  on  his  house  and 
shop.     What  is  his  yearly  insurance  bill  ? 

7.  The  carpenter,  who  lives  across  the  school  grounds  from 
the  painter,  has  no  special  fire  risk  to  make  his  rate  of  premium 
high.  He  is  insured  for  I?  3500  for  5  yr.  How  much  less  per 
year  does  he  pay  than  the  painter? 

8.  Find  the  yearly  cost   of  $5500  insurance  on  the  garage. 

9.  The  church  carries  insurance  for  $10,500.  How  much 
must  it  pay  annually  for  this  protection  ? 

10.  Find  the  5-year  premiuui  for  $  7500  insurance  on  the 
lumber  yard. 


194 


SIMPLE  HOUSEHOLD  ACCOUNTS 


SIMPLE   HOUSEHOLD   ACCOUNTS 
YEARLY  CASH  ACCOUNT 

Mr.  Brown  wishes  to  make  a  careful  study  of  the  way  in 
which  his  money  is  spent.  He  and  his  wife  resolve  to  keep 
pocket  memoranda  of  their  expenses.  These  are  transferred  at 
the  end  of  the  month  to  an  account  sheet  as  showfi  on  the  next 
page,  which  the  pupils  are  to  copy. 

1.  Add  the  January  items  to  get  the  total  expenditure. 

2.  Subtract  it  from  the  monthly  income  to  get  the  unex- 
pended balance  for  January. 

3.  Account  for  February  :  In  February  Mr.  Brown  bought 
2  T.  of  coal  at  $8.75  per  ton;  paid  a  girl  $16  per  month  for 
domestic  services  ;  hired  a  man  at  $  .30  per  hour  for  three  8-hour 
days  ;  paid  for  renewing  the  insurance  on  his  furniture  to  the 
value  of  $1000  at  \%.  His  rent  was  $20.00  ;  he  spent  for 
meat  $10.80;  for  clothing,  $40.25 ;  for  house  furnishings, 
$5.82;  for  gas,  $1.95;  for  milk,  56  qt.  @$.09;  for  laundry, 
$2.40  ;  for  carfare,  $1.80;  for  amusements,  $2.75  ;  for  church, 
$4.00;  and  for  miscellaneous  expenses,  $5.60.  Copy  each  of 
the  above  in  its  proper  place  and  then  complete  the  grocery 
bill  below  and  record  the  amount  under  "groceries."  Com- 
pute the  totals  as  for  January. 


Feb.  28,  1916 

Mr.    Harold  T.  Brown 

To    KEEN,  PERKINS  &  CO.,  Dr. 

Feb.    3 

Butter  .78     Pork  .15    Meal  .08    Raisins  .12 

Feb.    7 

Figs  .20     Sugar  .50    Butter  .89 

Feb.  10 

Beans  .20     Olives  .25     Uneedas  .05 

Feb.  11 

Coffee  .35   Sugar  .50   Tapioca  .08  Clothes  Pins  .10 

Feb.  15 

Broom  .50    Soapine  .10    Ivory  Soap     .32 

Other  items  amounting  to 

8 

50 

YEARLY   CASH   ACCOUNT 


195 


Tlie  following  is  the  uasli  iiccouiit  for  January  of  Frank  T. 
Brown  and  his  family  : 


Exi'RNSE  Items 

Jan. 

Feb. 

Mar. 

April 

May 

Rent 

Groceries 

Meat,  etc. 

Clothing 

House  Furnishings 

Fuel  and  Ice 

Gas 

Milk 

Doctor  and  Medicines 

Laundry 

Carfare 

Labor 

Amusements 

Church,  etc. 

Insurance 

Miscellaneous 

if   20.00 

14.81 

11.70 

15.50 

4.75 

17.50 

1.84 

4.19 

5.55 

.70 

2.25 

20.80 

1.75 

3.00 

2.50 

10.50 

Total  Expenses 
Total  Income 
Deduct  Expenses 

■  ? 
200.00 

Unexpended  Balance 

? 

4.  Account  for  March  :  Rent,  $20.00;  groceries,  -121.10; 
clothes,  $8.60;  house  furnishings,  $5.60 ;  fuel,  $13.25;  gas, 
1800  cu.  ft.  at  $1.15  per  M;  milk,  58  qt.  at  $.09;  doctor  and 
medicine,  $8.40;  laundry,  $1.95;  carfare,  $2.40;  labor,  4| 
weeks  at  $4.00;  amusements,  $5.25;  church,  $4.00;  miscel- 
laneous, $6.20.  Finish  the  bill  on  the  following  page,  record 
under  "  meat,  etc.,"  and  complete  the  March  account. 


190 


SIMPLE   HOUSEHOLD   ACCOUNTS 


March  31,  1916 
Hakoi.d  T.  BnowN 

To    CITY  SUPPLY  CO.     Dr. 

Mar.    1 

3f  11).  Pork                               .24 
2  pk.  Potatoes                          .35 

Mar.    3 

3  cans  Peas                               .18 
It  lb.  Sirloin                             .40 

Mar.    6 

1  pt.  Oysters                            .25 
2\  lb.  Tripe                              .08 
Turnips 

25 

Bananas 

20 

Mar.    7 

2\  lb.  Bacon                            .20 
3  lb.  Beans                               .12 

Mar.  10 

\i  lb.  Cheese                            .32 

\\  doz.  Kggs                             .35 
Other  items  amounting  to 

7 

56 

5.  Account  for  April:  Kent,  $20.00;  groceries,  118.95; 
meat,  i  12.34;  clothing,  $50.75;  house  furnishings,  $10.90; 
fuel,  $  10.50  ;  milk,  $  5.40  ;  medicines,  $  1.50 ;  laundry,  $  2.60 ; 
carfare,  $1.85;  labor,  $18.00;  amusements,  $4.65;  church, 
$4.50.  Compute  the  gas  charges  for  April,  meter  readings 
162,500  to  164,500,  gas  costing  $1.15  per  M,  discount  10/  per 
1000  ft.  used.     Complete  the  April  account. 

6.  Account  for  May:  Rent,  $20.00;  groceries,  $24.85; 
meats,  $13.05;  clothing,  $42.20;  house  furnishings,  $4.60; 
2  T.  coal  at  $8.25  less  $.50  for  cash  ;  gas,  1800  ft.  at  $1.15 
per  M.,  with  discount  as  in  Ex.  5  for  cash  payment ;  milk, 
$6.08;  laundry,  $3.50;  carfare,  $2.25;  labor,  $18.00; 
amusement,  $3.90;  church,  $5.00.  Complete  the  May 
account. 


7.    Add  the  unexpended  balances  for  the  five  months, 
this  rate,  how  much  can  Mr.  Brown  save  in  a  year? 


At 


INCREASED  COST   OF   LIVING  197 

INCREASED   COST   OF   LIVING   IN   TEN   YEARS 

Table  of  Cost  of  Staple  Foods 


K..OI. 

Average  Cost  in  1900    Avkuage  Cost  in  1!M0 

Wholesale 

r.etail 

Wholesale 

Hetiiil 

Bread  Flour 

Butter 

Sugar 

4.15 
.     .29 
.04f 

4.70 
.30 
.05 

6.40 
.34 

.05i 

7.50 
.35 
.06 

1.  How  much  did  tlie  wholesale  cost  of  flour  advance  m  ten 
years?     What  per  cent  did  it  advance? 

2.  How  much  did  the  retail  cost  advance  in  ten  years  ? 
What  per  cent  did  it  advance  ? 

3.  The  retail  price  in  1900  was  what  per  cent  higher  than  the 
wholesale  price?     (This  we  call  the  margin  of  profit.) 

4.  The  retail  price  in  1910  was  what  per  cent  above  the 
wholesale  price?  Was  the  margin  of  profit  any  greater  in  1910 
than  in  1900? 

5.  Answer  the  same  four  questions  for  butter;  then  for  sugar. 

Txcrkase  in  Wages  in  Fifty  Years 


Thaiik 

Wage  in  186(1 

Wage  is  1910 

Some  Presknt 
Wages 

Shoe  Cutters 

«  12.00 

$  18.00 

121.00 

Carpenters 

9.92 

20.00 

25.50 

Machinists 

9.64 

16.50 

20.00 

Typesetters 

14.83 

26.00 

27..50 

6.  What  i.s  the  per  cent  of  increase  in  the  1910  wage  over  the 
1860  wage  in  each  case? 

7.  The  present  wage  is  what  per  cent  higher  than  the  average 
in  1910  in  each  case? 


198  SIMPLE  HOUSEHOLD  ACCOUNTS 

HOW  EFFICIENCY  AFFECTS  THE   INCOME 

The  following  table,  made  from  facts  recently  obtained  by 
an  industrial  commission,  shows  the  value  of  efficiency.  The 
lowest  wage  in  each  case  is  paid  the  poorly  prepared  and  un- 
skilled workmen  ;  the  higher  wage  is  received  by  well-prepared 
and  efficient  workmen  in  the  same  trade? 

Wages  Paid  ix  Richmond,  Va. 


Trade 

Weekly  Wade 

Lowest 

Highest 
$32.00 

22.50 
30.00 
31.20 

Typesetters 
Pressmen 
Engravers 
Brick  la  j'ers 

i|  12.00 
11.00 
26.00 
29.25 

Tkadk 

Weekly  Waise 

Lowest 

Highest 

Plumbers 
Plasterers 
Machinists 
Pattern  makers 

$19.50 
18.00 
12.00 
18.00 

$24.00 

24.00 
20.00 
22.50 

1.  What  is  the  per  cent  of  increase  due  to  efficiency  in  the 
case  of  each  of  the  following  trades  ? 

(a)  The  typesetters.  (e)  The  plumbers. 

(6)   The  pressmen.  (/)  The  plasterers, 

(c)   The  engravers.  (^)  The  machinists. 

(<£)  The  bricklayers.  {h)  The  pattern  makers. 

2.  Counting  45  weeks  to  the  year,  how  much  greater  is  the 
yearly  income  of  the  efficient  workmen  than  that  of  the  poorer 
workmen  in  each  of  the  following  trades  ? 

(a)  The  typesetters.  (c)  The  plumbers. 

(6)  The  pressmen.  (c?)  The  machinists. 

3.  If  the  year  includes  only  40  full  weeks,  how  much  greater 
is  the  yearly  income  of  the  better  workmen  than  that  of  the 
poorer  workmen  in  the  following  trades? 

(a)  The  bricklayers.  (c)  The  engravers. 

(6)  The  plasterers.  {d)  The  pattern  makers. 


THE  TIME  CLOCK 


190 


EARNING   A   LIVING 
THE  TIME  CLOCK 


The  above  picture  shows  five  employees  entering  the  factory 
just  5  minutes  before  time  to  begin  w^ork.  As  eacli  enters,  he 
takes  his  card  (similar  to  that  on  the  next  page)  from  its  place 
in  the  case  headed  "  Out,"  and  as  he  passes  the  clock,  he  inserts 
the  card,  pulls  down  the  lever,  and  leaves  his  card  in  the  case 
headed  "In." 

If  we  should  examine  the  card,  we  should  find  stamped  on 
it  "7.55"  under  the  word  "In,"  which  tells  the  timekeeper  or 
paymaster  that  the  employee  arrived  5  minutes  before  8 
o'clock  on  this  particuhir  morning. 

This  process  is  repeated  four  times  each  working  day  as  the 
employee  goes  in  or  out,  and  at  the  end  of  the  week  the  card 
will  look  like  the  one  printed  on  page  200,  which  a  little  study 
will  enable  you  to  understand. 


200 


EARNING  A   LfVING 


WEEKENDING  ..M  A.[!'.:...!.V..  .1.^1.5.. 

No.  275 

NAME 


'^^e^^  /3c 


<JX^C<?^2/ 


WEEKLY   TIME   RECORDS 

Explanation  of  the  Card.  —  The  regular  factory  hours,  where 
this  time  card  was  used,  were  from  8  to  12  and  1  to  5.     Monday, 

Oeorge  Bacon  arrived  one  minute 
hite.  It  takes  a  certain  amount  of 
time  for  a  workman  to  get  to  his  room 
and  prepare  for  work.  One  quarter 
of  an  hour  was  deducted  from  Mr. 
Bacon's  time  because  of  his  tardy  ar- 
rival ;  so  Ins  day  was  recorded  as  7|^ 
hr,  instead  of  8  hr. 

Tuesday,  he  left  the  factory  a 
minute  before  time  at  night.  He 
must  have  quit  work  several  minutes 
earlier  ;  so  \  hr.  was  deducted  from 
his  afternoon  time. 

Wednesday,  lie  arrived  \  hr.  be- 
fore 8  o'clock,  but  this  did  not  count, 
as  the  workman  doesn't  begin  work 
until  8  o'clock.  He  left  at  11.30, 
which  reduced  his  forenoon  time  to 


o 

MORNINO 

AFTERNOON 

,< 

^ 

IN 

OUT 

IN 

OUT 

b 

MOH. 

©ej 

1202 

1250 

503 

n 

m 

759 

1205 

1255 

439 

n 

wut 

745 

||3© 

1254 

501 

7/, 

ThU. 

7  55 

1201 

1250 

5o5 

/ 

F>l. 

755 

1200 

1259 

504 

/ 

SAT. 

758 

1202 

a_02 

.500 

7^^ 

SUN. 

.AO.t.:^... 


TOTAL  WA6E5  TOR  WEEK 


.J.(^S.... 


31  hr. 

Unless  the  employee  enters  on  time  or  before,  begin  to  count  his 
time  on  the  first  quarter  hour  after  he  enters. 

If  he  enters  at  or  before  8,  count  time  from  8;  if  he  enters  at  any  time 
from  8.01  to  8.1i5,  count  time  from  8.15;  from  8.16  to  8.30,  count  from  8.30 : 
from  8.31  to  8.45,  count  from  8.45;  from  8.46  to  0.00,  count  from  9. 

U^iless  the  employee  leaves  oyi  time  or  later,  count  his  time  only 
to  the  last  quarter  hour  before  leaving. 

If  he  leaves  at  any  time  from  11  to  11,14,  count  time  until  11 ;  from  11.15 
to  11.29  count  until  11.15  ;  from  11.30  to  11.44,  count  until  11.30 ;  from  11.45 
to  11.59,  count  until  11.45;  at  or  after  12,  count  until  12. 


PAYMASTER'S  WORK 


201 


PAYMASTER'S    WORK 

Verify  the  daily  totals  and  finish  the  first  two  time  records. 
Find  the  daily  totals  and  finish  the  others. 

1.  2. 


Week  Endino  Feb.  13,  1!)15. 

Name        E.  R.  BARBER 

Oay 

MORNINU 

Afteenoon 

Total 
HoitRi* 

In 

OlT 

In 

Out 

Mon. 

7.50 

12.00 

12.50 

5.02 

8    lir. 

Tue. 

8.10 

12.01 

12.58 

5.03 

7|  hr. 

Wed. 

8.25 

12.05 

12.50 

5.05 

"i  hr. 

Thu. 

8.13 

12.02 

12.55 

5.06 

7|hr. 

Fri. 

8.10 

12.00 

12.59 

5.01 

7|  hr. 

Sat. 

8.12 

12.04 

12.50 

3.10 

5i  hr. 

Total  time 

Rate  per  hour      28  ^ 

Total  wages 

3. 


Week  Ending  Feb.  13,  1915. 
Name        R.    H.   MOORE 


MoRNIN<J 

Afternoon 

Day 

In 

Oct 

Ln 

Out 

Mon. 

7.56 

12.06 

1.00 

4.08 

Tue. 

7.50 

12.00 

1.00 

4.01 

Wed. 

8.00 

12.02 

12.59 

4.03 

Thu. 

7.59 

12.04 

12.50 

4.05 

Fri. 

7.49 

12.02 

12.56 

4.03 

Sat. 

8.05 

12.00 

12.60 

3.00 

TOTA  I. 

Hours 


Total  time 
Rate  per  hour 

Total  wages 


40  ;i 


We 

EK  Ending  Feb.  13,  1915. 

Name        ERNEST   WHITE 

Day 

Morning 

Akternoon 

Total 
Hours 

In 

Out 

In 

Out 

Mon. 

7.53  12.04 

12.50 

5.05 

8    hr. 

Tue. 

8.08  12.01 

12.56 

5.02 

7|hr. 

Wed. 

8.00  12.05 

12.50 

5.08 

8    hr. 

Thu. 

7.40  12.01 

12.51 

5.02 

8    hr. 

Fri. 

8.00  12.05 

12.56 

4.08 

7    hr. 

Sat. 

9.1012.04 

12.49 

6.03 

6|  hr. 

Total  time 

Rate 

per  hour      3<)  f 

Tola 

wages 

Week  Ending  Feb.  13,  1915. 

Name         W.    H.    STEVENS 

Day 

Morntno 

Aftkrnoon 

Total 
Hours 

In       Out 

In 

Out 

Mon. 

8.0012.01 

1.00   4.02 

Tue. 

7.55,12.04 

12.50!  4.06 

Wed. 

8.0011.23 

12.56 

4.00 

Thu. 

8.00!  10.45 

12.58 

4.02 

Fri. 

7.4912.05 

12.52 

4.07 

Sat. 

7.54I12.I2 

1 

12.51    4.10 

Total  time 

Rate  per  hour      48  ^ 

Total  wages 

hunt's    COMMIN.    AK.  14 


202 

5. 


EARNING  A  LIVING 


Week  Ending  Feb.  26,  lUlG. 

Name        H.   T.   BAKER 

Dav 

MoRNINtt 

Aftkenoon 

Total 

HOUKS 

In 

Out 

In 

Out 

Mon. 

7.52 

12.02 

12.40 

6.10 

Tue. 

8.05 

12.01 

1.00  5.08 

Wed. 

9.20 

12.10 

1.00  5.02 

Thu. 

8.00 

12.06 

1.00  6.04 

Fri. 

7.66 

12.05 

12.50  5.01 

Sat. 

7.69 

11.23  12.56  6.04 

Total  time 

Hate  per  hour     ST  If 

Total  wages 

Week  Ending  Feb.  26,  1916. 

Name        H.   0.    HUDSON 

Day 

Morning 

Afternoon 

Total 
Hours 

In 

Out 

In 

Out 

Mon. 

8.05 

12.01 

12.68 

5.06 

Tue. 

7.50 

12.02 

1.00 

6.01 

Wed. 

8.05 

12.01 

1.00 

5.06 

Thu. 

9.04 

12.01 

12.66 

5.02 

Fri. 

7.49 

12.10 

1.00 

2.20 

Sat. 

7.60 

12.01 

12.56 

2.18 

Total  time 

Rate  per  hour     46  ^ 

Total  wages 

8. 


Week  Ending  Feb.  26,  1916. 

Name        SAMUEL  ROBERTS 

Day 

Morning 

Afternoon 

Total 
Hours 

In 

Out 

In 

Out 

Mon. 

7.64 

12.06 

12.41 

5.04 

Tue. 

8.00 

12.01 

12.45 

5.01 

Wed. 

7.60 

12.01 

12.49 

5.06 

Thu. 

8.13 

12.05 

1.00 

5.03 

Fri. 

9.06 

12.10 

1.10 

6.03 

Sat. 

7.69 

12.06 

1.00 

4.00 

Total  time 

Rate  per  hour     32  f 

Total  wages 

Week  Ending  Feb.  26,  1910. 

Name        M.    0.    BROWN 

Morning 

Afternoon 

Day 

Total 
Hours 

In 

Out 

In 

Out 

Mon. 

8.07 

12.01 

1.00 

6.02 

Tue. 

7.61 

11.40 

1.00 

5.05 

Wed. 

7.46 

12.02 

12.56 

5.04 

Thu. 

7.60 

11.06 

12.57 

6.01 

Fri.       7.51 

12.02 

12.58 

3.12 

Sat.       7.58 

12.04 

12.60 

3.08 

Total  time 

Rate  per  hour     60  ^ 

Total  wages 

FACTORY  WAGES 


203 


FACTORY  WAGES 

In  the  cutting  room  of  a  shoe  factory  the  men  are  paid  by 
the  day. 

The  folk)wing  schedule  of  cutting-room  wages  was  agreed 
upon  by  the  officials  of  the  Labor  Union  and  a  shoe  manu- 
facturer. Find  out  as  much  as  you  can  about  the  different 
processes  mentioned. 

Find  how  much  each  of  the  following  jobs  are  worth  per 
hour : 


1. 
2. 

3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 


Compute    the  wages  of   each  of  the  following  men  for  the 
time  specified : 

7.  W.  S.  Brown,  vamp  cutter,  who  works  7  hr.,  on  Monday. 

8.  L.  R.  Condon,  top  cutter,  who  works  8  hr.,  on  Monday. 

9.  O.  B.  Downey,  operating  clicking  machine,  4^  hr. 

10.  A.  R.  Eames,  crimper,  7|  hr.,  on  Tuesday. 

11.  B.  C.  Hudson,  marking  linings,  entire  week. 

12.  A.  B.  Jones,  dicing  on  block,  a  week  of  32  hr. 

13.  Compare  the  wages  of  outdoor  workers  on  p.  204  with 
the  above  factory  wages.     State  reasons  for  the  difference. 

14.  What   is  the  hourly  wage  of  a  stone  mason  at  $4.50  a 
day  of  8  hr.  ?     What  are  a  full  week's  wages  ? 


Name  of  Jon 

Wages  prr 

Day  of 
Eight  Houks 

Wages  peii 
Hour 

Cutting  vamps 

Top  cutting  by  hand 

Clicking  machine  on  outsides 

Crimping 

Marking  linings 

Dieing  out  on  block 

$8.25 
2.75 
3.75 
2.45 
2.85 
2.25 

204 


EARNING  A  LIVING 


Wages  per  Day  ok  Eight  Hours 


Carpenters,  84.00 
Stone  masons,  S§4.50 
Brick  masons,  $4.80 
Hod  carriers,  )$2.4() 


Plasterers,  $5.00 
Plasterer's  helpers,  $  3.00 
Lathers,  f  4.50 
Tile  setters,  $4.80 


THE   PAY   ROLL 

The  following  pay  roll  is  made  out  from  time  cards  similar 
to  those  on  page  201,  and  tlie  money  necessary  to  pay  for  the 
work  done  is  drawn  from  the  National  Bank.  Each  employee 
receives  a  pay  envelope  containing  the  exact  amount  of  his 
wage ;  consequently  the  paymaster  must  obtain  his  money  in 
suitable  denominations  to  give  each  the  exact  amount  due  him. 

Fill  in  the  weeklj'-  pay  of  each  man  and  the  bills  and  coins 
necessary  to  pay  him  exactly.     (See  items  in  the  first  line.) 


A  Pay  Roll  Form 


Total 

Wagks 

Dknominatioss 

T^AMIT 

,,   „ 

1  OTA  i. 

Hoicks 

HOITK 

Amotnt 
$12.83* 

♦  10 

1 

6 

a 

1 

1 

.80 

1 

.ss 

1 

.10 

.06 

1 

.01 

3 

1. 

Adams,  Wm. 

471 

§.27 

2. 

Alcott,  E. 

48 

.221 

0 

? 

? 

? 

? 

0 

? 

9 

? 

? 

3. 

Bacon,  Y. 

4(5f 

.:]2 

?      1 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

9 

? 

? 

4. 

Bolster,  R. 

.    48 

.24 

0 

? 

? 

9 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

5. 

Frost,  Wni. 

45i 

.40 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

9 

9 

? 

o 

? 

6. 

Hooker,  H. 

40 

.24'; 

? 

9 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

7. 

Lee,  Thos. 

47| 

.28 

9 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

8. 

Melrose,  Z. 

46 

.3;h 

? 

? 

9 

• 

? 

? 

O 

? 

? 

? 

? 

9. 

10. 

Thomas,  F. 

42| 

.28 

? 

? 

? 

? 

•) 

? 

? 

? 

9 
? 

? 
? 

Total  n 

umber  of  e 

ach  bill  and  coin 

? 

5» 

? 

? 

9 

? 

? 

*  Count  5  mills  ur  over  as  1  cent,  and  disiard  under  5  mills. 


THE   PAY   ROT.L 


205 


The  clerks  in  the  Paymaster's  Department  collect  the  time 
cards  and  copy  the  daily  records  in  some  such  form  as  follows. 

Copy  the  names  from  the  following  pay  rolls  and  rule  col- 
umns for  the  "  Total  Number  of  Hours  "  and  the  '•'■  Week's  Pay." 
Fill  in  both  columns  from  the  facts  recorded  in  the  table : 


Pay  Roll  of 
CONSOLIDATED   BOOT   AND   SHOE   COMPANY 
Room  —  Cutting  Department  Wekk  —  January  3d  to  8th,  1916 


Names  op 
Employees 

MON. 

Tub. 

Wed. 

Tiiu. 

Fri. 

Sat. 

Total 

No. 
Hours 

Waqb 

PRR 

Hour 

Wbek'i" 
Pay 

1. 

Ames,  A. 

81ir. 

8hr. 

7i  hr. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

34  hr. 

? 

30>' 

V 

2.  Brown,  S. 

7i  hr. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

54  hr. 

7i  hr. 

8hr. 

y 

25/ 

? 

3.  Cannon,  O. 

5  hr. 

4hr. 

6J  hr. 

oj  hr. 

7hr. 

31  hr. 

9 

22  f 

? 

4.:Downe,  M. 

8  hr. 

8  hr. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

8  hr. 

5  hr. 

9 

30/ 

9 

5.  Frost,  W. 

8hr. 

7ihr. 

7f  hr. 

8hr. 

74  hr. 

6ihr. 

? 

41/ 

?■ 

6.  Holmes,  J. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

7  hr. 

7hr. 

3hr. 

3hr. 

? 

38/ 

? 

7. 

Lane,  R. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

7|hr. 

8hr.- 

8hr. 

i^  hr. 

9 

33/ 

? 

Pay  Roll  ok 
CONTINENTAL   MANUFACTURING   COMPANY 


Name 

MON. 

TUE. 

Wep. 

Tin:. 

Fiii. 

Sat. 

Total 

No. 
Hours 

Wace 

PER 

Hour 

Week's 
Pay 

8. 

Bacon,  A. 

6hr. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

5  hr. 

41/ 

9. 

Barnes,  H. 

7i  hr. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

oj  hr. 

5hr. 

50/ 

10. 

Bevis,  W. 

8  hr. 

8hr. 

8  hr. 

8hr. 

8  hr. 

4hr. 

37/ 

11 

Billings,  R. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

8  hr. 

8  hr. 

5  hr. 

37/ 

12. 

Boone,  D. 

5  hr. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

8  hr. 

8hr. 

5hr. 

36/ 

13. 

Burns,  H. 

8hr. 

8  hr. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

7f  hr. 

30/ 

14. 

Burrill,  R. 

8hr. 

8hr. 

7hr. 

7hr. 

7hr. 

7hr. 

44^/ 

206 


EARNING  A  LIVING 
WORKING   BY   THE   PIECE 


VP  or  1NA0L.C 


In  a  shoe  factory  many  workers  receive  wages  according  to 
the  amount  of  work  done.  They  are  said  to  work  by  the 
piece. 

A   PIECE    SCALE    OF  WAGES 

(«)    Eyeletting  (See  A  in  diagram)  $.01^  per  doz.  pair. 


(ft)  Trimming  toes 

(c)  Welting  (See  B) 

{d)  Trimming  inner  seams 

(e)  Filling  bottoms  (See  C) 

(/)  Rough  rounding 

(^)  Cementing  bottoms 

(A)  Leveling  bottoms 

(t)  Trimming  edges 

(j)  Hreasting  heels  (See  D) 

(A:)  Burnishing  heels 


.01^  per  doz.  pair. 
.15  per  doz.  pair. 
.03^^  per  doz.  pair. 
.02  per  doz.  pair. 
.18  per  doz.  pair. 
.01^  per  doz.  pair. 
.05  per  doz.  pair. 
.25  per  doz.  pair. 
.03  per  doz.  pair. 
.06    per  doz.  pair. 


WORKING  BY  THE  PIECE 


207 


Compute  the  wage  for  one  day  for  each  of  the   following 
operatives  at  the  price  indicated  in  the  preceding  wage  scale : 


Name  of  Job 

Day's  Work 

1. 

p]yelettiiig 

150  doz. 

2. 

Toe  trimming 

160  doz. 

3. 

Welting 

23  doz. 

4. 

Trimming  seams 

102  doz. 

5. 

Filling  bottoms 

132  doz. 

6. 

Rough  rounding 

21  doz. 

Name  of  Job 

Day's  Work 

7. 

Cementing       bot- 

toms 

180  doz. 

8. 

Leveling  bottoms 

43  doz. 

9. 

Trimming  edges 

15  doz. 

10. 

Breasting  heels 

83  doz. 

11. 

Burnishing  heels 

43  doz. 

Computing  the  Week's  Wages.  —  Each  line  in  the  following 
table  represents  the  work  done  by  a  man  or  a  woman  in  one 
week.  It  is  mostly  machine  work  and  the  amount  which  can 
be  earned  in  a  week  depends  on  the  quickness  of  eye  and  hand 
and  the  industry  of  the  operative.  He  receives  his  pay  for 
actual  work  done,  not  for  time  spent. 

Find  how  much  each  should  be  paid  for  the  week's  work : 


Number  of  Dozen  per 

Day 

Name  of  Job 

Mon. 

Ttie. 

Wed. 

Thii. 

118 

Kii. 

Sat. 

12. 

Eyeletting 

98 

112 

115 

116 

75 

13. 

Toe  trimming 

150 

148 

157 

160 

155 

86 

14. 

Welting 

18 

21 

19 

23 

27 

12 

15. 

Trinnning  inner  seams 

75 

78 

81 

79 

80 

.52     1 

16. 

Filling  bottoms 

125 

130 

128 

131 

135 

80 

17. 

Rough  rounding 

17 

18 

21 

19 

18 

10 

18. 

Cementing  bottoms 

175 

181 

173 

176 

182 

90 

19. 

Leveling  bottoms 

45 

-18 

51 

45 

47 

30 

20. 

Trimming  edges 

14 

15 

15 

16 

13 

8 

21. 

Breasting  heels 

8(5 

79 

81 

73 

80 

51 

22. 

Burnishing  heels 

45 

48 

50 

49 

51 

28 

208 


BUYING  AND  SELLING  SHOES 


BUYING  AND   SELLING   SHOES 

(Have  llie  class  become  thoroughly  familiar  with 
the  process  described  below.) 

The  diagram  at  the  left  will  help  the  class 
to  understand  the  main  steps  in  getting  a  pair 
of  shoes  from  the  factory  where  they  are  made 
to  the  man  or  the  woman  who  wears  them. 

The  manufacturer  who  operates  the  factory 
(^A)  hires  an  agent  who  maintains  an  oflfice 
{By  in  some  near-by  city.  It  is  tliis  agent's 
business  to  take  orders  from  the  wholesale 
shoe  dealers,  who  are  called  jobbers  or  jobbing 
houses  (C).  Tiiese  jobbing  houses  send 
buyers  to  the  city  office  (^),  who  look  over 
the  samples  of  the  selling  agent  at  {B}  and 
give  the  agent  an  order  for  the  shoes  they 
will  need  for  the  next  season.  B  sends  these 
orders  to  the  factory,  and  they  are  made  up  in 
due  time  and  shipped  from  the  factory  via 
the  railroad  to  tlie  jobbing  house  {C). 

Meanwhile,  agents  from  the  jobbing  house 
have  been  visiting  the  retail  dealers  (R^  S,  R^ 
R)  in  surrounding  small  towns  and  have  taken 
orders  from  them.  When  the  goods  arrive  at 
the  jobber's  warerooms,  they  are  shipped  in 
smaller  amounts  to  the  retail  stores. 

You  will  readily  see  that  the  above  process 
requires  many  buying  and  selling  agents. 
These  are  excellent  positions  for  bright,  ener- 
getic, and  honest  young  men  ;  while  the  offices 
of  factory  and  jobbing  house  require  the  serv- 
ices of  many  quick  and  accurate  employees. 


BUYING   AND   SELLING  SHOES 


209 


Some  of  the  arithmetic  of  the  shoe  business  will  be  found  in 
the  following  problems : 

The  selling  agent  for  a  large  slipper  factory  in  Lynn, 
Mass.,  has  an  oifice  in  the  boot  and  shoe  district  of  Boston. 
On  May  2,  1916,  he  shows  his  line  of  samples  to  a  buyer  from 
Home  &  Cleave,  jobbers  in  Chicago.  A  part  of  the  order 
given  to  the  slipper  salesman  follows  : 


Jobber's 

Order 

Chicago,  III.,  May  2,  1916 
CONSOLIDATED   SLIPPER   CO., 
Lynn,  Mass. 

Please  ship  us  by  Sept.  1,  1910 

Subject  to  discount  of  8%  if  paid  by  Oct.  1,  1916 

Itkm 

NCMBBE 

Style 
Number 

Number 

OF  Cases 

Pairs 
IN  Case 

Si/.ES  Desired 

I'rice 
per 
Pair 

Total 
Charge 

1. 

2. 
3. 

5732 
2180 
4165 

15 
5 
3 

36 
30 
60 

'.]  C. 

2  c. 
5-6 
1  c. 
3=^7 

2  c. 

1  c. 

7-8 

1  c. 

6^8 

8  c. 
4-b 
1  c. 
2-8 
1  c. 
l-4i 

2  c. 
4-5i 
1  c. 

4|-8| 

|.57i 
.65 
.87 

V 

? 

Explanation.  —  The  first  item  calls  for  15  cases,  each  case  to  contain 
36  pair  of  slippers  made  in  style  which  is  numbered  5732  in  the  factory  cat- 
alogue. Three  cases  are  to  run  from  size  3  to  size  8 ;  2  cases  to  be  half  sizes 
running  from  3J  to  8^,  etc.     For  each  pair  of  shoes  the  jobber  agrees  to  pay 

« .57|. 

1.    (a)   Compute  the  total  cost  of  order  item  No.  1. 

(b)  Compute  the  total  cost  of  order  item  No.  2. 

(c)  Compute  the  total  cost  of  order  item  No.  3. 
{d)  Compute  the  total  cost  of  the  three  items. 

(e;)    Deduct  the  discount  for  prompt  payment.    (See  bill.) 


210 


BUYING  AND  SELLING   SHOES 


2.  On  the  following  day  the  same  selling  agent  reeeives  an 
order  from  a  jobbing  house  in  Los  Angeles,  Cal.^  and  transmits 
it  to  his  factory.  Read  each  line  in  the  following  order,  ex- 
plaining what  the  different  items  mean.  Which  of  the  facts 
are  used  in  determining  the  cost  to  the  buyer  ? 


Okdkr  No.  95 

Boston,  Mass.,  May  3,  1916 

CONSOLIDATED    SLIPPER   GO., 

Lynn,  Mass. 

Sold  by   Wm:  H.  Townsend              Ship  to  Golden  State  Shoe  Co., 

Via  So.  Pacific  R.R. 

Los  A  ngeles,  Cal, 

When  ship.    Nov.  1,  1916 

Terms:  7  %  discount  if  paid  in  10  days 

Stock 
No. 

No. 
Cases 

Pairs 
IS  Case 

Uppf.rs 

Kind 

Trim- 

MING 

Sole 

Finish 

Sizes 

Price 

ToTA  I, 

58 

2 

.86 

L.  Gray 

Prin- 
cess 

Satin 

Flex 

Velvet 

3-7 

^.57 

9 

295 

1 

60 

Wool 

Ju- 
liette 

High 
Heel 

Fur 

Flex 

Gilt 
Buckle 

Satin 
Bow 

4-8 

-11.22 

? 

461 

2 

36 

Wool 

Ag- 

Fur 

Flex 

Ribbon 

Felt 

1 
nes  < 

Tie 

2^7 

$.98 

0 

Compute  the  following  : 

(a)   Total  amount  of  first  kind. 

(5)   Total  amount  of  second  kind. 

(e)    Total  amount  of  third  kind. 

(r?)  Total  amount  of  all. 

(g)    Net  cost  to  jobber  if  paid  within  10  days. 

C/)   Commission  due  the  salesman  at  2}  %. 


BUYING   AND  SELLING   SHOES  211 

3.  Edward  R.  Brooks,  shoe  salesman,  took  orders  during  the 
month  as  follows  : 

May    5,  1250.00  May  16,  $   40.75  May  25,  1217.40 

May    8,     167.50  May  19,     238.64  May  26,       26.84 

May  11,       84.50  May  22,     461.42  May  27,     196.53 

May  13,     341^90  May  23,     500.00  May  30,     500.00 

Find  the  total  amount  of  his  sales  for  the  month. 

4.  Find  how  much  his  commission  amounts  to  at  2^  %. 

5.  What  'is  the  salesman's  commission  on  the  following  sales 
at  3  %  ? 

4  —  60-pair  cases  at  -f  1.17  per  pair. 

3  —  36-pair  cases  at       .89  per  pair. 
15  —  24-pair  cases  at     1.70  per  pair. 

•     ■  5  —  60-pair  cases  at       .  92  per  pair. 

8  —  36-pair  cases  at     1.12  per  pair. 

6.  At  2  %  commission,  how  much  does  a  salesman  earn  on 
the  following  sales  ? 

6  —  24-pair  cases  at  $    .67|^  per  pair. 

4  —  36-pair  cases  at       .78|  per  pair. 

13  —  24-pair  cases  at     1.15    per  pair. 

14  —  36-pair  cases  at     1.60    per  pair. 

7  —  60-pair  cases  at     1.07    per  pair. 

7.  At  2|  %  commission,  how  much  does  an  agent  earn   on 
the  following  sales  ? 

5  —  24-pair  cases  at  $    .  69    per  pair. 

3  —  36-pair  cases  at       .  92    per  pair. 
11  —  24-pair  cases  at     1.08    per  pair. 

4  —  36-pair  cases  at     1.72    per  pair. 
3  —  24-pair  cases  at     1.37|  per  pair. 


212 


BUYrNG  AND  SELLING   SHOES 
Factors  in  the  Cost  of  Shoes 


Tlie  buyer  of  boots  and  shoes  seldom  realizes  that  a  consider- 
able part  of  the  cost  of  a  pair  of  shoes  is  caused  by  the  process 
of  distribution.  Not  only  must  shoes  pass  through  several  hun- 
dred pairs  of  hands  in  the  factory,  but  they  are  later  handled 
by  freight  handlers,  expressmen,  and  jobbing  houses;  they  are 
ordered,  recorded,  billed,  etc.,  by  selling  agents,  buying  agents, 
clerks,  and  bookkeepers.  All  these  people  are  necessary  to  tlie 
transportation,  distribution,  and  sale  of  shoes  ;  all  of  them  must 
be  paid,  and  the  pay  must  finally  come  from  the  men,  women, 
and  children  who  wear  the  shoes. 

The  following  table  shows  the  effect  of  such  distribution  on 
consecutive  prices  of  slippers  and  shoes  : 


Manukaoti-ker's 

.loltllKR's 

Uetaii.ek's 

Kind  uk  Sikik 

I'KICE   Til   THE     • 

Price  to  the 

Prick  to  the 

JortBER 

Retailer 

Customer 

Woman's  clieiip  .slipjier 

-f   .57^      • 

.f    .(!.-) 

1    .80 

Woman's  felt  slipper 

.67^ 

.75 

1.00 

Uaby's  slipper 

.25 

.27^ 

.35 

Man's  lounging  slipper 

.70 

.82  i 

1.25 

Ladies'  dongola 

1.40 

1.60 

2.25 

Ladies'  patent  leather  slipper 

1.10 

1.25 

1.75 

1.  Compute  the  jobber's  gain  on  one  60-pair  case  of  each 
kind  of  slippers  listed  above. 

2.  Compute  tlie  retail  dealer's  gain  on  one  24-pair  case  of 
each  pair  of  the  above  slippers  which  he  purchased  of  the 
jobber. 

3.  The  jobber's  price  is  what  per  cent  higher  than  the  manu- 
facturer's price  for  the  last  two  styles  ? 

4.  The  retail  dealer's  price  is  what  per  cent  higher  than  the 
jobber's  price  for  the  first  two  ? 


POSTAL  PROBLEMS 


213 


POSTAL  PROBLEMS 


MONEY  ORDERS 

Money  may  be  sent,  at  a  very  low  cost,  and  with  no  risk,  to  all  parts  of  tlie 
United  States  and  to  foreign  countries,  by  means  of  postal  money  orders. 
These  are  issued  for  any  sum  up  to  $100,  and  additional  orders  can  be  made 
out  if  a  person  desires  to  send  more  than  $100. 

On  money  orders  sent  to  any  part  of  the  United  States  or  Canada  or 
to  any  of  the  island  possessions  of  the  United  States,  the  following  fees  are 
charged : 

For  orders  from  $   0.01  to  f     2.50       Scents. 


For  orders  from  f  'J.ol  to  !|     5.00 

For  orders  from  $  5.01  to  $   10.00 

For  orders  from  $10.01  to  $  20.00 

For  orders  from  $20.01  to  $  aO.OO 

For  oi-ders  from  $30.01  to  $  40.00 

For  orders  from  $40.01  to  $   50.00 

For  orders  from  $50.01  to  $   (50.00 

For  orders  from  $00.01  to  $  75.00 

For  orders  from  $75.01  to  $100.00 


5  cents. 

8  cents. 
10  cents. 
12  cents. 
15  cents. 
18  cents. 
20  cents. 
25  cents. 
30  cents. 


Oral  or  Written  Exercise 

1.    How  much  will  it  cost  to  obtuia  a  money  order  for  #15  to 
be  sent  to  San  Francisco  ? 

$15.00 +  $.10  =$15.10. 


Copy  and  fill  out  the  following: 


Amouni  01 
Money  Order 

Charge; 

2. 

-1  2.75 

9 

3. 

8.23 

? 

4. 

10.17 

? 

5. 

14.05 

? 

6. 

17.60 

? 

7. 

21.50 

'? 

8. 

26.75 

? 

Amount 
Paid 

*  3.00 
9.00 
12.00 
15.00 
20.00 
22.00 
27.00 


Change 

y 
'} 
? 
? 
? 
'} 
'? 


214 


POSTAL  PROBLEMS 


STAMPS  AND  STAMPED   ENVELOPES 


Number 

stamped  and 

Printed  (2  f ) 

Envelopes 

3i"  X  6^V' 

stamped 

Unprinted  (2f!) 

Envelopes 

3J"  X  6A" 

stamped  (Ij) 
Newspaper 
Wrappers 
8"  X  12" 

stamp  Books 
Containing 

1000 

$2L12 

$21.00 

$  10.72 

24 

500 

10.(52 

10.50 

5.36 

1^  stamps 
25^ 

250 

5.31 

5.25 

2.68 

100 
50 

2.18 
1.07 

2.10 
1.05 

1.08 
.54 

96 
1^  stamps 

26 
24 

.54 
.51 

.53 
.51 

.27 
.26 

23 

.49 

.49 

.25 

97^ 

22 

.47 

.47 

.24 

21 

.45 

.45 

.23 

12 

20 
19 

.43 
.41 

.42 
.40 

.22 

.21 

2  ^  stamps 
25^ 

18 

.39 

.38 

.20 

17 

.37 

.36 

.19   • 

16 

.34 

.34 

.18 

24 

15 

.32 

.32 

.17 

2  ^  stamps 

14 
13 
12 

.30 
.28 
.26 

.30 

.28 
.26 

.16 
.14 
.13 

49^ 

48 

11 
10 

.24 

.22 

.24 
.21 

.12 
.11 

2^  stamps 

7 

9 
8 

.20 
.17 

•19 
.17 

.10 
.09 

97^ 

7 

.15 

.15 

.08 

6 

.13 

.13 

.07 

5 

.11 

.11 

.06 

4 

.09 

.09 

.05 

3 

.07 

.07 

.04 

2 

.05 

.05 

.03 

1 

.03 

.03 

.02 

STAMPS  AND  STAMPED  ENVELOPES  215 

Oral  Exercise 

Ascertain  the  charge  on  each  of  the  following  purchases  by 
referring  to  the  price  list  on  the  preceding  page,  and  specify 
the  coins  to  be  given  in  making  change.  Follow  the  plan  used 
on  page  5.     Do  it  mentally. 

PUECHA8K  Money  Prbsentkd 

BY  Customer 

1.  500  Printed  envelopes  3i"  x  6^6/  115.00 

2.  250  Unprinted  envelopes  6.00 

3.  100  Printed  envelopes  2.50 

4.  100  Newspaper  wrappers  2.00 

5.  100  Wrappers  and  a  book  of  24  1-cent  stamps  2.00 

6.  50  Printed  envelopes  2.00 

7.  25  Wrappers  and  a  book  of  24  1-cent  stamps  1.00 

8.  24  Unprinted  envelopes  and  a  97-cent  book  2.00 

9.  25  Unprinted  envelopes  and  25  wrappers  1.00 

10.  20  Printed  and  20  unprinted  envelopes  5.00 

11.  20  Wrappers  and  a  book  of  24  2- cent  stamps  1.00 

12.  18  Printed  envelopes  and  2  5-cent  stamps  2.00 

13.  16  Unprinted  envelopes  and  3  wrappers  .50 

14.  14  Printed  envelopes  and  a  book  of  48  2-cent  stamps  1.50 

15.  12  Printed  envelopes  and  2  books  of  24  1-cent  stamps  1.00 

16.  10  Printed  envelopes  and  6  wrappers  .50 

17.  9  Unprinted  envelopes  and  a  book  of  24  2-cent  stamps  .75 

18.  2  Books  of  96  1-cent  stamps  2.00 

19.  1  Book  of  96  1-cent  stamps  and  1  of  12  2-cent  stamps  1.50 

20.  4  Printed  and  1000  unprinted  envelopes  22.00 

21.  100  Printed  envelopes  and  3  wrappers  3.00 

22.  50  Printed  and  50  unprinted  envelopes  •  3.00 

23.  A  book  of  48  2-cent  stamps  and  50  wrappers  2.00 

24.  1000  wrappers  and  1  printed  envelope  15.00 


210 


POSTAL  PROBLEMS 
PARCEL    POST 


Sce/e  Arm-^                           5/id/ng  We/g/ 

?/  - 

'^                     'II         -              II 

1      2      3      4      5      6      7      8      9     10     11     12     13 

POUNDS 

05 

06 

06 

07 

07 

08 

08 

09 

09 

'9 

10 

1  I 

1  1 

LOCAL 

65 

06 

07 

OB 

09 

10 

11 

1  2 

1 3 

U 

15 

16 

1  7 

1  5  r.  ZONE 

6S 

06 

07 

oa 

OS 

Id 

11 

12 

1  3 

14 

1 5 

16 

1  7 

2ND.      •■ 

06 

08 

'9 

1? 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

2t 

26 

?<' 

30 

3RD.      •• 

07 

n 

IS 

19 

2i 

2.7 

31 

33 

39 

43 

47 

5l 

55 

4  TH. 

08 

14 

20 

26 

32 

38 

44 

56 

,•5^ 

62 

68 

74 

80 

5  TH.       - 

09 

17 

25 

33 

41 

49 

57 

65 

73 

81 

89 

97 

1.05 

6   TH,      - 

tt 

21 

5' 

41 

SI 

£l 

71 

61 

.91 

1.61 

1.11 

1.2  1 

1.3) 

7   TH        - 

12 

tA- 

36 

48 

60 

72 

84 

96 

1.08 

1.20 

1.32 

1.44 

$6 

a  TH     • 

Bundles  containing  merchandise,  such  as  factory  products, 
seeds,  bulbs,  plants,  books,  etc.,  may  be  sent  to  any  part  of  the 
United  States  or  its  possessions  by  parcel  post. 

The  cost  depends  on  the  weight  and  the  distance,  and  may  be 
found  by  weighing  the  parcel  and  referring  to  a  table  like  that 
on  the  following  page. 

The  local  rate  is  applied  to  any  parcel  intended  for  delivery 
at  the  post  office  where  it  is  mailed  or  at  any  point  on  a  rural 
route  starting  therefrom. 

The  combined  length  and  girtli  may  not  be  over  84  in.  The 
weight  may  not  exceed  50  lb.  in  1st  and  2d  zoi^es ;  nor  20  lb.  in 
other  zones. 

If  a  bundle  weighs  7  lb.  and  1  oz.,  it  is  considered  in  the 
8-pound  class.     For  the  3d  zone,  the  charge  is  20  cents. 

A  bundle  weighing  3  lb.  4  oz.  goes  as  a  4-pound  bundle. 
For  the  5th  zone,  the  charge  is  26  cents. 


PARCEL  POST 


217 


Table  of  Parcel  Post  Charges 


Weight 
in 

Local 

ZONES 

1«t 

2d 

3d 

4th 

Sth 

6th 

7th 

8th 

Pounds 

IT|.  to 

rxi  to 

150  to 

800  to 

r>oo  to 

1000  to 

1400  to 

Over 

rdt 

ir.o 

800 

(iOO 

1000 

1400 

1800 

1800 

Illil('^< 

iiiiU^s 

miles 

miles 

mill's 

miles 

miles 

miles 

1 

lO.OB 

$0.05 

$0.05 

$0.06 

$0.07 

$0.08 

$0.09 

$0.11 

$0.12 

2 

.06 

.06 

.06 

OS 

.11 

.14 

.17 

.21 

.24 

3 

.06 

.07 

.07 

.10 

.15 

.20 

.25 

.31 

.36 

4 

.07 

.08 

.08 

.12 

.19 

.26 

.33 

.41 

.48 

S 

.07 

.09 

.09 

.14 

.23 

.32 

.41 

.61 

.60 

6 

.08 

.10 

.10 

.16 

.27 

.38 

.49 

.61 

.72 

7 

.08 

.11 

.11 

.18 

.31 

.44 

.67 

.71 

.84 

8 

.09 

.12 

.12 

.20 

.35 

.50 

.65 

.81 

.96 

9 

.09 

.13 

.13 

.22 

.39 

.56 

.73 

.91 

1.08 

10 

.10 

.14 

.14 

.24 

.43 

.62 

.81 

1.01 

1.20 

11 

.10 

.15 

.15 

.26 

.47 

.68 

.89 

1.11 

1.32 

12 

.11 

.16 

.16 

.     .28 

.51 

.74 

.97 

1.21 

1.44 

18 

.11 

.17 

.17 

.30 

.55 

.80 

1.05 

1.31 

1.66 

14 

.12 

.18 

.18 

.32 

.59 

.86 

1.13 

1.41 

1.68 

15 

.12 

.19 

.19 

.34 

.63 

.92 

1.21 

1.51 

1.80 

16 

.13 

.20 

.20 

.36 

.67 

.98 

1.29 

1.61 

1.92 

17 

.13 

.21 

.21 

.38 

.71 

1.04 

1.37 

1.71 

2.04 

18 

.14 

.22 

.22 

.40 

.76 

1.10 

1.45 

1.81 

2,16 

19 

.14 

.23 

.23 

.42 

.79 

1.16 

1.53 

1.91 

2.28 

20 

.15 

.24 

.24 

.44 

.83 

1.22 

1.61 

2.01 

2.40 

Compute  the  charge  on  each  of  the  following  parcels 

1.  Weight  3  lb.  6  oz.  for  3d  zone.   ^       '  -' 

2.  Weight  M.lb.  1  oz.,  local.   •       '^ 

3.  Weight  5  lb.  3  oz.  for  2d  zone. 

4.  Weight  1  lb.  8  oz.  for  Sth  zone. 
5.7  Weight  7  lb.  5  oz.  for  6th  zone,   i^ 

6.  Weight  18  lb.  9  oz.  for  Ist  zone. 

7.  Weight  15  lb.  2  oz.,  local. 

8.  Weight  11  lb.  13  oz.  for  Sth  zone. 

9.  Weight  20  lb.  for  2d  zone. 
hunt's  commun.  ar.  — 16 


218  SAVING  AND   INVESTING   MONEY 

SAVING   AND   INVESTING   MONEY 
NATIONAL   BANKS 

All  business  men  liave  on  hand,  from  time  to  time,  compara- 
tively large  sums  of  money.  Men  who  receive  a  monthly  salary 
also  may  have  more  cash  at  certain  times  in  the  month  than 
they  wish  to  carry  about  with  them.  A  national  bank  receives 
such  accumiilations  of  surplus  cash  and  keeps  them  in  safety. 

When  the  business  man  wishes  to  pay  his  employees,  he  may 
withdraw  his  money  by  calling  at  the  bank  or  sending  a  repre- 
sentative. For  ordinary  payment  of  debts,  however,  the  de- 
positor writes  a  check  and  gives  or  mails  it  to  the  person 
to  whom  he  owes  money.  This  check  is  sooner  or  later  pre- 
sented at  the  bank,  and  the  amount  named  on  it  is  deducted 
from  the  depositor's  account. 

The  business  man  keeps  large  sums  on  deposit  and  adds  to 
them  from  the  surplus  in  his  cash  box  several  times  a  week. 

All  deposits  are  added  to  the  balance  already  in,  the  hank. 

1.  W.  R.  Johnson  conducts  a  large  market.  He  deposited 
this  morning  $25.00  in  silver,  $250.00  in  bills,  and  five  checks 
received  from  his  customers.  He  made  out  the  deposit  slip  on 
the  next  page  and  gave  it  to  the  cashier,  who  added  the  total 
amount  to  his  previous  balance,  which  was  $  795.60. 

(«)  What  was  the  total  amount  of  his  deposit  ? 
(5)  To  what  sum  did  this  bring  his  daily  balance  ? 

2.  Make  out  the  slip  for  the  next  depositor,  E.  E.  Towne, 
who  deposited  $8.50  in  silver,  $135.00  in  bills,  and  checks  for 

$5.72,  $4.90,  18.37,  $9.64. 

3.  The  third  depositor,  R.  A.  Babcock,  deposited  $17.50  in 
silver,  $156.00  in  bills,  and  checks  for  $97.00,  $14.91,  and 
$5.23.     Make  out  his  slip. 


CHECKS 


219 


4.  The  fourth,  H.  Deposit  Slip 
R.  Breck,  deposited 
1170.00  in  bills,  and 
checks  for  the  follow- 
ing amounts:  $1.80, 
$5.60,  $14.30,  and 
$18.00.  Make  out 
his  deposit  slip. 

5.  Mr.  H.H.Howes 
deposited  for  the 
compan}^  of  HoAves 
and  Sampson  the 
following:  silver, 
$15.00,  bills,  $160.00, 
checks,  $12.50,  $8.70, 
$1.30,  $15.50,  $20.75, 
$13.00.  Make  out 
the  deposit  slip,  re- 
membering that  the  deposit  is  on  the  account  of  the  company. 

6.  Holmes  and  Brown  deposited  $  41.00  in  silver,  $  265.00  in 
bills,  and  checks  for  the  following  amounts  :  $50.00,  $1.85, 
$14.28,  $15.50.     Make  out  the  deposit  slip. 

CHECKS 


H^omt  National  i3anfe 

OXFORD,    MASS. 

DEPOSITED   BY 

l/i^ittva-nv  y?,    ^o-kn^o-n . - 

Bate  fidy,  /^,    19/5 

^o-U 

<d'Ctv-£A. 

/   ^-^ 

00 

fditU 

250 

00 

^kmko^ 

7 

^0 

6 

80 

^ 

70 

2/ 

00 

/ 

58 

? 

f 

PAY  TO  THE   ORDER  Of 


220 


SAVING  AND  INVESTING  MONEY 


Ernest  O,  Thompson  has  $500  in 
tlie  Home  National  Bank.  He  pays 
his  rent  each  month  by  a  clieck  like 
that  at  the  bottom  of  page  219.  When 
he  writes  the  check,  he  may  also  fill 
in  the  blank  spaces  in  the  "  stub  "  * 
(a  piece  attached  to  the  end  of  the 
check  for  memoranda),  so  that  he  can 
recall  for  what  he  paid  the  $28.  He 
detaches  the  check,  tearing  along  the 
dotted  line,  and  gives  it  to  Mr.  White. 
His  landlord,  Mr.  White,  may  take  the  check  to  the  Home 
National  Bank  where  the  amount,  $28,  will  be  paid  him  by 
the  cashier,  and  that  amount  will  be  deducted  from  the  $  500 
which  Ernest  O.  Thompson  has  in  the  bank. 

Instead  of  taking  the  check  to  the  bank,  Mr.  White  may  use 
it  in  paying  his  own  grocery  bill.  The  check,  as  on  page 
219,  is  made  payable  to  him.  To  make  it  payable  to  the 
grocer,  H.  M.  Drake  &  Co.,  he  turns  the  check  over  and 
indorses  it  on  the  back  as  follows  : 


Stub 

JTo. 

^/ 

Date 

//£//'/^ 

To 

f.  /-f.  li>kile. 

For 

'veAvt 

Amount,     /i**? 

IE  ORDER  or 


*  Some  check  books  have  blank  sheets  for  memoranda  in  place  of  stubs. 


CHECKS 


221 


Paying  Bills  by  Check 

1.  E.  S.  Burns,  boot  unci  .shoe  salesman,  took  orders  for  the 
A.  B.  Armstrong  Co.  amounting  to  $8000  during  July.  The 
company  paid  him  his  commission  of  2%,  filling  in  a  blank 
check  like  the  following,     (complete  the  check. 


No.                                            Chkmgo,  lir, , 

19 

FIRST   NATIONAL    HANK,-   CHICAGO, 

Pny  to  tlip  nrder  of 

ILL. 

Jlnllars 

,i^ 

2.  At  the  left-hand  side  of  your  paper,  rule  money  columns 
like  those  on  the  following  bill  ;  fill  in  the  amount  of  each  item 
and  compute  the  total  amount  of  the  bill.  Then  make  out  a 
check  for  the  bill : 


Boston,  Mass.,  June  5,  1915 

^fr. 

Pemaquid  Point,  Maine 

To     COBB,   BATES,   AND 

YERXA   COMPANY 

Dr. 

5  pkg.  Grape  Nuts 

.13 

15  lb.  Franklin  Mills  Flour 

.05 

12  lb.  Granulated  Yellow  Meal 

.03 

8  ]b.  California  Prunes 

.16 

12  lb.  Victoria  Seeded  Raisins 

.12 

10  cans  Oneida  Canned  Tomatoes 

.16 

8  cans  Honey  Drop  Canned  Corn 

.14 

5  cans  Sifted  Early  June  Peas 

.25 

■]  cans  Mushrooms 

.28 

6  jars  Orange  Marmalade 

.25 

2  doz.  Eaj?le  Condensed  Milk 

1.65 

Freight 

65 

1 

222 


SAVING  AND  INVESTING  MONEY 


NATIONAL  BANK  ACCOUNTS 

A  simple  form  of  keeping  account  of  the  amount  which  the 
depositor  has  to  his  credit  in  the  national  bank  is  shown  below. 
It  must  be  remembered  that : 

Every  deposit  is  added  to  the  balance. 

Every  check  drawn  is  subtracted  from  the  balance. 

1.  Explain  how  each  amount  in  the  following  account  was 
obtained : 


Edward  R. 

Spencer's  Account  with 

HOME 

NATIONAL   BANK 

Balance  Apr.  1 

460 

00 

Deposited  Apr.  1 
Checks 

50.00 

50 

510 

00 

7.40 

10.70 

68.10 

68 

10 

441 

90 

Deposited  Apr.  5 
Checks 

21.60 

75 

516 

90 

15.:37 

36.97 

36 

97 

479 

93 

Deposited  Apr.  10 
Checks 

4.60 

124 

00 

603 

93 

9.85 

1.32 

8.71 

14.60 

39.08 

39 

08 

564 

85 

NATIONAL  BANK  ACCOUNTS 


223 


2.    Copy  the   following   memoranda  of   deposits   and    with- 
drawals by  check  and  fill  in  the  balances : 


Ernest  R,  Staple's  Account  with 

HOME   NATIONAL 

BANK 

Balance  brought  forward 

246 

80 

Deposited  July  5 

IGO 

53 

? 

V 

Checks 

12.47 

19.42 

1.87 

? 

V 

? 
? 

? 

Deposited  July  13 
Checks 

1.9.5 

175 

00 

V 

Y 

14.42 

16.47 

« 

V 

9 

? 

9 

? 

Deposited  July  24 
Checks 

14.90 

86 

75 

9 

V 

8.7.5 

13.50 

? 

? 

? 

9 

? 

Deposited  July  28 

75 

50 

9 

? 

Checks 

12.40 
9.20 
3.75 
4.80 
5.25 

? 

? 

? 

? 

? 

224 


SAVING  AND   INVESTING  MONEY 


THE   POSTAL   SAVINGS   SYSTEM 

Any  person  over  ten  years  old  may  open  an  account  and 
deposit  any  number  of  dollars  from  $1  to  $100  at  any  post 
office  in  the  United  States.  This  system  establishes  a  govern- 
ment savings  bank  in  every  post  office.  The  postmaster  or  a 
clerk  will  lill  out  a  certificate  like  the  following  for  $  1,  $  2, 
|?5,  ilO,  .f  20,  150,  orllOO. 

Note.  —  The  limit  accepted  is  1 100  for  any  mouth  and  $  500  all  together. 
N"o  account  is  opened  for  less  than  $1,  but  amounts  less  than  $1  may  be 
saved  for  deposit  by  purchasing  10-cent  postal  savings  cards  and  10-cent 
postal  savings  stamps.  A  card  with  nine  stamps  affixed  is  accepted  as  a 
deposit  of  $  1. 


NOT  TRANSFERABLE 
NOT  NEtiOTIABLE 


POSTAL  SAVINGS  SYSTEM 

UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 


NEW  YORK  N.Y. 


ISSUE  OF  WJ3 

X   2507463 


■^TrutAAA  fd/'L-c-vLfn^ 


'.  OF  DEPOSITOR 


■^7/^i^ 


^ 


CERTIFICATE  OF  DEPOSIT  account  nu-,be» 

THIS  CERTIFIESTHATTHESunor  TWO  DOLLARS  has  itiNiKPosiTEBwirnTiitMimoorniusitES 

Of   int    OOSTAl   SAVINSS  STSTEH  ANO  Will  SE    ?*«SLE  ■^f       /J  / 

ofuci         5AMPLE  HUNT       Lj:i/,.Ar^'^- 

PER    Al  or     r.o     v»Lot  tSEM  ^  if  7    {^     ^ 

TATION  Of  THIS   CfRTIFICATf   PROPERLY  ENOORSEO  >--;;;»»•'>*-»•_;-- -^ 


As  a  separate  certificate  is  given  when  each  deposit  is  made,  a 
depositor  lias  as  many  certificates  as  he  has  made  deposits. 

Interest  at  2*^0  is  paid  yearly  on  each  deposit.  No  interest  is 
paid  for  fractional  parts  of  a  year.  Each  deposit  begins  to  draw 
interest  on  the  first  day  of  the  month  following  the  deposit. 


1.    Find  the  interest  for  1  yr.  on  $  5  deposited  Sept.  15, 1915. 

$.5  deposited  Sept.  15, 1915,  draws  interest  from  Oct.  1, 1915,  and  entitles 
the  depositor  to  2%  interest  Oct.  1,  1916. 

2  %  of  15  =  -i  .10,  interest  for  I  yr.  ^ 


THE  POSTAL  SAVINGS  SYSTEM 


225 


2.  A  boy  makes  the  following  deposits  in  November,  1915. 
How  much  interest  is  due  Dec.  1,  1916  ?  Nov.  5,  $  2 ;  Nov.  13,' 
'f  3  ;  Nov.  27,  $  5.  The  total  amount  begins  to  draw  interest 
Dec.  1.  If  it  is  left  in  until  Dec.  1  of  the  following  year,  the 
boy  receives  2%  interest. 

2%o£  fl0  =  $.20. 

3.  Copy  the  following  and  fill  in  the  blank  columns : 


Amount 

Date 

Date 

Date  on  which 

Amount 

#        0* 

of 

when  Interest 

Interest  becomes 

of 

Deposit 

Deposit 

Begins 

Due 

Interest 

f    l.OU 

Sept.    6,  1915 

? 

? 

V 

f    5.00 

Sept.  30,  1915 

f   Q.OO 

Oct.      5,  1915 

115.00 

Oct.    16,  1915 

f   7.00 

Oct.    28,  1915 

« 12.00 

Nov.  13,  1915 

i$   3.00 

Nov.  17,  1915 

$    8.00 

Dec.     .3,  1915 

111.00 

Dec.   14,  1915 

)$  17.00 

Dec.  27,  1915 

* 

$  20.00 

Jan.     3, 1916 

«  24.00 

Jan.    12,  1916 

$14.00 

Feb.     7,  1916 

)$  19.00 

Feb.     9,  1916 

!$   9.00 

Feb.  17,  1916 

.f   4.00 

Feb.  24,  1916 

•122.00 

Feb.  28,  r916 

|.S5.0() 

Mar.     4,  1916 

$:U.0(> 

Mar.    9,  1916 

« 10.00 

Mar.  18,  1916 

!$1:100 

Mar.  23,  1916 

%  16.00 

Mar.  31,  1916 

121.00 

Apr.     3,  1916 

' 

1 40.00 

Apr.     8,  1916 

i$  22.00 

Apr.  20,  1916 

$30.00 

Apr.  24,  1916 

' 

« 18.00 

,   Apr.  28,  1916 

.«  25.00 

May     8,  1916 

226  SAVING  AND  INVESTING  MONEY 

BRIEF   REVIEW    OF   INTEREST* 

1.    Find  the  interest  on  $  500  for  1  yr.  at  6  %. 

The  principal  is  $500 

1  %  of  the  principal  is  5 

6  %  of  the  principal  is  30,  the  interest. 

Find  the  interest  for  one  year  on  the  following  principals  at 
the  rates  indicated  : 

2.  -f  230  at  5  %.  7.  $  240  at  4-|  %. 

3.  $380  at  4%.  8.  i275at3^%. 

4.  *275at3%.  9.  $460at5|%. 

5.  1 132  at  6%.  10.  1526  at  3^%. 

6.  $  325  at  5  %.  11.  .f  232  at  5^  %. 

To  find  the  interest  for  some  commonly  used  parts  of  a  year^ 
observe  the  following  facts: 

Interest  Interest  Interest 

at  6  %  for  at  4  %  foe  at  8  %  for 

6  mo.  =  3  %i 
4  mo.  =  2  % 
8  mo.  =  4  % 
2  mo.  =  1  % 

Find  the  interest  on  the  following : 

12.  'f    150  at  6%  for  6  mo.  20.  $420  at  4  %  for  6  mo. 

13.  %   560  at  4  %  for  6  mo.  21.  $  580  at  4  %  for  3  mo. 

14.  $   581  at  3  %  for  4  mo.  22.  $  270  at  6  %  for  4  mo. 

15.  $    284  at  3  %  for  2  mo.  23.  $  888  at  6  %  for  8  mo. 

16.  $    950  at  4  %  for  9  mo.  24.  $  190  at  4  %  for  3  mo. 

17.  i    290  at  3  %  for  8  mo.  25.  $  464  at  4  %  for  3  mo. 

18.  $   875  at  4  %  for  3  mo.  26.  $  232  at  4  %  for  3  mo. 

19.  $    791  at  4  %  for  9  mo.  27.  $  595  at  6  %  for  2  mo. 

*  These  facts  in  interest  form  the  basis  of  the  work  in  the  following  lessons 
in  investments. 


,^,  e.nio.  =  2%     ^   ,  4mo.  =  1%      ,  ^, 

of  the  '"    of  the  „  ,  '  I  of  the 

.     .     ,         3mo.  =  1%^     .     .  2mo.  =  i«/o^     •     • 


.     .     ,         6  mo.  =  1 7o  >  .i  mo.  =  *  7o  ^     .     .     , 

P""«^P^1-        9  mo.  =  3%J  P"""P^1-        8  mo.  =  oo/oJ  P"^"^*^ 


SAVINGS  BANKS 


227 


SAVINGS   BANKS 


The  average  young  man  or  woman  finds  it  impossible  to  save 
large  amounts.  His  problem  is  to  invest  in  the  best  manner 
possible  the  small  sums  which  he  can  save.  For  such  people 
the  savings  bank  offers  the  best  solution  of  the  problem. 

These  small  savings  are  very  important  to  the  young  man, 
as  they  ordinarily  represent  all  that  he  has.  He  therefore  must 
run  no  risk  of  losing  them.  Savings  bank  deposits  are  the  safest 
investments  because  such  banks  are  governed  by  the  strictest 
laws  and  can  invest  tlie  depositor's  savings  only  in  the  safest 
possible  manner.  They  are  convenient,  because  savings  may  be 
deposited  in  small  amounts,  and  in  case  of  need  can  be  with- 
drawn. In  addition,  the  depositor  receives  compound  interest 
at  rates  ranging  from  3%  to  4|^%. 

Compound  interest  is  interest  on  the  deposit  and  on  the"  accumulated  in- 
terest as  well.  When  we  invest  money  anywhere  else,  we  collect  the  in- 
terest as  it  becomes  due  us ;  but  in  a  savings  bank  we  usually  leave  it  to 
be  addjed  to  the  principal.  When  interest  for  the  next  i)eriod  is  computed, 
it  is  reckoned  on  the  deposit  plus  the  interest  for  the  last  period.  These 
periods  as  a  rule  are  6-month  periods  —  interest  usually  being  computed 
Jan.  1  and  July  1.  Banks  can  pay  this  interest  because  the  money  depos- 
ited is  lent  on  notes  drawing  6%  interest,  on  first  mortgages  paying  i)%  or 
C7oj  or  in  other  safe  and  profitable  investments. 


228  SAVING  AND   INVESTING  MONEY 

Compound  Interest 

1.  If  $  100  was  deposited  Jan.  1,  1915,  in  a  bank  paying 
4%  interest,  how  much  was  due  the  depositor  Jan.  1,  1916? 

Note.  —  In  all  the  problems  on  pages  228  and  229  the  interest  is  com- 
pounded semiannually,  that  is,  the  interest  for  each  half  year  when  due,  is 
added  to  the  principal. 

|1(»().0(>,     deposited   Jan.    1    at   4%   is   entitled  on  July   1   to  2%  interest, 
2.00  or!«2. 


$102.00,     amount  in  bank  July  1,  1915,  is  entitled  on  Jan.  1,  1916,  to  2% 

2.04  interest,  or  .112.04. 

■1104.04,     amount  in  bank  Jan.  1,  1916. 

Interest  is  not  reckoned  on  cents. 

Find  the  amount  due  Jan.  1,  1916,  at  4  %  interest,  on  the 
following  deposits  made  Jan.  1,  1915: 

2.  !|200.  5.    $350.  8.    1500.  11.    $600. 

3.  $250.  6.    $400.  9.    $700.  12.    $820. 

4.  $300.  7.    $450.  10.   $1200.  13.   $1500. 

14.  Find  the  amount  due  Jan.  1,  1916,  on  $240  deposited 
at  4%  Jan.  1,  1914. 

$240.00,  deposited  Jan.  1,  1914. 

4.80,  6  months'  interest  computed  July  1,  1914. 

$244.80,  amount  in  bank  July  1,  1914. 

4.88,  6  months'  interest  on  $244  computed  Jan.  1,  1915. 

$249.68,  amount  in  bank  Jan.  1,  1915. 

4.98,  6  months'  interest  on  $249,  computed  July  1,  1915. 

$254.66,  amount  in  bank  July  1,  1915. 

5.08,  6  months'  interest  on  $254,  computed  Jan.  1,  1916. 

$259.74,  amount  in  bank  Jan.  1,  1910. 

If  the    following    deposits   were   made    Jan.   1,    1914,   how 
much  did  each  amount  to  Jan.  1,  1916,  at  4%? 

15.  $140.  16.    $420.  17.    $265.  18.    $1000. 


SAVINGS  BANKS  ■  229 

Interest  on  Deposits 

Interest  is  computed  at  the  end  of  each  six  months. 
Interest  is  reckoned  on  dollars  only. 
Interest  is  added  to  the  last  amount. 

Written  Exercise 

1.  Win.  R.  Reed  had  f  450  in  the  bank  Jan.  1,  1914.  It  re- 
mained two  years,  drawing  interest  at  4  %  compounded  each 
six  months.     How  much  could  he  withdraw  Jan.  1,  19J6? 

2.  Mr.  Hay  sold  a  horse  for  $  270  and  deposited  the  money 
July  1,  1913  at  4%.      How  much  was  due  him  July  1,  1915? 

3.  On  the  latter  date  he  added  enough  to  bring  his  deposit 
up  to  $  350  and  left  it  there  a  year  and  a  half.  How  much 
was  due  him  ? 

4.  How  much  is  due  on  a  $382  deposit  left  2  yr.  at  4  %  ? 

5.  How  much  is  due  on  a  balance  of  $180.70  in  the  bank 
Jan.  1,  1913,  left  undisturbed  until  July  1,  1915,  at  4  %  ? 

6.  Mrs.  Crane  has  a  balance  of  $380  on  the  books  Jan.  1. 
How  much  will  she  liave  at  the  end  of  two  years,  at  4  %  interest, 
if  she  makes  no  additions  or  withdrawals  ? 

7.  Reckon  the  compound  interest  on  a  deposit  of  $450.70 
from  Jan.  1  to  July  1  at  3  %  per  year. 

$450.70  in  bank  Jan.  1. 

f  450,     amount  to  draw  interest,  as  interest  is  not  reckoned  on  cents. 
.01^,     rate  for  6  months. 
6.75,     interest  for  6  months. 
450.70,     original  principal. 
$457.45,     amount  in  bank  July  1. 

8.  How  much  is  due  on  a  $750  deposit  left  in  18  mo.  at  3  % 
per  annum  ? 

9.  How  much  is  due  on  $200  deposited  Jan.  1,  1914  and 
withdrawn  July  1,  1915,  at  3  %  ? 


230 


SAVING  AND  INVESTING  MONEY 


Interest  Dates 

It  is  a  common  practice  to  allow  money  to  go  on  interest 
each  3  months,  although  interest  is  computed  but  twice  a  year. 
Deposits  usually  go  on  interest  Jan.  1,  Apr.  1,  July  1,  and  Oct.  1. 
Tliese  are  called  interest  dates. 

1.  If  money  was  deposited  on  each  of  the  following  dates, 
when  would  it  begin  to  draw  interest  ? 

Jan.  15  Mar.  31  Sept.  30 

Feb.  16  Aug.  12  Oct.    15 

July  8  June  27  Nov.  18 

Dec.  20  July  15  Dec.   31 

2.  What  should  a  depositor  keep  in  mind  if  he  has  savings 
accumulating,  which  he  wishes  to  deposit  to  the  best  advantage  ? 

Helps  to  understand  the  Depositor's  Call  Book 

Some  thrifty  people  make  small  deposits  at  frequent  intervals, 
£is  shown  in  the  following  page  of  a  young  man's  deposit  book: 

Sample  Page  in  Deposit  Book  or  Call  Book 


PURITAN   SAVINGS  BANK 

Account  of  Arthur  Brown 

Datb 

Deposits 

VVlTHDKAWALS 

Interest 

Balance 

Jan. 

1 

200 



200 

Feb. 

8 

50 

— 

250 

— 

Mar. 

15 

10 

— 

260 

— 

Apr. 

1 

15 

— 

275 



May 

20 

20 

— 

295 

— 

June 

6 

15 

— 

310 

— 

July 

1 

10 

— 

-     4 

75 

324 

75 

Sept. 

15 

20 

— 

344 

75 

Oct. 

1 

10 

— 

354 

75 

Nov. 

25 

25 

379 

75 

Jan. 

1 

6 

78 

386 

53 

SAVINGS  BANKS  231 

Deposit  Book  Balances 
Whenever  money  is  deposited  or  interest,  is  computed,  it  is 
added  to  the  amount  already  in  the  bank,  and  the  sum  is 
written  in  the  last  column.  In  this  way  the  last  balance  repre- 
sents the  money  credited  to  the  depositor  at  any  given  date. 
To  understand  how  each  balance  on  page  230  was  obtained, 
answer  each  of  the  following  guide  questions  and  do  the  work 
indicated,  reckoning  interest  at  4  %  per  annum  compounded 
semiannually. 

1.  How  much  money  goes  on  interest  Jan.  1  ?  How  do  you 
get  the  following  balances  :  $  200,  $  250,  -f  260,  $275,  1295  ? 

2.  From  what  date  do  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  deposits 
draw  interest  ?  What  is  the  total  of  these  three  deposits  ? 
On  July  1,  how  much  interest  is  due  on  them  for  3  months? 

3.  When  interest  is  reckoned  on  July  1,  how  much  of  the 
deposit  draws  interest  for  6  months?  how  much  for  only 
3  months  ? 

4.  How  ipiuch  money  deposited  before  July  1  does  not  draw 
any  interest  up  to  that  time  ?     Why  ? 

5.  How  much  do  the  6  months'  interest  on  $  200  and  the 
3  months'  interest  on  $75  amount  to  at  4  %  ?  Where  is  this 
amount  recorded  ?     Explain  the  balance  for  July  1 . 

6.  How  much  money  draws  interest  from  July  1  to  the 
following  Jan.  1  ?  (See  balance  column.  Omit  the  cents.) 
How  much  is  the  interest  for  this  period  of  6  montlis  ? 

7.  Read  the  two  deposits  that  draw  interest  from  Oct.  1 
to  Jan.  1.  What  is  the  total  sum  ?  How  much  is  the  interest 
for  that  period  of  3  months  ? 

8.  The  last  deposit  does  not  begin  to  draw  interest  until 
Jan.  1. 

Note. — This  page  should  be  gone  over  by  the  class  several  times  until 
the  account  on  the  opposite  page  is  fully  understood. 


232 


SAVING  AND   INVESTING  MONEY 


BROCKTON   SAVINGS    BANK 

In   (iccount   irilli    M.  R.  Osgood 

5570  Main  St.,  City 

Date 

Deposit 

Witiiubawals 

Interest 

Balance 

Jan.  1 

j     175 



'; 

Feb.  2o 

25 

— 

? 

A'pr.  1 

20 

— 

0 

Apr.  80 

15 

— 

? 

May  25 

10 

— 

? 

July  1 

15 

— 

X  — 

— 

<> 

Aug.  4 

20 

— 

') 

Sept.  1 

15 

— 

? 

Oct.  1 

10 

— 

? 

Nov.  IP 

25 

— 

? 

Dec.  1 

30 

— 

? 

Jan.  1 

10 

.'/  — 

? 

• 

CASHIER'S  Entries  in  Deposit  Book 

Whenever  a  deposit  is  made,  it  is  added  to  the  last  balance; 
and  whenever  money  is  drawn  out,  the  withdrawal  is  subtracted 
from  the  last  balance.  On  Jan.  1  and  July  1,  the  interest  is 
recorded  and  added  to  the  balance.  These  semiannual  addi- 
tions of  interest  are  made  on  the  bank  accounts  and  transferred 
to  the  deposit  book  whenever  it  is  brought  in. 


SAVINGS  BANKS  233 

Guide  Questions 

Copy  the  ruling  of  the  deposit  book  on  the  opposite  page; 
fill  in  the  headings ;  make  the  first  entry ;  and  then  follow  the 
directions  here  indicated  : 

1.  Record  each  consecutive  balance  through  May  25. 

2.  On  July  1  select  the  amount  which  draws  6  months' 
interest.  Select  the  additional  deposits  made  too  late  to  draw 
6  months'  interest  but  in  time  to  draw  3  months'  interest. 
How  much  do  they  amount  to? 

3.  How  much  deposited  before  July  1  bears  no  interest  up 
to  that  date  ? 

4.  Find  6  months'  interest  on  the  $175,  and  3  months'  in- 
terest on  the  '145  at  4%,  and  record  as  one  item  at  x. 

5.  Fill  in  the  balances  from  July  1  to  Dec.  1. 

Note.  —  Get  the  July  1  balance  by  adding  the  $1.5  and  x  dollars  to  the 
May  "25  balance. 

6.  How  much  draws  interest  from  July  1  to  Jan.  1  ? 

7.  How  much  draws  interest  from  Oct.  1  to  Jan.  1  only? 
Obtain  this  sum  by  adding  the  three  deposits  made  too  late  to 
go  on  interest  July  1  and  early  enough  to  go  on  interest 
Oct.  1. 

8.  Which  two  deposits  do  not  draw  interest  before  Jan.  1  ? 

9.  Compute  interest  on  the  July  1  balance  for  6  months, 
and  on  §45  for  3  months,  and  record  it  as  one  item  at  y.  Com- 
plete the  Jan.  1  balance  by  adding  •!  10  and  y  dollars  to  the 
Dec.  1  balance. 

hunt's  commun.  ar.  — 16 


234  SAVING  AND  INVESTING   MONEY 

Accounts  in  which  thkrp:  auk   Witmdkawals 


LAKilVILLE   SAVINGS   BANK 

In  account  with  Henry  0.  Cakver 

Date 

Dbhosits 

Withdrawals 

Interest 

Balance 

Jan.  1 

500 



500 

Jan.  27 

100 

— 

600 

Feb.  5 

200 

— 

400 

Mar.  28 

100 

— 

300 

Apr.  1 

200 

— 

500 

May  5 

100 

— 

600 

June  20 

50 

— 

550 

July  1 

'\ 

V 

V 

? 

Guide  Questions 

1.  Verify  each  balance  in  the  above  account,  from  Jan.-l  to 
Jane  20  inclusive. 

2.  On  July  1,  the  bank  reckoned  interest.  What  was  the 
smallest  balance  in  the  bank  for  the  entire  first  six  months,  that 
is,  from  Jan.  1  to  July  1  ? 

When  the  balance  column  is  filled  out,  it  will  be  seen,  at  a  glance,  that 
$300  was  the  smallest  balance  for  the  first  6  months. 

3.  What  additional  amount  was  in  the  bank  all  the  time  from 
Apr.  1  to  July  1  ? 

On  Apr.  1,  the  balance  (!$500)  was  f  200  more  than  the  sraalle.st  balance 
(f  300)  for  the  first  6  months.  As  the  f  50  withdrawn  June  20  was  taken 
from  the  $  100  deposited  May  5,  $200  was  the  smallest  additional  balance  for 
the  last  3  months. 

4.  Find  the  interest  on  $300  for  6  mo.  at  4  %  per  annum. 

5.  Find  the  interest  on  $  200  for  3  mo.  at  the  same  rate. 

6.  Add  these  two  interest  items,  record  the  result  in  the 
interest  column  for  July  1,  and  fill  in  the  last  balance. 


SAVINGS  BANKS 


235 


CONTINENTAL   SAVINGS   BANK 

In  account  with  Authuu  Thom-as 

Date 

Deposits 

With  DRAW  A  LP 

Interest 

Balance 

1915 

July  1 

558 

Aug.  5 

200 

— 

? 

Sept.  10 

100 

— 

y 

Oct.  1 

150 

— 

9 

Nov.  20 

400 

— 

? 

Dec.  6 

100 

— 

? 

1916 

Jan.  1 

? 

? 

y 

? 

Feb.  3 

75 

— 

V 

? 

Mar.  8 

40 

— 

' 

V 

y 

Apr.  1 

25 

— 

'i 

? 

May  1 

50 

— 

•> 

y 

July  1 

? 

? 

') 

y 

Guide  Questions 

1.  Fill  out  on  a  separate  slip  of  paper  the  balance  for  each 
date  through  Dec.  6. 

2.  The  smallest  balance  between  the  dates  July  1,  1915  and 
Jan.  1,  1916  was  the  amount  entitled  to  draw  interest  for  six 
months.     What  was  the  smallest  balance  ? 

3.  What  was  the  interest  on  it  for  6  mo.  at  4  %  ? 

4.  Fill  out  the  balances  from  Jan.  1  to  May,  1916. 

5.  What  was  the  smallest  balance  between  Jan.  1,  and  July  1, 
1916  ?     Compute  6  months'  interest  on  this  amount. 

6.  What  additional  amount  was  deposited  on  or  before 
Apr.  1  ?  Was  any  of  it  withdrawn  before  July  1  ?  Compute 
3  months'  interest  on  $  140. 

7.  Add  the  interest  oblained  in  problems  5  and  6,  record  tlie 
result  under  July  1,  and  obtain  the  July  1  balance. 


236  SAVING  AND   INVESTING   MONEY 

COOPERATIVE  BANKS  ;  BUILDING  AND  LOAN  ASSOCIATIONS 

Cooperative  bank&and  building  and  loan  associations  are  uiniilar 
institutions  organized  for  much  the  same  purposes  as  saving 
banks.  They  receive  deposits,  lend  money  on  first  mortgages, 
and  pay  semiannual  interest  on  deposits. 

Their  method  of  doing  business  differs  from  that  of  savings 
banks  as  follows : 

Instead  of  depositing  miscellaneous  amounts  at  any  and  all 
times,  as  in  a  savings  bank,  each  depositor  makes  regular 
monthly  payments  of  a  stated  amount.  That  is,  he  subscribes 
for  a  certain  number  of  shares  at  %1  each.  If  he  subscribes 
for  one  share,  he  deposits  $1  eacli  month  until  the  share 
reaches  maturity  or  is  retired.  If  he  subscribes  for  Jive  shares, 
he  deposits  $5  each  month.  For  any  failure  to  pay  the  pre- 
scribed amount  on  or  before  a  certain  date,  he  must  pay  a  fine, 
usually  2  cents  a  month  on  each  share. 

In  this  way,  the  bank  has  a  definite  amount  of  money  coming 
in  each  month,  which  it  lends  immediately,  usually  at  6%  in- 
terest. Loans  are  made  to  depositors  only^  who,  as  members  of 
the  association,  are  anxious  to  see  it  succeed.  As  a  borrower, 
the  member  pays  interest  to  the  institution  ;  but  as  a  depositor, 
a  part  of  this  is  returned  to  him  in  the  form  of  dividends. 

Cooperative  banks  jDrovide  an  excellent  means  of  saving  for 
one  whose  income  is  regularly  a  little  above  liis  average  ex- 
penses. If  such  a  person  attempted  to  save  in  any  other  way, 
the  amount  might  seem  so  small  that  it  might  not  be  saved 
at  all,  whereas  the  cooperative  bank  encourages  the  systematic 
saving  of  small  amounts.  Tlie  fine  of  2  cents  a  share  for 
failure  to  deposit  on  time  discourages  habits  of  neglect.  In 
the  case  of  temporary  need  one  can  usually  secure  a  loan  from 
the  bank  and  not  be  obliged  to  suffer  loss  by  the  withdrawal 
of  shares. 


COOPERATIVE  BANKS 


237 


A  Sami'Lk  YKAft's   Record 


The  depositor  has  subscribed  for  5  shares  Jan.  15.      Do  the 
work  indicated  below  the  account.      Interest,  5%  per  annum. 


Date 

' 

__ 

.        1 

1  >KI'osi'l's 

IXTKKKST 

Total         i 

Jan.  15 

5 

5 

Fel).  15 

5 

_ 

10 

Mar.  15 

5 

15 

Apr.  15 
May  15 
June  15 

5 
5 
5 

20 
25 
.30 

Interest  de- 
clared July  15 

44 

30 

44 

July  15" 

5 

35 

44 

Aug'.  15 

5 

40 

44 

Sept.  15 
Oct.  15 

5 
5 

45 
50 

44 
44 

Nov.  15 

5 

55 

44 

Dec.  15 

5 

GO 

44 

Interest  de- 
clared Jan.  15 

1 

20 

Directions  for  Verifying  the  above  Account 

1.  Find  how  much  interest    (sometimes  called  dividend  or 
profit)  has  been  earned  up  to  the  end  of  the  first  six  months. 

The  first       $  5  has  been  in  the  bank  how  many  months  ?       ■ 

The  second  '15  has  been  in  the  bank  how  many  months?       

The  third     <f  5  has  been  in  the  bank  how  many  months?       

The  fourth   $5  has  been  in  the  bank  how  many  months?       

The  fifth       $5  has  been  in  tlie  bank  how  many  months?       

The  sixth     if  5  has  been  in  the  bank  how  many  months?       

Total  number  of  months         

2.  Compute  the  interest  at  5  %  on  each  $  5  for  the  number 
of  months  which  it  has  been  deposited.     Add  the  results. 

(Compute  first  at  6  %  ;   then  subtract  \  of  the  result.) 


238 


SAVING  AND  INVESTING  MONEY 


3.  Compute  the  interest  on  $  5  at  5  %  for  21  months.  Com- 
pare the  answers  in  Ex.  2  and  3.  (Count  5  mills  or  over  in 
final  result  as  one  cent.) 

4.  At  the  end  of  the  second  6  months,  the  $30.44  is  entitled 
to  six  months'  interest.  The  regular  deposits  draw  inter- 
est as  in  example  3.  The  sum  of  the  two  would  be  the  interest 
to  record  at  the  bottom  of  the  account.  Verify  the  amount 
printed.  This  interest  cannot  be  withdrawn  but  must  be  left 
with  the  deposits. 

Notice  that  cooperative  banks,  unlike  savings  banks,  allow  interest  on  cents. 

A  Depositor  who  Borrows 

5.  Mr.  Ames  subscribes  for  5  shares  and  borrows  $  1000  to 
help  him  build  a  house,  giving  a  first  mortgage  as  security. 

He  must  pay  the  regular  dues  of  $5  each  month  and  in  addi- 
tion one  month's  interest  on  the  $1000  at  Q  %.  How  much  does 
he  pay  in  all  each  month  ? 


Memorandum  of  Monthl\ 

Payments 

Rkckiving 
Dates 

Deposits  on 
Shares 

Interest  on 
Loan 

Total 
Monthly 
Payments 

Jan.  15 

5 

5 

? 

Feb.  15 

5 

5 

? 

Mar.  15 

5 

5 

9 

Apr.  15 
May  15 
June  15 

5 
5 
5 

5 

5 
5 

? 

? 

9 

July  15 
Aug.  15 
Sept.  15 
Oct.  15 

5 
5 
5 
5 

5- 
5 
5 

5 

9 
9 
? 
? 

Nov.  15 

5 

5 

9 

Dec.  15 

5 

5 

? 

COOPERATIVE  BANKS      "  239 

Questions  on  the  Preceding  Memorandum 

1.  At  the  end  of  the  year,  how  much  money  has  been  paid 
in  deposits  ?  , 

2.  How  much  has  been  paid  in  the  form  of  interest  ? 

3.  How  much  has  been  paid  in  all  ? 

Note.  —  It  might  be  supposed  that  the  -^60  paid  in  regular  dues  would 
reduce  the  face  of  the  mortgage,  but  this  is  not  the  case.  The  mortgage 
still  continues  at  f  1000  and  the  f  60  deposited  draws  its  share  of  the  interest 
which  the  bank  earns.  In  the  end  this  will  go  toward  paying  the  loan.  If 
an  additional  sum  of  $200  were  paid  at  the  end  of  the  first  year,  the  amount 
on  which  interest  would  have  to  be  paid  would  be  only  $  800.  The  regular 
dues,  however,  would  not  change. 

4.  Suppose  that  Mr.  Ames  paid  ^200  of  Ids  debt  at  the  end 
of  the  first  year,  how  much  would  he  be  obliged  to  pay  each 
month  of  the  succeeding  year  for  dues  and  interest? 

When  a  shareholder  first  opens  an  account  with  a  cooperative 
bank  it  is  usually  his  intention  to  continue  the  payment  of 
dues  until  the  shares  mature,  that  is,  in  about  12  years,  when  the 
accumulated  dues  and  interest  would  amount  to  ^  200  per  share. 

Advantages  in  paying  the  $  1000  loan  by  the  cooperative  bank 
method. 

5.  Answer  the  following  questions  : 

(a)  How  much  did  Mr.  Ames  pay  in  deposits  in  12  years  ? 
(See  Ex.  1  for  amount  paid  in  1  year.) 

(6)  How  much  interest  did  he  pay  in  12  years  if  he  did  not 
•cancel  any  part  of  the  loan?  (See  Ex.  2  for  interest  paid  in 
1  year.) 

(<?)  How  much  did  he  pay  into  the  bank  in  deposits  and 
interest  in  12  years  ? 


240  SAVING  AND   INVESTING   MONEY 

(d^  In  about  12  years,  his  live  shares  matured,  amounting  to 
$200  each  and  paying  off  the  loan  of  $  1000.  How  much  of  all 
that  he  paid  in  was  really  interest  ? 

$  (30,     paid  each  year  as  deposits. 
60,     paid  each  year  as  interest. 
!i<  120,     total  payments  in  1  year. 

12 

-1^  1440,     total  payments  in  12  years. 
1000,     amount  of  loan. 

•'$440,  paid. in  excess  of  amount  of  the  loan.  This  is,  therefore, 
the  amount  of  intei'est  which  he  had  to  pay  by  taking  his  loan  from  a 
cooj^erative  bank. 

(«^)  Suppose  that  he  had  borrowed  >$  1000  elsewhere  at  6  % 
interest,  to  how  much  would  the  interest  have  amounted  in 
12  years  if  he  made  no  payments  on  the  principal  ?  What  is 
the  difference  ? 

How  a  cooperative  bank  pays  5  %  interest  and  has  enough 
left  to  pay  its  running  expenses  : 

1.  In  a  small  city  bank  the  income  from  fines  alone  was 
$  666  last  year. 

The  income  from  loaiis  at  6  %  was  -t  30,076. 

The  bank  declared  a  5  %  dividend,  that  is,  it  divided  up  | 
of  the  $  30,076  among  its  shareholders.  How  much  did  it  di- 
vide up  ? 

2.  How  much  was  left  ? 

3.  One  half  of  this  remainder  was  j)ut  into  the  reserve  fund 
and  an  equal  amount  was  used  in  pa3ang  the  running  expenses. 
How  much  was  used  for  tiiis  purpose  ? 

4.  The  income  from  fines  and  the  amount  just  obtained  pro- 
vided the  two  principal  sums  necessary  to' pay  the  running  ex- 
penses.     How  much  did  they  amount  to  ? 


INTEREST   FOR   SHORT   PERIODS       //^^g^\ 

REVIEW   OF   INTEREST   FOR    SHORT   PERIODS 

To  find  ^  of  any  number,  move  the  decimal  point  1  place  to  the 
left. 

To  find  ~  of  any  number,  move  the  point  2  places  to  the  left. 

To  find  Y^  of  any  number,  move  the  point  3  places  to  the  left. 

Application  to  Interest 
The  interest  at  6  %  on  any  principal 

for  20  months  =  ^  of  the  principal ; 
for  2  months  =  j^  pf  the  principal  ; 
for    6  days      =  j^  of  the  principal. 


Oral 

Exercise 

ind 

the  interest  at  6 

1o 

on 

1. 

$500  for  2  mo. 

9. 

$  900  for  6  da. 

2. 

$720  for  20  mo. 

10. 

$500  for  3  da. 

3. 

$875  for  1  mo. 

11. 

$340  for  1  mo. 

4. 

%  260  for  4  mo. 

12. 

$480  for  60  da. 

5. 

$400  for  5  mo. 

13. 

$520  for  30  da. 

6. 

$850  for  10  mo. 

14. 

$180  for  2  da. 

7. 

$  GOO  for  3  mo. 

15. 

$  210  for  10  mo, 

8. 

%  200  for  15  mo. 

16. 

$530  for  6  da. 

Professional  accountants,  who  often  liave  to  compute  interest 
for  odd  periods  of  time,  use  interest  tables.  Any  one  who 
wishes  to  reckon  such  interest  for  himself  may  find  it  con- 
venient to  set  down  the  work  in  some  such  manner  as  on 
page  242.  The  period  of  10  mo.  may  be  considered  as  \  of  20 
mo.  or  as  5  X  2  mo.  ;  in  like  manner,'  5  mo.  may  be  considered 
as  \  of  20  mo.  or  2|  x  2  mo. 


242 


SAVING  AND  INVESTING  MONEY 


Written  Exercise  • 

1.    Find  the  interest  on  1480  for  7  rao.  12  da.  at  6%. 
Interest  for  2  luo.  is  $4.80 


Interest  for  7  mo.  is  3 J  x  f  4.80  or 
Interest  for  6  da.  is  $  .480 
Interest  for  12  da.  is  2  x  f  .48  or 


$16.80 


Total  interest  at  6%  is         $17.76 
To  find  interest  at  5%,  subtract  i  of  $17.76;  at  4  %,  subtract  |  of  $  17.76  ; 
at  3%,  find  |  of  $17.76 ;  etc. 


Find  interest  at  6  %  on  : 


At  the  rates  indicated  on 


2. 

$85 

4  mo. 

12  da.    . 

19. 

$75 

2  mo. 

15  da. 

5%. 

3. 

1200 

3  mo. 

24  da. 

20. 

$220 

8  mo. 

15  da. 

4%. 

4. 

•1125 

4  mo. 

1  da.* 

21. 

$90 

19  da, 

6%. 

5. 

$250 

20  da, 

22. 

$210 

5  mo. 

2  da. 

5%. 

6. 

$550 

5  mo. 

18  da. 

23. 

$260 

10  mo 

.  9  da. 

4%. 

7. 

$75 

5  mo. 

12  da. 

24. 

$45 

7  mo. 

6  da. 

3%. 

8. 

$280 

6  rao. 

3  da. 

25. 

$120 

1  mo. 

24  da. 

4%. 

9. 

$15 

2  mo. 

2  da. 

26. 

$275 

11  mo 

.12  da. 

51% 

10. 

$135 

6  mo. 

24  da. 

27. 

$300 

2  mo. 

15  da. 

H% 

11. 

$225 

8  mo. 

12  da. 

28. 

$150' 

9  mo. 

13  da. 

H  % 

12. 

$270 

3  mo. 

15  da. 

29. 

$180 

6  mo. 

2  da. 

5%. 

13. 

$175 

7  mo. 

15  da. 

30. 

$400 

29  da 

. 

6%. 

14. 

$280 

8  mo. 

2  da. 

31. 

$325 

1  mo. 

4  da. 

5%. 

15. 

$310 

27  da. 

32. 

$420 

5  mo. 

7  da. 

5|  %■ 

16. 

$240 

3  mo. 

2  da. 

33. 

$600 

3  mo. 

14  da. 

41%. 

17. 

$350 

45  da. 

34. 

$245 

8  mo. 

18  da. 

5%. 

18. 

$415 

21  da. 

35. 

$500 

5  mo. 

5  da. 

4%. 

*  Express  mills,  if  any,  until  the  answer  is  written  ;  then  count  5  mills  or  over 
as  1  cent  and  disregard  less  than  5  mills. 


LENDING   MONEY  ON  NOTES  243 

LENDING  MONEY  ON  NOTES 

Savings  bank  deposits  as  a  rule  offer  tlie  safest  and  most  con- 
venient investment  for  the  small  saver,  but  some  people  wish 
their  savings  to  earn  more  than  3|  %  or  4  %.  A  person  known 
to  have  a  surplus  of  money  on  hand  is  often  asked  to  lend 
amounts  like  $50,  $100,  or  $200  and  to  take  a  promissory  note 
from  the  borrower. 

Sums  of  money  lent  in  this  way  can  be  made  to  earn  much 
more  interest  than  in  the  average  savings  bank,  as  the  interest 
guaranteed  by  a  promissory  note  is  usually  5  %  or  6%.  The 
risk  of  losing  money  is  balanced  by  the  higher  rate  of  interest. 
Cautious  lenders  reduce  the  risk  by  being  very  careful  to  whom 
they  make  loans. 

1.  Oliver  Anderson  wishes  to  obtain  $200  to  help  him 
harvest  his  crops.  He  borrows  it  of  Edward  T.  Baker  and 
gives  him  the  following  note  : 


Skv&e,  yyuantivh after  date J ^ .. .promise  to  pay  to 

€cUv-avd  3^.    tSa-k^e-x. or  order 


Value  Received.  '  ^     i 

Interest  at  6%.  €(h^£-v  Cim,cU 


Who  has  the  money  ? 
Who  keeps  the  note  ? 
On  what  date  should  the  note  be  paid  ? 

2.  Compute  the  interest  and  tell  how  much  money  Mr. 
Anderson  will  turn  over  to  Mr.  Baker  if  he  pays  the  principal 
and  interest. 


244  SAVING   AND   INVESTING  MONEY 

3.  The  note  is  receipted  by  writing  across  the  face  "  Paid 
Dec.  1,  1916.  Edward  T.  Baker."  It  is  returned  wlien  the 
money  is  paid. 

Who  has  the  money  after  the  note  has  been  receipted? 

Who  has  tlie  note  ? 

How  has  each  benefited  by  the  transaction  ? 

4.  Ernest  ().  White  wishes  $250  to  pay  for  a  surgical 
operation  on  his  son.  He  applies  to  Henry  A.  Hastings,  who 
lends  him  the  amount  Dec.  8,  1915,  and  takes  a  demand  note 
beginning  like  the  following  : 


Hn  d&viM.ncC  J promise  to  pay  to 

. or  order 

1 f^  Dollars. 

VaZue  Received. 
Interest  at  d%. 


Read  the  note  with  the  blank  spaces  filled  in.  Study  it 
carefully,  and  write  it  from  memory. 

NoTK.  —  While  this  note  permits  Mr.  Hastings  to  ask  for  payment  at  any 
time,  it  also  allows  Mr.  White  to  pay  the  money  as  soon  as  he  desires.  lu 
case  Mr.  White  should  take  an  undue  length  of  time  to  pay  the  note, 
Mr.  Hastings  would  have  the  right  to  call  for  his  money  with  interest. 
Such  notes  are  common  among  people  who  know  each  other  well  and  have 
confidence  in  each  other's  fairness. 

5.  Mr.  White  earned  the  money  and  paid  the  note  June  8, 
1916.  How  much  interest  did  he  have  to  pay  for  its  use  ? 
Tell  what  Mr.  Hastings  would  write  across  the  face  of  the 
note.     Receipt  your  own  copy  in  the  same  way. 


LENDING   MONEY  ON  NOTES 


245 


Finding  the  time  between  dates. 

Demand  notes,  like  tlie  preceding,  are  not  necessarily  paid 
at  the  end  of  even  months.  Consequently  it  becomes  necessary 
to  compute  the  time  between  the  writing  and  the  payment  of 
the  note.     These  periods  are  usually  less  than  a  year. 

1.  Find  the  exact  number  of  days  between  June  17  and 
Aug.  12. 

June  17  to  June  30,     13  da. 

July,  31  da. 

August,  12  da. 

Total  time,     56  da. 

Compute  the  difference  in  time  between  the  following  dates: 

2.  Mar.  25,  1914  to  Sept.  30,  1914. 

3.  June    5,  1914  to  May    16,  1915. 

4.  July  29,  1914  to  April    5,  1915. 

5.  Sept.    4,  1914  to  July    20,  1915. 

6.  The  accounts  of  Franklin  P.  Whitcomb  show  loans  to 
various  people  as  indicated  in  the  following  table.  Read  aloud 
the  wording  of  each  note.  Compute  the  time  for  which  each 
of  the  demand  notes  would  draw  interest  and  the  interest  due 
on  each  note. 


No. 

OF 

Note 


21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 


Name  ok 
Borrower 


Jas.  T.  Smith 
Geo.  A.  Brown 
A.  B.  Lane 
C.  P.  Burr 
A.  C.  Curtis- 
J.  K.  Brooks 


Date          Face 

Time 

Feb.     5    1350 
Mar.  17   $  180 
Apr.    5    f   85 
Apr.  27  i  1  45 
June    8  i  $   95 
June  20  i  $  160 

3  mo. 
60  da. 
Demand 
90  da. 
Demand 
Demand 

IvATE 


When  Due 


6%  I  ? 

4  %  I  Paid  June  20 
51 0/1  '^ 

5%  I  Paid  Aug.  30 
6  %  I  Paid  Dec.  10 


In- 
terest 


246  SAVING  AND   INVESTING   MONEY 


INVESTING    IN   MORTGAGES 

Men  who  have  a  large  amount  of  money  to  invest  may  lend 
it  to  people  who  want  to  build  houses,  but  who  have  not  enough 
capital  for  the  purpose.  The  investor  lends  money  enough  to 
enable  the  borrower  to  build  the  house ;  but  instead  of  taking 
a  promissory  note,  takes  a  mortgage.  This  is  a  legal  document 
having  the  general  nature  of  a  promissory  note,  but  giving  the 
lender  a  lien,  or  claim,  on  the  property  as  security,  until  the 
loan,  with  interest,  is  paid. 

Instead  of  expiring  in  60  days  or  3  months,  as  a  note 
might  do,  the  mortgage  generally  runs  for  a  period  of  years, 
or  indefinitely,  as  long  as  the  borrower  pays  his  interest  regu- 
larly, usually  twice  a  year.  In  such  cases  the  borrower  must 
keep  his  house  insured  against  fire  and  may  not  let  it'get  out  of 
repair.  People  or  banks  who  lend  money  in  this  way  usually 
require  the  prospective  builder  to  own  the  land  and  to  build 
the  cellar.  They  will  then  lend  part  of  or  all  the  money  re- 
quired to  build  the  house.  In  this  way  the  investor  has  secur- 
ity for  more  property  than  the  value  of  the  money  lent,  while 
the  borrower  enjoys  full  possession  of  the  house. 

If  the  borrower  does  not  pay  his  interest  when  it  is  due  and 
there  is  little  prospect  that  he  will  be  able  to  pay  in  the  future, 
the  investor  may  foreclose ;  that  is,  he  may  have  the  place 
sold,  and  after  deducting  the  value  of  his  mortgage  and  the 
interest,  may  return  the  surplus,  if  any,  to  the  borrower. 

If  the  investor,  after  taking  a  mortgage,  needs  money,  he 
may  sell  the  mortgage  to  some  other  person  who  in  turn  collects 
the  interest  as  it  falls  due.  * 

1.  A.  B.  Stone  owns  an  acre  of  land  and  has  saved  tl500. 
He  wishes  to  erect  a  house  which  will  cost  $  3500.  He  borrows 
i2000  from  Mr.  T.  R.  Smith,  a  wealthy  neighbor,  and  gives 


MORTGAGES  247 

him  a  mortgage,  agreeing  to  pay  interest  semiannually  at  T)  % 
per  annum.     How  much  will  the  interest  be  each  six  months  ? 

2.  If  at  the  end  of  one  year  Mr.  Stone  not  only  pays  the 
interest  but  also  $  150  of  the  principal,  on  how  much  will  in- 
terest have  to  be  paid  the  following  year  ?  How  much  will 
the  interest  be  each  six  months  ? 

3.  At  the  end  of  the  second  year  Mr.  Stone  pays  $  280  on  the 
principal.     How  much  remains  to  be  paid  ? 

4.  What  are  Mr.  Stone's  semiannual  payments  this  year? 

5.  Mr.  Smith  also  lends  •$  1575  to  J.  R,  Turner,  whom  he 
charges  5|%.  He  allows  him  to  pay  the  interest  once  a  year. 
How  much  is  the  first  payment  ? 

6.  If  Mr.  Smith  had  deposited  the  sum  of -f  1575  in  a  savings 
bank,  at  3|  %,  in  time  to  draw  compound  interest  both  halves  of 
the  year,  how  much  would  it  have  earned  ?  How  much  more 
did  it  earn  by  being  invested  in  the  mortgage  ? 

7.  Mr.  Smith  also  owns  a  6  %  mortgage  for  %  875  on  the  house 
of  C.  J.  Burr.  He  sells  this  mortgage  to  Albert  Jones.  How 
much  yearly  interest  does  Mr.  Smith  lose  ?  Who  will  collect 
this  interest  when  it  becomes  due  ? 

8.  Make  out  a  check  on  the  State  Street  National  Bank  of 
Boston  by  which  Mr.  Burr  pays  the  year's  interest. 

9.  Make  out  the  receipt  which  Mr.  Jones  gives  Mr.  Burr 
when  the  latter  pays  the  interest. 


Boston,  Mass.,  Jan.  1,  1916. 

Received  from <^.  f.  /6Wt. 

. 1 Dollars 

one  year's  interest  on  mortgage 


248  SAVING  AND   INVESTING  MONEY 

BONDS 

Tlie  average  savings  bank  in  the  country  will  not  take  more 
than  iil>8000  from  any  one  depositor,  although  a  man  may  de- 
posit in  tiie  banks  of  several  surrounding  towns  and  cities. 
For  this  and  other  reasons,  a  successful  business  man,  who  has 
several  thousand  dollars  at  a  time  to  deposit,  may  find  that  the 
savings  banks  do  not  meet  his  needs.  If  he  does  not  wish  to 
purchase  a  mortgage,  the  best  investment  is  probably  certain 
kinds  of  bonds. 

If  you  examine  a  ten-dollar  bill,  you  will  find  that  it  is  a 
promise  or  guaranty  of  a  bank  or  of  the  United  States  govern- 
ment to  pay  the  bearer  $10.  We  have  the  utmost  confidence 
in  both  the  government  and  the  bank;  so  we  consider  the  ten- 
dollar  bill  as  good  as  ten  gold  dollars. 

A  bond  is  a  written  or  printed  promise  to  pay  a  sum  of  money 
at  a  certain  time,  with  interest  at  regular  intervals  at  a  fixed 
rate.  Bonds  are  issued  by  governments,  railroads,  cities,  towns, 
corporations,  etc.  When  governments  need  money  to  build 
canals,  or  cities  require  funds  for  sewer  systems,  or  small  towns 
for  schoolhouses,  they  often  have  to  borrow  the  money.  They 
therefore  issue  a  number  of  bonds  and  offer  them  for  sale. 
Bonds  are  usually  issued  for  f  1000,  although  !|500  bonds  and 
bonds  of  smaller  denominations  may  be  secured. 

The  sum  written  on  the  face  of  the  bond  is  called  the  par 
value  or  face  value. 

A  business  man  having  $3000  to  invest  may  buy  three  $  1000 
city  bonds.  The  city  has  his  money  to  use,  while  he  has  the 
bond  and  can  collect  interest  at  8|^  %,  4  %,  or  even  a  higher  rate, 
as  specified  in  the  bond  itself. 

A  bond  runs  for  a  term  of  years,  ten,  twenty,  or  more,  and  the  city  is 
bound  to  pay  the  interest  each  year  an4  the  par  value  of  the  bond  at  the 
end  of  the  specified  term  of  years.  Moreover,  if  the  business  man  needs 
money,  he  can  easily  sell  Ills  bonds. 


BONDS 


249 


HUNT'S    COMMUX.    Al 


250  SAVINO   AND   INVESTING   MONEY 

Oral  Exercise 
How  much  interest  is  due  annually  on  the  following  bonds? 

1.  $1000     5's  (bearing  5  %  interest).  5.    flOOO       3i's. 

2.  $1000     4\s  (bearing  4  %  interest).  6.    *1000      3's. 

3.  H  500     4's.  7.    $1000      4i's. 

4.  flOOO     6's.  8.    *  500      G's. 

Written  Exercise 

If  the  following  $1000  bonds  were  purchased  in  1915  and 
held  by  their  purchasers  until  maturity  (that  is,  until  they  were 
paid  by  the  company  that  issued  them),  what  would  be  the 
total  interest  for  that  period  of  years  ? 

1.  11000  5's,  maturing  in  1030. 

191.5  to  19;m  =  15  yr. 
5  %  of  !$  1000  =  $  50,  interest  for  1  yr.         15  x  -f  50  =  i$  750,  interest  for  15  yr. 

Name  of  Bond 

2.  Commonwealth  Power  Co. 

3.  L.  &  B.  St.  Ry.  Co. 

4.  Massachusetts 

5.  City  of  Worcester 

6.  City  of  Newton 

7.  City  of  Albany 

8.  City  of  Omaha,  Neb. 

9.  City  of  Nashville,  Tenn. 

10.  City  of  Stamford,  Conn. 

11.  Toledo,  Ohio 

12.  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

13.  Sandusky,  Ohio 


Ratk 

Maturks  in 

4 

1930 

*i 

1920 

3* 

1938 

4 

1924 

4 

1923 

4| 

1935 

n 

1941 

6 

1925 

H 

1929 

H 

1931 

5 

1951 

5 

1926 

BONDS  251 

Selling  Price  and  Income 

Bonds  that  pay  a  good  I'ate  of  interest,  especially  municipal 
bonds,  are  highly  regarded  as  an  investment.  As  the  demand 
for  them  increases,  their  selling  price  rises.  A  man  who  wishes 
to  buy  bonds  that  pay  4|  %  interest  issued  by  his  own  city  may 
be  willing  to  pay  a  little  more  than  -f  1000.  If  they  are  quoted 
at  105,  this  means  that  the  selling  price  is  105%  of  -f  1000  (the 
par  value),  or  $1050.  On  the  other  hand,  bonds  that  pay  only 
3  (fo  interest  are  not  in  such  great  demand  and  may  sell  for  85, 
which  means  85%  of  •$  1000  (the  par  value),  or  $850. 

How  much  was  paid  for  the  following  municipal  bonds? 

1.  3  Massachusetts  3's  sold  at  85. 

2.  5  Bridgeport  4|'s  sold  at  104. 

3.  3  Stamford  41's  sold  at  103. 

4.  6  Dayton  5'8  sold  at  108. 

5.  8  Sandusky  5's  sold  at  104. 

6.  Compute  the  yearly  income  which  each  of  the  following 
men  derives  from  the  $  1000  bonds  which  he  holds. 

(a)  Mr.  Blake  owns  10  Buffalo  4|^'s,  8  Cleveland  4^'s,  and 
5  Massachusetts  3|^'s. 

(J)  Mr.  Gordon  owns  15  City  of  Cambridge  3l's,  12  Provi- 
dence 4's,  and  7  Albany  4|'s. 

(c)  Mr.  Owens  owns  13  City  of  Omaha  4|^\s,  6  Fitchburg 
R.R.  5's,  8  Swift  &  Co.  5's,  and  8  Boston  3^'s. 

id)  Mr.  Clarke  owns  16  New  Haven  4l's,  3  Baltimore  4's, 
and  20  N.Y.  Central  &  Hudson  River  R.R.  4-i's. 

7.  A  certain  railroad  sold  $  25,000,000  worth  of  bonds  and 
used  the  money  to  buy  new  cars,  engines,  and  rails  to  extend 
their  lines,  and  to  build  new  stations.  These  bonds  were  for 
f  1000  each  and  bore  4  %  interest.  How  much  interest  did  the 
railroad  have  to  pay  each  year  on  these  bonds  ? 


252  SAVING  AND   INVESTING   MONEY 

8.  Find  the  interest  due  annually  on  a  -^  1000  bond  at  8  %, 
3^  %,  -A  %,  4^  %,  5  %,  6  %  ;  the  interest  due  semiannually. 

9.  Find  the  intei-est  due  annually  on  a  $  100  bond  at  each 
of  the  above  rates  ;  on  a  $500  bond. 

Note.  —  Banks,  insurance  companies,  trust  companies,  and  savings  banks, 
wliich  pay  from  2%  to  4%  on  deposits,  must  reinvest  them  in  securities 
(notes,  bonds,  and  mortgages)  at  a  higher  interest,  in  order  to  earn  the  inter- 
est and  pay  the  expenses  of  the  business. 

SOMK    OK    THE    SECURITIES    OwXEI)    HY    AX    IxSURANCK    COMPANY 


Tar  \'ai.uk 

First  mortgage  bonds —  Ciiesapeake  &  Ohio  R.R. 

'^% 

$   84,600.00 

First  mortgage  bonds  —  Chicago  and  W.  Indiaini  R.  R. 

6% 

114,800.00 

Montgomery  County  —  Public  Road  bonds 

H% 

26,500.00 

Houston  &  Texas  Central  R.R. 

6% 

82,000.00 

First  mortgage  bonds  —  Kansas  Electric  Co. 

5% 

:307.000.00 

10.  How  much  did  the  Chesapeake  &  Ohio  U.K.  pay  the 
insurance  company  on  the  bonds  it  held  ? 

11.  How  much  money  did  the  insurance  company  invest  in 
Chicago  and  Western  Indiana  R.R.  bonds,  if  it  bought  them  at 
par  value  ?  Why  did  the  insurance  company  invest  so  rauth 
in  this  particular  bond  ? 

12.  When  Montgomery  County  started  a  campaign  for  better 
roads  it  had  to  borrow  $100,000,  which  it  did  by  selling  $100 
bonds.  How  many  did  the  insurance  company  buy  ?  What 
interest  did  Montgomery  County  pay  the  company  each  year  ? 
What  interest  did  the  county  pay  on  its  whole  issue  of  Public 
Road  bonds  ?     How  was  this  interest  probably  raised  ? 

13.  Find  the  semiannual  interest  on  the  Houston  &  Texas 
R.R.  bonds. 

14.  What  were  the  annual  earnings  from  the  Kansas  Electric 
Co.  bonds  ? 


REAL   ESTATE    INVESTMENTS 


253 


REAL  ESTATE  INVESTMENTS 

Mr.  Brown  decided  to  withdraw  money  from  several  savings 
banks,  where  he  received  only  3|  %  compound  interest,  which 
amounted  to  1*35.30  per  year  on  -flOOO,  and  to  build  several 
good  two-family  houses  on  some  land  which  he  owned. 

1.  The  total  investment  in  house  No.  1  was  as  follows  : 
Cost,  $3570;  repairs,  $42.16;  taxes  on  $3500  at  $16.50  per 
thousand  ;  insurance  for  $  3000  at  |^  %  a  year  ;  175,000  gal. 
water  at  $.20  per  1000  gal.  The  upper  tenement  was  rented 
for  $  20  a  month  and  the  lower  for  $  25  a  month.  Find  the 
total  amount  of  the  investment  and  the  total  yearly  income: 

MoxKY  Invkstej)  Incomk 


Original  cost  .... 

Repairs 

Taxes     ...... 

Insurance    

Water  bill 

Total  invested  .     . 

:i570 
42 
? 

? 

16 

9 
9 

?     ' 

Rent  for  the  year 

Upper   floor    at   $20 

per  month    .     .     . 

Lower    floor    at    $25 

per  month    .     .     . 

Total  income  for  year  . 

9 
? 

? 
■3 

y 

•> 

9 

? 

2.  What  per  cent  of  the  investment  was  the  income  ? 

3.  The  investment  in  house  No.  2  was  as  follows  :  Cost, 
$4870;  repairs,  $117.40  ;  taxes  on  $4000  at  $15.40  per  $.1000  ; 
insurance  on  $4500  at  \  "Jo  "a  year  ;  200.000  gal.  water  at  $  .20 
per  1000  gal.  It  rented  for  $24  upstairs  and  $30  downstairs. 
Arrange  the  j^ear's  account  as  in  problem  1  and  compute  the 
rate  of  income. 

4.  Mr.  Brown  built  a  third  house  on  some  land  which  he 
bought  for  $  875.  The  house  cost  him  $  3580  ;  it  was  assessed 
for  $  3200  and  taxed  at  the  rate  of  $  14.80  per  $1000.  It  was 
insured  for  $  3000  at  \  %  premium  and  the  tenant  paid  the 
water  tax.  There  was  onl}'  one  tenant,  who  paid  $  30  per 
month.      What  was  the  yearly  income  ?  the  rate  of  income  ? 


254 


SAVING  AND   INVESTING  MONEY 


SELLING   REAL   ESTATE 

5oufh      5t. 


1.  Compute  the  area  of  each  lot  in  square  feet.  (Although 
the  river  curves  somewhat,  that  side  of  each  lot  is  so  nearly 
straight  that  A^  B^  C,  and  D  may  be  considered  as  trai)ezoids.) 

2.  The  owner  bought  the  land  for  8  3000  and  held  it  for  two 
years  before  selling  it  or  making  improvements.  It  was  assessed 
for  i  3200  and  tlie  tax  rate  was  $15  per  #  1000  the  first  year  and 
$16.20  per  $1000  the  second  year.  How  much  tax  did  he  pay 
each  year  ?     What  was  the  total  tax  for  2  years  ? 

3.  The  $  3000  with  which  he  purchased  the  land  was  witli- 
drawn  from  a  savings  bank,  which  paid  3  %  interest  com- 
pounded semiannually.  How  much  compound  interest  did  the 
owner  lose  during  the  two  years  ? 

4.  Add  to  the  first  cost  of  the  land  the  tAvo  years'  compound 
interest  lost  and  the  two  years'  taxes  paid.  Divide  the  total 
by  5  to  get  the  average  cost  of  each  lot  at  the  end  of  the  two 
years. 

5.  Early  in  the  third  year  he  sold  lot  A  for  $  750  and  lot  B 
for  $800.  He  erected  a  house  on  C,  costing  $2200,  and  sold 
the  house  and  the  lot  for  $3000.  Compute  the  profit  from 
these  three  transactions.  (Consider  the  answer  to  problem  4 
as  the  real  cost  of  each  lot  at  the  time  of  the  sale.) 


STOCKS  255 

STOCKS 

The  great  temptation  in  investing  one's  surplus  is  the  desire 
to  get  rich  quickly  by  buying  stocks..  The  words  "  stocks  and 
bonds  "  are  used  together  so  frequently  that  boys  and  girls  often 
think  they  mean  the  same  thing.  This  is  not  true,  however. 
A  bond,  as  explained  in  the  previous  lesson,  is  a  promissory 
note  issued  by  a  corporation,  city,  or  town  ;  and  its  rate  of 
interest  is  fixed  and  must  be  paid. 

Stocks  are  shares  in  the  property  of  a  company  and  draw 
interest  in  the  form  of  dividends  if  the  company  is  doing  a 
profitable  business.  If  there  are  no  profits,  there  are  no  divi- 
dends ;  while  if  the  profits  are  large,  the  dividends  are  cor- 
respondingly large.  Hence,  you  will  see  that  bonds  have  a 
regular  guaranteed  income,  while  the  income  from  stocks  is 
uncertain. 

Mining  Stock.  —  A  few  men,  believing  that  a  certain  tract 
of  mountain  land  contains  iron,  may  organize  a  company  under 
the  laws  of  the  state.  They  may  have  money  enough  to  buy  the 
land  but  not  enough  to  purchase  machinery,  to  construct  a  spur 
railroad  track,  and  to  operate  the  mine.  To  secure  this  money 
they  have  blank  certificates  of  stock  printed  similar  to  that  on 
the  next  page.  Brokers  and  agents  take  these  certificates  and 
sell  them  to  people  who  can  be  persuaded  to  buy. 

A  person  who  buys  5  shares  whose  par  vahxe  is  $  100  each,  becomes  a 
shareholder  in  the  mining  company  and  part  owner  of  its  property.  The 
company  uses  his  money  to  operate  the  mine,  and  the  shareholder  hopes 
that  enough  iron  will  be  found  to  pay  hiui  a  larger  return  for  his  money 
than  he  would  get  from  other  investments. 

If  the  mine  is  successful  and  the  income  during  the  year  is  f  50,000  above 
the  expenses,  this  income  will  be  divided  among  the  stockholders.  If  the 
capital  stock  held  by  different  stockholders  is  1 1,000,000,  the  dividend  will 
probably  be  5%. 

$.50,000  =  ^^^^^  of  $1,000,000;   JM!L  ^f  i0o/  =  50/   rate  of  dividend. 
1,000,000       ^  '       '       '  i^ppijpp  '"         /p' 


256 


SAVING  AND  INVESTING  MONEY 


INCOPPOMTEO  UWEIf  THE  LAWS  OF  THE  STATE  OF  MINNESOTA 
eVo.   /^<?^  /O    Shares 


'^^i^^  J  navies- xTpciiefw^iedacua/iAmcn,cftm 

txa n  ife mMe ^wu/crv  tAe/IwiioftAe'^ipnatiefi  /w/fie  /w^i 

piqieifij^-encloXAed: 

IfnlDitnei&js ttHhertof ,    -(Ae iald GmmaUmJ hu cduudf^uGiUuniloA 
<uqrud  fyiticLdifimdfiaiiiiddflaiiandfc  n  Muikd u-Uhthfial <f<fu  Ccyunelum. 

ttL  i.i'^Ty^^..^^y^ .     day cf'_^£t.jL&>,^j!^.,i^ sC2). i9i£: 


Tlie  company  may  reserve  $10,000  of  the  f  50,000  for  new  machinery, 
etc.,  and  divide  only  $40,000.  VVhat  will  the  rate  of  dividend  be  in  this 
case?  If,  however,  the  mine  fails  to  produce  any  profits,  not  only  is  there 
no  dividend  but  the  stock  itself  becomes  worthless.  In  this  case  it  cannot  be 
sold  and  the  investor's  money  is  lost,  whereas  if  he  had  put  it  in  a  savings 
bank,  it  could  have  been  drawn  out  at  any  time. 

Caution.  —  Never  invest  in  stock  tvhich  is  extensively  advertised 
or  ivhich  an  agent  is  trying  hard  to  sell ! 

If  it  were  a  good  investment,  it  would  sell  without  much 
advertising.  "Not  over  one  in  300  mining  prospects  ever  pays 
dividends." 

There  are  stocks  whicli  are  very  valuable  and  pay  large 
dividends ;  but  it  needs  an  expert  business  man  to  select  them. 
They  should  never  be  bought  by  an  amateur. 


STOCKS  257 

The  Uncertainty  of  Stock  as  an  Investment.  —  If  a  certain 
stock  is  paying  6  %  or  8  %  annual  dividend,  it  has  much  more 
earning  power  than  money  deposited  in  a  savings  bank.  Such 
stocks,  although  liaving  a  par  value  of  ^ftlOO  a  share,  are  worth 
more,  and  often  sell  for  -f  110,  !tfll5,  or  more.  If,  on  the  other 
hand,  a  stock  pays  an  annual  dividend  of  only  2  %,  it  is  less 
valuable  and  will  perhaps  sell  for  $90,  -180,  or  even  less  per  share. 

1.  A  man  bought  a  $100  share  in  the  American  Car  and 
Foundry  Company.  As  the  company  had  not  yet  begun  to 
pay  dividends,  he  was  able  to  buy  a  share  for  i  64.  The  first 
year  that  he  held  it  the  company  paid  3|  %  dividend.  Soon 
after  this,  he  sold  his  share  for  $93.75.  What  was  the  differ- 
ence between  the  cost  and  the  selling  price?  If  he  had  pur- 
chased 50  shares  at  64  and  sold  them  at  93|,  what  would  have 
been  the  gain  ?    the  annual  dividend  ? 

2.  His  neighbor  bought  a  $100  share  of  American  Ice  Com- 
pany stock  at  83  (tliat  is,  he  paid  $  83  for  one  share).  It  failed 
to  pay  dividends,  and  he  sold  his  share  in  2  yr.  for  $  39. 
How  much  did  he  lose  ?  Find  the  additional  loss  in  simple 
interest  on  $  83  at  4  % . 

3.  Mr.  Brown  bought  3  shares  of  American  Locoinotive 
stock  at  82  and  sold  them  at  100|  (that  is,  for  $100.25  per 
share).     How  much  did  he  make  ? 

4.  American  Woolen  stock  started  at  76|^.  Mr.  Bates  bought 
10  shares.     How  much  did  they  cost  him  ? 

5.  He  kept  them  until  they  were  selling  at  82  and  then  sold 
them.  What  was  the  difference  between  the  amount  they  cost 
him  and  the  amount  he  received  for  them  ? 

6.  Mr.  Cook  bought  one  share  of  Continental  Tobacco  stock 
at  95  and  sold  it  at  119.      How  much  did  he  make  ? 


258  SAVING  AND    INVESTING   MONEY 

7.  A  western  farmer  who  had  accumulated  $  20,000  invested 
$  15,000  as  follows.  Compute  his  yearly  income  in  the  form 
of  dividends  and  interest. 

13000  in  Seattle  bonds  at  par,  ])ayiiig  6   %  yearly  interest,  $ 

4000  in  Los  Angeles  bonds  at  par,  paying  5   %  yearly  interest,  $ 

1000  in  Irrigation  bonds      at  pai-,  paying  o^  %  yearly  interest,  tf 

2000  in  Ist  mortgage  on  store  6%  yearly  interest,  $ 

2500  in  1st  mortgage  on  store  8%  yearly  interest,  -^ 

2000  in  lat  mortgage  on  farm  5  %  yearly  interest.  -^ 

Total  yearly  interest,  § 

8.  Another  western  farmer,  instead  of  trusting  to  bonds  and 
mortgages,  invested  largely  in  stock  as  follows.  Fill  in  the 
items. 

12  shares  of  Eagle  Mining  stock  at    9.5,  costing  f 

15  shares  of  Twin  Peaks  Mine  stock  at  102,  costing  $ 

20  shares  of  Western  Mfg.  Co.  stock  at    84,  costing  $ 

18  shares  of  Oil  Co.  stocks  at  103,  costing  $ 


Total  money  invested  $ 


9.  Dividends  are  always  reckoned  on  the  par  value,  usually 
100  a  share. 

The  Eagle  stock  paid  no  dividends 

The  Twin  Peaks  stock       paid  5%,  amounting  to  $ 

'     The  Western  Mfg.  stock  paid  2  %,  amounting  to  $ 

The  Oil  Co.  stock  paid 6  %,  amounting  to  S 

Annual  income  from  his  stocks,  -f 

10.  The  farmer  sold  his  stock  as  follows : 

Eagle  stock,  12  shares  at    80,  receiving  f 

Twin  Peaks,  15  shares  at    99,  receiving  f 

Western  Mfg.,       20  shares  at    85,  receiving  $ 

Western  Oil  Co.,  18  shares  at  105,  receiving  f 

Total  receipts,  ^ 

11.  How  much  did  the  stock  shrink  in  value  ? 


PERCENTAGE  259 

PERCENTAGE    IN    MISCELLANEOUS   ACTIVITIES 

Baseball 

In  computing  the  hatting  average  or  per  cent,  we  must  know 
the  number  of  times  the  player  comes  to  the  bat  (A.B.)  and 
the  number  of  hits  (H.). 

1.  Phiyer  Smith,  A.B.  24,  H.  8.     Find  the  batting  average. 

2\  of  100%  =  '^^lyf,.  This  is  expressed  in  baseball  tables  as  .333,  wliich 
is  the  decimal  form  —  the  two  fii-st  figures  giving  the  per  cent. 

2.  Wliat  was  the  batting  average  of*  the  following  players  ? 


A.B. 

H. 

A.B. 

H. 

(a) 

Becker 

511 

167 

(0 

Connolly 

399 

122 

(*) 

Wheat 

533 

170 

(/) 

Cravath 

499 

149 

(0 

Dalton 

44-2 

141 

i9) 

Miller 

573 

166 

id) 

Magee 

544 

171 

(A) 

Fletcher 

514 

62 

3.  On  July  15  the  Philadelphia  team  had  won  45  games  and 
lost  32.     What  was  the  per  cent  won  ? 

45  +  32  =  77,  the  number  of  games  played. 

^\  of  100  %  =  ^^^  %  =  58.4  %,  which  is  expressed  in  baseball  tables  as 
.584. 

4.  Find  the  per  cent  (to  the  nearest  tenth)  of  games  won  by 
the  following  teams  up  to  the  date  specified  : 

Tkam  Datk 

Detroit  July  15 

Washington 

New  York 

Boston  Aug.  1 

Chicago 

Boston  Oct.  1 

New  York 

St.  Louis 


Won 

Lost 

45 

37 

43 

36 

30 

47 

55 

41 

47 

49 

89 

59 

68 

81 

69 

80 

2G0  PERCENTAGE 

School  Attendance 

5.  In  a,  school  having  40  members,  5   were  absent.     What 
was  the  per  cent  of  attendance  ? 

40  —  5  =  35,  number  of  pupils  present. 

1^  of  100%  =  87^%  present. 

6.  Compute  the  per,  cent  of  attendance  for  each  grade  given 
below. 


Grade 

Memurrs 

Absent 

Gbadb 

Mkmbers 

Absj 

(«) 

I 

40 

4 

(e)         V 

32 

4 

(b) 

II 

38 

2 

(/)      VI 

33 

3 

(c) 

III 

36 

5 

(0)     VII 

37 

5 

(d) 

IV 

42 

6 

(A)  VIII 

31 

1 

""  Wages 

7.    A  5  %  increase  was  declared    in  the  wages  of  a  certain 

class  of  operatives.     How  much  should  each  of  the  following 
receive  per  day  under  the  new  scale  ? 

Old  Wage  Old  WACiit 

(a)  Mr.  A                     $2.50                    (e)   Miss  E  $1.95 

(b)  Mr.  B                        3.00                   (/)  Miss  F  2.25 

(c)  Mr.  C                        2.70                   (.</)  Miss  G  2.14 

(d)  Miss  D                     3.45                   (h)  Miss  H  2.00 


8. 


Each  of  the  followino^  accountants  had  his  year's  salary 


increased  as  follows.     What  was  the  new  salary  ? 


Old  Salary 

IXOKEASE 

Oi.ii  Salary 

Increask 

(a)  Miss  L 

1   880 

10   % 

(d) 

Miss  R 

$   750 

5  % 

(b)  Mr.  N 

1040 

i2r/o 

(0 

Miss  S 

960 

10   % 

(r)  Mr.  O 

1260 

16§% 

(./■) 

Miss  T 

1200 

.  1-H% 

9.    After   having' his  salary  increased   10%  Cy^}  Mr.  W  re- 
ceived $  880.     What  was  the  old  salary  ? 

$880  is  ijof  old  salary;  old  salary  =  .f  880-|^  =  $ W  x  —  =  $800. 


PERCENTAGE  261 

10.  After  an  increase  of  12^%,  Miss  X  received  .f990. 
How  much  (lid  she  receive  formerly  ? 

11.  After  an  increase  of  30%,  Mr.  Z  received  $2600. 
How  much  was  lie  paid  previously  ? 

12.  What  is  the  per  cent  of  increase  when  a  salary  of  ilOUO 
is  raised  to  $  1200  ?  .^^ 

$  1-200  -  $  1000  =  .|  200  ;   ^^-^  of  m%  =  20  o/,. 

13.  The  following  employees  of  a  large  corporation  had  their 
weekly  pay  increased  as  shown  below.  What  was  the  per  cent 
of  increase  in  each  case  ? 

Old  Kate                       New  Rate                           Old  Rate  Nkw  Rate 

$21.00  (/)   $14.00  $16.00 

24.00  (g)       24.00  27.00 

18.00  (h)      2.5.50  27.00 

20.00  (0       26.00  27.50 

15.00  0)      26.50  ;5().00 

14.  The  following  people  were  able  to  save  the  per  cent  of 
their  salary  indicated.     How  much  did  each  save  ? 

Salary  Saved  Salary  Saved 


(a) 

,f  18.00 

(i) 

21.00 

(c) 

15.00 

id) 

18.00 

(0 

12.00 

(«) 

$1600 

2r/o 

(e)    $1800 

12% 

ih) 

1450 

4r/o 

(/)     4100 

H% 

{<•) 

975 

H% 

(.9)       1750 

2   % 

('0 

2150 

7i% 

(//)       1180 

5% 

Miscellaneous 

15.  The  following  figures  illustrate  some  very  successful 
hatches  with  incubators.  Compute  the  per  cent  of  eggs  which 
hatched,  disregarding  any  fractional  part  of  1  % . 


'JUMBBR   OF   Eg«S 

Number 

Number  of  Eotis 

Number 

Incitbated 

Hatched 

Ixoubated 

Hatched 

(a)    175 

156 

(e)      248 

210 

(h)      40 

35 

(/)    ^00 

244 

(c)    125 

102 

(.9)      175 

146 

{(1)   250 

230 

(/«)      148 

100 

202  PERCENTAGE 

16.  There  are  32  fluid  ounces  in  1  qt.  If  a  quart  of  a  cer- 
tain patent  medicine  contains  4  oz.  of  alcohol,  what  per  cent  of 
alcohol  should  be  printed  on  the  label  ? 

17.  What  per  cent  of  alcohol  ought  to  be  printed  on  the  label 
of  quart  bottles  containing  the  following  amounts  of  alcohol? 


(a) 

(*) 

(c) 

(d) 

(0 

(/) 

(9) 

(h) 

(0 

5  oz. 

6  oz. 

2|  oz. 

7  oz. 

1 1  oz. 

3  oz. 

51  oz. 

11  oz. 

12  oz. 

18.  What  per  cent  of  alcohol  is  there  in  pint  bottles  of  patent 
medicines  containing  the  following  amounts  of  alcohol  ? 

(«)  (*)  (^0  ('0  (e)  (/)  (9)  (h)  (0 

1  oz.       1|  oz.        3  oz.       l\  oz.       ")  oz.        4|  oz.        6  oz.        5^  oz.       2|  oz. 

19.  What  per  cent  more  expensive  is  : 

(«)  English  breakfast  tea  @  75  ^  than  Oolong  @  64  ^  ? 

(h)  Java  coffee  @  32/-  than  Moclia  @  30  0? 

(c)  Mocha  coffee  @  30  j»  than  Pan  American  @  18^? 

(d)  Home  eggs  @  60  f-  than  case  eggs  @  38  ^  ? 

20.  What  per  cent  was  saved  in  buying  coffee  in  25-pound 
cases  when  prices  were  as  follows  ? 

Peice  of  1  Lb.  Pbice  in  2.5-Lh.  Lots 

Java  coffee  32  f  30  f 

Maracaibo  coffee  20  /'  16  ^ 

Mocha  coffee  30  f  27  ^ 

Pan  American  coffee  18  f*  16  ^ 

Rio  coffee  16  ^-  U  f 

21.  What  was  the  per  cent  of  increase  in  the  retail  price  of 
sirloin  steak  in  a  certain  city  from  1905  to  each  year  mentioned 
below  ? 

1905  1907  1908  /    1910  1915 

28^  30/  32/  j        34/  38/ 


INDEX 


Accounts,  46,  54,  84,  194-196. 

bank,  222,  223,  230-235. 
Ad  valorem  duty,  187. 
Addition.  1,  5-7,    14-25,  35,  36,  42-50, 

180-184,    201,    202,   218,  219,  222, 

223. 
of  fractions,  26-29,  32,  92,  93,  95,  96. 
Areas,  56,    57,   113,    118-121,    131-133, 

141-155,  168,  169. 
Assessing  property,  179-181. 
Assessors,  179. 

Banks,  cooperative,  236-240. 

national,  218-223. 

savings,  227-235. 
Baseball  per  cents,  259. 
Bill  of  lading,  74,  75. 
Bills,  23-25,   49,  41,   75,    84,    121,    130. 
162,  173,  175,  177,  194-196,  221. 

discounted,  161,  162. 
Board  feet,  123-130. 
Boarding-up  surfaces,  137,  141. 
Bonds,  248-252. 
Boxes,  90-96. 

Building  and  loan  associations,  236-240. 
Building  laws,  168,  169. 
Building  problems,  131-150. 
Business  use  of  100,  1000,  2000,    69. 

Cancellation,  125,  143,  145. 

Cardboard,  65-68. 

Carpentry  problems,  87-96,   125,   131- 

149. 
Carting  coal,  108,  109. 
Carting  wood,  98,  99. 
Cellars,  131. 

Cement  walks,  120,  121. 
Change,  making,  1-7,  34,  38,  213,  214. 
Checks,  219-223. 
Circumference,  153. 
Cleats,  30-32. 
Coal  business,  104-111. 
Commission,  21,  210,  211. 
Compound  interest.  228-235. 
Consignor,  75. 

Construction,  problems  in,  27-32. 
Cooperative  banks,  236-240. 
Cord,  97-99. 
Cost  of  living,  197. 


Cubic  feet,  97-99,  131,  151,  170,  171. 

Decimals,    69,    128,    172-175,    190-193. 

(See  also  Coal  and  Lumber.) 
Deposits,  219,  222,  223,  229-240. 
Desk  construction,  27-29. 
Discounts,  161-165. 
Distribution,  212. 
Dividends,  255. 

Division.  45-50,  61.  80 

bjrT'fraction,  62-64,  66-68, 

85,  87-89,  90,  91,  94. 
Dozens,  45-50. 

Dry  goods,  problems  in,  33-37. 
Duties,  186,  187. 

Earning  a  living,  199-207. 
Economy  in  buying,  37. 
Efficiency,  36,  198. 
Electricity,  problems  in,  176,  177. 
Equations,  123-125. 

Factory,  200-212. 

Feet  and  inches,  27-32,  56-68,  87-96. 

Fire  insurance,  190-193. 

Floor  space  in  schoolrooms,  155. 

Floors,  133-137. 

Fractions,  9-17,    26-29,    32-34,  38,  39, 

58,  59,  63-68,  85-100,  114-116,  139, 

199,  200-202. 
Framing  floors,  133-135. 
Framing  roofs,  138-140. 
Freight  problems,  74-84,  108-110. 
Furniture,  167. 

Gallon,  170,  171. 

Gas,  problems  about,  174,  175. 

Girders,  133,  134. 

Glass,  problems  about,  56,  57. 

Grain,  problems  about,  80-84. 

Granolithic  walk,  120. 

Groceries,  problems  about,  3-5,  8-25. 

Gross  weight,  100-103,  104-111. 

Hardware  business,  112-117,  161-165. 
Heating  by  radiators,  151-153. 
House  building,  131-150. 
Household  accounts,  194-197. 
Hundredweight,  70-81. 


263 


264 


INDEX 


Inches,  27-32,  56-68,  87-96. 
Income  tax,  188,  189. 
Industrial  i)roblems,  56-68. 
Insurance,  190-193. 
Interest,  224-252,  258. 
Investments,  218-258. 

Joists,  134. 

Labor,  135,  199-208. 
Lending  money,  243-246. 
Lighting,  problems  about,  174-177. 
List  price,  161. 
Lumber,  122-130. 

Making  change,  1-7,  34,  .38,  213,  214. 

Marking  prices,  159,  160,  165. 

Moat,  problems  about,  12,  13,  38-44,  71- 

73. 
Meters,  electricity,  176,  177. 

gas,  174,  175. 

water,  172,  173. 
Molding,  88. 
Money  orders,  213. 
Mortgages,  246,  247. 
Mosquito  netting,  115-117. 
Multiplication,  23-25,  38-41,  45,  57,' 61, 
72,  73,  84.  176,  177. 

of  decimals,  74-80,  104-111. 

Nails,  making,  62-64. 
National  banks,  218-223. 
Net  price,  161,  163. 
Net  weight,  100-103,  104-111. 
Not«s,  promissory,  24.3-245. 

Ounces.     (See  Pounds  and  ounces.) 

Painting,  149. 
Paper,  65-68. 

Parallelograms,  area  of,  1 18. 
Parcel  post,  216,  217.  • 
Pay  checks,  200-202. 
Paym&ster,  201-207. 
Percentage,   21,    71,    73,    80,    156-169, 
177-179, 184-188, 197, 198,  259-262. 
Personal  property,  179. 
Picture  frames,  59,  60. 
Piece  work,  206. 
Pins,  making,  61. 
Pitch  of  roofs,  139,  140. 
Post  office,  213-217,  264,  265. 
Postal  savings  system,  224,  225. 
Poultry,  45-55. 
Poultry  wire,  114. 

Pounds  and   ounces,    8-16,   38-42,   72, 
100,  113,  217.     (See  Scales,  Meats.) 
Premium,  insurance,  190. 
Printers'  problems,  65—68. 
Profits,  156-159,  165-167. 


Promissory  notes,  243-24.5. 

Quadrilaterals,  area  of,  118. 

Radiating  surfaces,  152,  153. 

Rafters,  140. 

Real  estate  investments,  253,  254. 

Real  estate  taxes,  179-185. 

Receipts,  23,  75,  121,  173,  17.5,  177. 

Rectangles,  area  of,  118,  153. 

Rectilinear      figures,       118-120.       {See 

Areas.) 
Roofs,  138-150. 
Running  foot,  31,  113. 

Sale  slips,  14-17,  .35,  83,  129,  130. 
Saving  and  investing  money,  218-258. 
Savings  banks,  227-235. 
Sawing,  86-89,  94. 
Scales,  8,  9,  39,  70,  104. 
School  attendance,  260. 
Screws,  making,  61. 
Shingling,  143-149. 
Shoes,  problems  about,  203,  206-212. 
Sills,  133. 
Specific  duty,  187. 
Square,  in  flooring,  etc.,  135,  145. 
Square  foot,  113-117. 
Stocks,  255-258. 
Studs,  136. 

Subtraction,  5-7,  18-22,  37.  42,  45-47, 
100,  101,  184,  222,223. 

Tables,  of  prices,  9-11,   13,  57,  65,  107, 

110,  214,  217. 
Tare,  100-111. 
Taxes,  duties,  186,  187. 

income,  188,  189. 

property,  178-185. 
Tickets,  railroad,  6,  7. 
Time  clock,  199. 
Time  records,  200-202. 
Ton,  102,  103,  104-111. 
Total  cards,  18-20.  42,  43. 
Trapezoids,  area  of.  119,  144,  168,  169. 
Triangles,  area  of,  118,  144-150. 

Wages,  203-207,  260. 

Water  charges,  170-173. 

Weighing,  8,  9,  11,  13,  39,  70,  100,  103, 

112. 
Wholesale  coal,  110,  111. 
Wholesale  groceries,  156-158. 
Wholesale  hardware,  161-163,  165. 
Wholesale  meat,  71,  73. 
Wire,  62-64,  114. 
Wood  (fuel),  97-99. 
Woodworking,  27-32,  58-60,  86-96. 

Yards,  33,  34,  37. 


ANSWERS   TO 
HUNT'S   COMMUNITY  ARITHMETIC 


Page  8.  —  1.    2  lb.  14  oz.  2.   6  lb.  4  oz.  3.    9  lb. 

5.    12  1b.  10  oz.         6.    19  1b.  4  oz.       7.    !$  .48;  $2.08. 

Page  10.— 


4.    10  lb.  12  oz. 


Price 

I  Oz. 

2  0z. 

8  0z. 

4  07,. 

oOz. 

6  0z. 

7  0z. 

8  0z. 

9  0z. 

10  Oz. 

11  Oz. 

12  Oz. 

18  Oz. 

14  Oz. 

ft. 22 
.26 
.30 
.36 
.38 
.40 

§.01 
.02 
.02 
.02 
.02 
.03 

.$.03 
.08 
.04 
.05 
.05 
.05 

$.04 
.05 
.06 
.07 
.07 
.08 

$.06 
.07 
.08 
.09 
.10 
.10 

$.07 
.08 
.09 
.11 
.12 
.13 

$.08 
.10 
.11 
.14 
.14 
.16 

$.10 
.11 
.13 
.16 
.17 
.18 

$.11 
.13 
.15 
.18 
.19 
.20 

$.12 
.15 
.17 
.20 
.21 
.23 

$.14 
.16 
.19 
.23 
.24 
.25 

.$.15 
.18 
.21 
.25 
.26 
.28 

$.17 
.20 
.23 
.27 
.29 
.30 

$.18 
.21 
.24 
.29 
.31 
.33 

$.19 
.23 
.26 
.32 
.33 
.35 

Page  14.  -2.    $1.45. 

Page  15. —  1.    $1.94.        2.    $1.49.        3.    $1.26.         4.    $1.(55.         5.    $1.48. 

6.  $1.09.       7.    $1.89. 

Page  17.  — 2.    $16.64.       3.    $19.35.       4.    $  15..S3.       5.    $2.6.3.       6.    $6.16. 

7.  $3.61.       8.    $5.87.       9.    $5.87.       10.   $20.34.       11.    $16.66. 


1.    Received   on  Acct.,  $30.-50;    Received  Cash,  $32.02;    Paid 


Page  18. 

out,  .$  5.67. 

Pagel9.  —  2.  Received  on  Acct.,  $40.35;  Received  Ca.sh,  $48.92;  Paid 
out,  .$6.54.       3.    $82.73.       4.    $84.90. 

Page  20.  —  6.  Front:  Received  on  Acct.,  $22.15;  Received  Cash,  $  16.27  ; 
Paid  out,  $3.63.  Back:  Received  on  Acct.,  $50.20;  Received  Cash,  $30.29; 
Paid  out,  $  10.43. 

Page  21. — 1.   Sales,  $71.18;  commission.  $2.14. 

Page22.  — 2.  Sales,  $81.71;  commission,  $2.46.  3.  Sales,  $94.12  ;  com- 
mission, $2.82. 

..    $154.15. 

5.    $23.20.       6.    $26. 

10.    $1.89.       11.    $9.28. 


Page  23. 

—  1.    $154.15. 

Page  24. 

—  2.    $49.65.        3.    $38.30.       4.    $46.55 

Page  25. 

12.    $4.85. 

—  7.    $24.60.       8.    $9.68.       9.    $5.82. 
13.    $75.76. 

HUNT 

S    COMMON.    Alt.  18                265 

266  '  ANSWERS 

Page  26.  — 2.  8^  in.  3.  lo^Jg  in.  4.  14J  in.  5.  16|  in.  6.  I8f  in. 
7.  Uiiin.  8.  ll,\in.  9.  UJin.  10.  I5,\in.  11.  13|in.  12.  UH>»- 
13.    18J  in.       15.    Hi  in.       16.    7^  in.       17.    8^  in.       18.    ^  in.       19.    7||  in. 

Page  28.  —  2.   24  in.       3.   3^  in.      4.    13^  in. ;    «j^    in. ;    9J   in.  ;    i)^\   in. 

5.  ••1}  ill.  ;  7^  ii»-  ;  H  in-  ;  '^A  »»•  5  ^yV  in.  ;  1}  in.       7.   2j  in. 

Page  29.  — 8.  (a)  4iin.;  (ft)  2|  in.;  (c)  lOji  in.  ;  (d)  5|  in.  ;  (e)  6^  in. ; 
(/)    lOiV  ill.        9.    (a)  3f  in.  ;    (6)  Gf  in.  ;   (c)  7^  in.;   (d)  5f  in.  ;   (e)  3|  in. 

10.  (a)   H  in.  ;    (6)  3|  in.;     (c)  2|  in.  ;    (d)  i  in.  ;    (e)   1|  in.;    (/)  2f •  in. 

11.  («)  2|  in.;  (6)  2|^  in.  ;  (r)  2  in.;  (d)  |  in.  12.  If  in.  13.  (a)  J  in.; 
(h)  I  in.;  (c)   I  in.;  (d)  |  in.  ;   (e)   H  in. ;  (/)  ^  in. 

Page  31.  —  1.  4  lengths.  2.  6  boards.  3.  2  boards,  6  ft.  not  used. 
4.  2  ft.  or  24  in.  5.  20  running  feet ;  2  boards  (4  ft.  not  used).  6.  4^  strips 
used,  nece.ssitating  sawing  up  5  strip.s.  7.  2  in.  or  i  the  strip.  8.  llf  ft. 
9.    1^  ft.       10.    14  ft.       11.    loft. 

Page  32. —  1.  25  in.  2.  (a)  24  in.  ;  (b)  27  in.  3.  20^  in.  4.  (a)  20f  in. ; 
(fe)   18^  in.     5.   ((^  in.     6.    (a)  5|  in.  ;    (5)   IQi^  in.  ;    (c)  9^7^  in. ;  (d)  8|  in. 

7.  (a)  2|  in.  ;  (ft)  |  in. ;  (c)  3|  in. 

Page35.— 16.    $1.63.         17.    $24.72  ;  .^13.46. 

Page  36. —1.  Ames,  '5121.80;  Brown,  $104.20;  Cook,  $100.64;  Dunn, 
$07.0(5;  Stone,  $14.3.66;  Poole,  $123.23;  Howe,  $137.74;  White,  $130.60. 
2.  Brown  and  Dobel :  Mon.,  $69.69;  Tue.,  $66.33;  Wed.,  $64.64;  Thu., 
$74.03;  Fri.,  $79.51  ;  Sat.,  $79.40.  Hanson  and  Stone:  Mon.,  $89.47;  Tue., 
$94.33;  Wed,,  $80.02;  Thu.,  $86.48;  Fri.,  $87.82;  Sat.,  $100.01. 

Page37.— 1.    $.50;    $7.50.  2.    $..S6;    $4.38.  3.    $1.60;    $22.88. 

4.    $2.25;  $11.25.         5.    $.76;  $4.13.         6.    $.90;  $4.28.         7.    $.75;  $2.81. 

8.  .^1.50;  $7.13.  9.  $  1.10  ;$  12.10.  10.  $.75;  $20.25.  11.  $1.00; 
.S11.50.  12.  $.25;  $4.60.  13.  $  1.35  ;$  10.1.3.  14.  $.50;  $4.13.  15.  $.80; 
$10.40.  16.  $1.10;  $5.50.  17.  $.85;  $14.45.  18.  $.50;  $2.50.  19.  $.85; 
$5.6.3.  20.  $1.10;  $8.80.  21.  $.66;  $7.80.  22.  $1.30;  $6.20. 
23.    $.40;  $1.80.      24.    $  1.00  ;$  19.50.      25.    $.76;  $6.00. 

Page  39. —  1.   $6.22.        2.   $15.87.       3.    $10.19.       4.   $6.31.        6.    $5.22. 

6.  .^2.54.     7.    $1.65.     8.    $2.09.     9.    $4.91.     10.    $.70. 

Page  40.  — 3.  $.49.  4.  $.61.       5.  $.81.       6.  $2.21.       7.   $.88.  8.  $.32. 

9.  $.53.  10.  $.15.  11.  $2.25.  12.  $.18.  13.  $.68.  14.  $.44. 
16.  $1.08.  16.  $.86.  17.  $.83.  18.  $1.44.  19.  $1.58.  20.  $.93. 
21.    $1.95.     22.    $.34.  23.    $.63.     24.    $.60. 

Page  41.  -  1.    Total,  $6.96.        2.   Total,  $8.88. 

Page  42. —1.    $9.76.         2.    $22.01.         3.    $2.28. 

Page  43. —4.    $  9.76;  $26.96.  5.    $46.72.  6.    $4.02.  7.   $69.66. 

8.    8  74.50. 

Page44.  —  9.    (d)  $56.86. 

Page  45. —1.  Nov.,  $12.22;  Dec,  $10.86;  Jan.,  $10.43;  Feb.,  $10.08; 
Mar.,  $8.00;  Apr.,  $6.89;  May,  $5.14;  June,  $6.14;  July,  $7.12;  Aug., 
$7.26;    Sept.,    $6.63.  2.    3321  eggs.  3.    166^  eggs.  4.    $96.16. 

6.    $59.36.         6.    $2.97. 

hunt's  commun.  ar. 


ANSWERS  207 

Page  46.  — 2.    (a)   184    doz.  ;       (/;)  m   doz.  ;       (o)  $85.58;       (d)   $4».78. 

3.  Mar.,  ;J07  doz.,  incoint;  ••$  12!>.6;5,  gain  ••ji  103.48;  Apr.,  271  doz.,  income 
•«;  105.06,  gain  ■'$69.96;  May,  262  doz.,  income  ij!  90.44,  gain  .1159.54;  June, 
227  doz.,  income  $61.75,  gain  -i^SO.SS;  July,  177  doz.,  income  !ii!42.61,  gain 
$2.31  ;  Aug.,  281  doz.,  income  $69.06,  gain  $38.16;  Sept.,  154  doz.,  income 
$43.80,  gain  $  11.30  ;  Oct.,  131  doz.,  income  $40.12,  gain  $7.72  ;  Nov.,  112  doz., 
income  $38.45,   gain  $6.65;    Dec,    145  doz.,    income  $  61.25,   gain  $36.05. 

4.  29,016  eggs.       5.    2418  doz.       6.    $848.47;  No.       7.    $465.57. 

Page  49.  — Nov.  —  Pen  1 :  47  eggs,  3f|  doz.,  $  1.76  ;  Pen  2  :  51  eggs,  4i  doz., 
$1.91  ;  Pen  3:  56  eggs,  ij\  doz.,  $2.06".  Dec. — Pen  1:  83  egg's,  6i|  doz., 
$3.46;  Pen  2:  97  eggs,  8^^  doz.,  $4.04;  Pen  3:  81  eggs,  6f  doz.,  $3.38. 
Jan. —  Pen  1  :  178  eggs,  14|  doz.,  $7.02;  Pen  2  :  181  eggs,  lo^L  doz.,  $7.24; 
Pen  3:  181  eggs,  ISjiu'doz.,  $7.24. 

Page  50.  -  Total  value  for  Nov.,  $  5.74  ;  Dec,  $  10.88  ;  Jan.,  $21.60  ;  Feb., 
$18.50;  Mar.,  $17.07;  Apr.,  $16.80;  May,  $  13.35 ;  June,  $11.79;  July, 
$13.23;  Aug.,  $13.87;  Sept.,  $18.10;  Oct.,  $13.67.  Total  number  of  eggs 
for  Plymouth  Rocks,  2038 ;  Rhode  Island  Reds,  1927 ;  White  Wyandottes, 
1948  ;  for  3  pens,  5913  eggs  ;  total  yearly  income,  $  169.60. 

Page  51. —1.    •2•2^  lb.         2.    $31.26.         3.   Total  income,  $200.86;    total 

expense,  $  112.40  ;  net  income,  $  88.46. 

Page  52.  — 1.    1439  eggs.  2.    $50.38.  3.    $26.00.  4.    $76.38. 

5.  $3for  wire;  $8  for  hoppers.         6.    $30.95.         7.    $45.43. 

Page  55. —1.  6197  eggs  ;  516t\  doz.  2.  116ff  eggs.  3.  Jan.,  $22.26; 
Feb.,  $21.64;  Mar.,  $28;  Apr.,  $23.12;  May,  $23.06;  June,  $19.55;  July, 
$16.25;  Aug.,  $14.75;  Sept.,  $  12.56  ;  Oct.,  $8.66;  Nov.,  $48.84;  Dec,  $11.75. 
4.    $250.44.       6.    $151.71.       7.    $313.96.     8.    $162.25.       9.    $3.06. 

Page  56.  — 1.  Pane  A,  54  sq.  in. ;  Pane  B,  96  sq.  in. ;  Pane  C,  140  sq.  in.  ; 
Pane  D,  187  sq.  in. ;  Pane  E,  288  sq.  in. ;  Pane  F,  450  sq.  in. ;  Pane  G,  544  sq.  in. 

Page  57.-3.  18  in.  x  34  in. ;  83|  sq.  in.  v^aste;  $.40.  4.  16  in.  x  30  in.  ; 
45|  sq,  in.  vi^aste.       6.    (a)  11  in.  x  17  in. ;  25^*^  sq.  in. ;  $.13;  (h)  8  in.  x  10  in.; 

161  sq.  in.  ;   $.09;    (rf)  12  in.  x  24  in.  ; 
26  sq.  in.  ;   $.24;    (/)   11  in.  x  17  in.  ; 


16f  sq.  in. 

;  $.05; 

(c)   10  in.  X  14  in. 

12  sq.  in.  ; 

$.19; 

(e)   131  in.  X  26  in 

23 J  sq.  in. 

;    $.13. 

Page  59.  — 1.  ,60  in.  2.  5  ft.  ;  $.65.  4.  3  ft.  10  in.  5.  6  ft.  2  in. 
6.  4  ft.  7  in.  7.  3  ft.  5^  in.  8.  4  ft.  6  in.  9.  3  ft.  11  in.  10.  4  ft,  11  in. 
11.   5  ft.  11^  in.       12.    3  ft.  11|  in.       13.    5  ft.  8|  in. 

Page  60.  — 14.  51 "  x  lO^".  15.  7|"  x  lOJ".  16.  8^'  x  12^".  17.  Length, 
]4|  in.  ;  width,  8 1  in.  18.  11  in.  x  15  in.  19.  11  in.  x  15|  in. ;  11  in.  x  17  in. 
20.  (a)  6  ft.  1  in.  ;  (/))  3  ft.  11  in. ;  (c)  10  in.  x  16|  in.  ;  (d)  10^  in.  x  17  in.  ; 
(e)  11  in.  x  17  in.  ;  (/)  81  sq.  in. 

Page  61.  —  1.  5400  screws;  43,200  screws.  2.  476,200  screws.  3.  3300  gro. 
4.  4200  gro.  5.  Mr.  Jones  — 61,300  per  hour ;  410,400  per  day  ;  2850  gi-o. ;  Mr. 
Sampson  —  79,200  per  hour;  6.33,600  per  day  ;  4400  gro.  ;  Mr.  Moore  — 59,400 
per.  hour ;  475,200  per  day  ;  3300  gro. 

Page  62.  —  No.  1,  If  in.  ;  No.  2,  If  in.  ;   No.  3,  2^  in.  ;  No.  4,  1}  in. ;  No.  6, 

21  in.;  No.  6,  1  in.;  No.  7,  2f  in.  ;  No.  8,  3^  in. 

ihtnt's   COMMrX.    Ali. 


208  ANSWKRS 

Page  63.  — 2.   16.       3.  IQ^.       4.  29}.      6.   75/,^.       6.  3J.       7.  1^      8.  6. 

2.  No.  1,  Ij's  in.  ;  No.  4,  1^  iu.  8.  No.  2,  l|'m.  ;  No.  3,  2f  iu.  ;  No.  5, 
2,\  in.  to  2^  in.  4.  No.  7,  2}|  in.  ;  No.  8,  8/5  in.  6.  11.3  nails.  6.  l^g  in. ; 
10.1  nails. 

Page64.  — 7.  1|  in.  ;  «.4  nails.  8.  120  1b.  9.  41- lb.  10.  737.3  nails. 
11.  217.6  nails.  12.  2^  in. ;  4.9  nails.  13.  203+  lb.  14.  25,872  nails. 
15.   6.09  lb.     16.    196.91  lb.       17.    3.75  lb. ;  121.25  lb.       18.    4  lb.  8  oz. 

Page  65. —  1.  •'5.60.  2.  $.26.  3.  §.93.  4.  •5!. 72.  5.  $.50.  6.  $.31. 
7.    S2.81.         8.    $12.         9.    $2.03.         10.    $.67.  11.    $1.12.         12.    $2.22. 

13.    $13..")0.       14.    $4.22.       15.    §6. 

Page  66.  —  1.   8  sections.       2.    8  cards  ;  64  cards. 

Page  67. — 4.  80  cards.  5.  63  cards.  6.  48  card.s.  7.  35  cards.  8.  7 
sheets  cut,  part  of  last  sheet  wasted.       9.    16  sheets. 

Page  68.  — 10.  Flat  letter,  160  sq.  in. ;  Flat  packet,  228  sq.  in. ;  Demy,  336 
sq.  in.  ;  Folio,  374  .sq.  in.  ;  Double  folio,  748  sq.  in.  ;  Packet  folio,  456  sq.  in.  ; 
Double  cap,  476  sq.  in. ;   Double  royal,   1596   sq.  in. ;   Medium,  414  sq.   in, 

11.  16  noteheads.     12.    7  sheets  (as  6  sheets  would  give  only  96  noteheads). 

13.  Flat  packet,  packet  folio,  double  royal.  14.  250  sheets.  15.  Double 
cap.  16.  Folio,  double  folio.  17.  Folio,  250  sheets  ;  Double  folio,  126 
sheets.       18.    Demy,  250  sheets  ;  Medium,  125  sheets. 

Page  70.  — 1.  (a)  2151b.  or  2.15  cwt.-  (6)  :5701b.  or  3.7  cwt.  (c)  490  lb. 
or  4.9  c wt.,  etc.        2.   $5.        3.    $7.02.        4.    83.87.        5.    $6.48.        6.    $6.41. 

7.  $9.38;  total,  $38.16. 

Page  71. —1.    No.   1,  $74;    No.   2,  $94.88;    No.  3,  $100.20.  2.   $99. 

8.  $25.  4.  $109.14.  5.  $14.26.  6.  $125.86.  7.  $.075;  $.08; 
$.082;  $.084  ;  $.085. 

Page  73.  — 1.  8  72.80.      2.   Total,  $78.03.       3.  Total,  $  110.32.       4.  $5.23. 

5.  $32.29.  ■  6.  Rib,  13+%;  Sirloin,  46+%;  Round,  140%;  Chuck,  23+%; 
Flank,  40%.         7.   110^  lb.  ;  $41.99. 

Page76.  —  3.   8.63.  4.   $.51.  5.   $.89.  6.    $.61.  7.    $.37. 

8.  $.33.         9.    8  1.51.        10.    $2.56.        11.    $.51.        12.    $3.24.        13.   $3.64. 

14.  $.60.  16.   8.84.         16.   $1.09. 

Page  77.  — 1.   $3.15.        2.   $.42.        3.   $1.50.         4.    $1.93.         5.    $2.05. 

6.  $6.77.       7.    $3.77.       8.   $5.35.        9.    $21.22.       10.   $61.50.       11.    $25.16. 

12.  $21.33.         18.    $81.25.         14.   $17.47. 

Page  78. —1.  $86.40.  2.  $86.40.  3.  $91.80.  4.  $86.80.  5.  $50.80. 
6.  $81.60.  7.  $108.40.  8.  $170.  9.  $56.  10.  $124.  11.  $21. 
12.   $16.         13.   $32.         14.    $2.3,400. 

Page  79. —1.  $5.20.  2.  $13.06.  3.  $1.28.  4.  $3.41.  6.  $14.28. 
6.  $11.9.1  7.  $5.46.  8.  825.50.  9.  $11.65.  10.  $6.02.  11.  $2.98. 
12.    $4.62. 

Page  81.— 2.  (n)  8.33^  bu.  ;  (b)  750  bu.  ;  (c)  585f  bu.  ;  (d)  1750  bu.; 
(e)  9371  bu.  ;  (/)  1250  bu.  ;  (g)  633^  bu.  ;  (h)  500  bu.  3.  (?))  $  .08. 
(c)  8.11i.  (<?)  $.032.  (c)  $.076.  (/)  $.051.  (g)  $  .096.  (/0$.096. 
4.  800  bu.   5.  $81.60;  $.10.    6.  $.93.    7.  $  .07  ;  $56.    8.  $39.20. 

9.  $75.60. 

HnXT'S   COMMUN.    AR. 


ANSWERS 

269 

Page  82. 

14.    113  1b. 
19.    $623. 

—  10.    -f.ll;  $1.12.        11.    $.09. 
16.   $1.47.          16.    18  bags. 

12.    $.64.         IS.    $.67;   $21. 
17.  31  bags.           18.    $546. 

Page  83. 

24.    .1!  11.05. 

—  20.    $6.34.              21.    $8.27. 

22.    $9.92.            23.    $10.43. 

Page  84  —$45.87. 

Page85.  —  4.    20f        5.    22|.        6.    22|.         7.    221.  8.    17 A-  9-    ^^ 

10.    62.           11.  8^\.  12.    5J5.         13.    6f.          14.  '8.  15.  3f.  16.   7^. 

17.   6.         18.    ().          19.  6|§.         20.    6A.         21.   4,^.  22.    4i|.  23.    WU. 
24.    m         25.   i). 

Page  87. — 2.    No  waste.  3.    4  lengths,  24  in.  waste.  4.   The  14-foot 

board  has  only  8  in.  waste. 

Page  88.  — 2.  3  strips  and  waste.  3.  5  strips  and  waste  ;  6  strips  and  waste. 
4.  4  strips  ;  5  strips  and  waste.  5.  The  8-inch  board.  6.  The  9-inch  board  ; 
because  only  1  in.  is  wasted.       7.   4  strips  ;  18  boards.      8.    10  boards. 

Page  89.  —  1.    1  Jf  in.  2.    1^  in.  ;  21  in.  ;  2,5^  in.  ;  3|  in.  ;  2^6  in. 

4.    (a)  5  strips  and  waste.     (6)  3  strips  and  waste.       5.  1.7  miles.       6.    150  ft. 
7.   More  revolutions.       8.    25  in. ;  4320  revolutions. 

Page  91.  — 2.  10  ends  and  waste.  3.  7  sides  and  waste.  4.  7  sides 

with  much  waste.  5.   11  sides  and  waste.  6.   9  ends  with  much  waste. 

7.  5  sides  and  waste.         8.    20  boards.        9.   98|  in.        10.    t\  in.         11.   |  in. 
13.   26  boards  ;  64  boards. 

Page  92. — 1.    20^1^  in.  2.    The  one  which  was  tongued.  3.    17|  in., 

before;  17|  in.,  after.         4.    2^};  in.,  before;   23^'^  in.,  after.        5.    17j^5  in., 
before  ;  173-^  in.,  after.         6.    14|  in.,  before  ;  14^  in.,  after. 

Page93.  —  7.  21^  in.,  before;  20|  in.,  after.  8.  20^%  in.,  before;  19|^ 
in.,  after.  9.    16|  in.,  before  ;  16  in.,  after.  10.    13|^  in.,  before  ;  ]2fin., 

after.      11.  |  in.  ;  |  in.  ;  21  in.      12.    If  in.      13.  2^  in.      14.    1^  in.      16.    |  in. 
16.    13^  in.       17.    1^  in.       18.    1|  in.       19.    \\  in.       20.    i  in. 

Page  94.  -  1.  i|  in.       2.  f  in.       3.  {}  in.      4.  j%  in.      5.  ff  in.      6.   f|  in. 

Page  96.— 2.    2.3 J  in.       3.    35f  in.       4.    31|  in.       5.    33^  in.       7.    24}-f  in. 

8.  30i  in.        9.   S0\  in.         10.    26f  in. 

Page  98.  — 1.   3/^  cd.        2.    7^  cd.        3.   4^  cd.       4.   6/^  cd.       6.   $21.88. 

6.  $60.       7.    $54.14.       8.    $73.83.       9.    $56.25.       10.    $47.81. 

Page  99. —  1.  No.  1,  16  cu.  ft.;  No.  2,  32  cu.  ft.  ;  No.  3,  19  cu.  ft.;  No.  4, 
38  cu.  ft.  ;  No.  6,  55  cu.  ft.  ;  No.  7,  30  cu.  ft.  ;  No.  8,  61  cu.  ft.  ;  No.  9,  .39  cu.  ft. ; 
No.  10,  78  cu.  ft.  2.    Cart  No.  1.  3.    No.  2  and  No.  7.  4.    No.  lO'. 

7.  1  ft. ;  2  ft.  ;  3  ft.         8.    2^^  cd. 

hunt's  common,  ar. 


270  ANSWERS 

Page  100.  — 1.    1896  1b.  2.    1984  1b.  S.    19-16  lb.  4.   2040  1b. 

5.  1995  lb.  6.    2185  lb.  7.    1906  lb.  8.    1934  lb.  9.   2055  lb. 
10.   18351b. 

Page  101.  —  1.  1880  lb.         2.   1265  lb.  ;  1660  lb. ;  1781  lb.  ;  1460  lb.  ;  1536  lb. ; 
7691  lb.         3.    1495  lb. ;  1270  lb.  ;  1410  lb.  ;  1220  lb.  ;  6395  lb. 

Page  102.  — 4.   4185  lb. ;  $20.93.  5.    2760  lb.  ;  126  lb.  6.    1204  lb.  ; 

21|  bu. 

2.   2.59  T.      3.   4.32  T.       4.    10.93  T.        5.    .185  T.        6.    .71  T.       7.    .94  T. 
8.    1.606  T.       9.   6.525  T.       10.    2.455  T. 

Page  103.  — 12.  (a)  $5.36;  (6)  $4.16;  (c)  $3.88;  (d)  $6.24;  (e)  $5.07 
(/)  !;:i6.79;  (g)  $5.10;  (h)  $4.87;  (Q  $2.67;  (j)  $6.39.  18.  (a)  2907  1b 
(ft)  2907  lb.  ;  (c)  2395  lb.  ;  (d)  2077  lb.  ;  (e)  2896  lb.  ;  (/)  3392  lb. 
((/)  2950  1b.;    (h)  1804  1b.;    (i)  33951b.;    (j)  3145  1b.  14.    (a)  $7.99 

(ft)    $7.99;    (c)    $6.59;    (d)    $5.71;     (e)   $7.96;     (/)    $9.33;    (g)    $8.11 
(A)  «4.96;  (i)  $9.34;  (j)  $8.66. 

Page  104.  —  1.   4150  lb. ;  17  lb.  ;  22  lb.         2.   3220  lb.  ;  7  lb.  ;  15  lb. 

PagelOS.  —  3.   Take  off   16  lb.  4.  Take  off  56  lb.  5.    1412  lb. 

6.  1769  1b.       7.  1500  1b.;  $5.63.       8.   (a)  9000  1b.;  (c)  $33.30.       9.   1870  1b.; 
1790  lb.  ;  1940  lb. ;  1900  lb.  ;  1600  lb.         10.    8000  lb.  or  4  T. 


$.33;  $.37;  $.41;  $.83;  $1.24;  $1.65;  $2.06;  $2.48;  $2.89;  $3.30 
$3.71;  $4.13;  $4.54;  $4.95;  $5.36;  $5.78;  $6.19;  $6.60;  $7.01;  $7.43 
$7.84;  $8.25. 

PagelOS.  — 2.   $76.35.  3.   §70.65.  4.   $73.95.  5.   $68.40. 

6.  $83.25.         7.    $84.76.        8.    $34.34.         9.    $24.90.         10.   $20.13. 

Pagel09.  — 11.   $28.01.        12.    $82.92.         13.   Total,  30,090  lb. 

Pagelll  —  2.   $1.61.        3.   $1.34.        4.   *  .34.        5.    $1.07.        6.    $.70. 

7.  83.51.         8.   $2.05.         9.    $.55.         10.   $.61.         11.   $2.89.         12.  $3.16. 
13.    $3.48.       14.    $3.96.       16.    $.66.        16.    $.98.        17.   $1.08.         18.  8  1.36. 

19.  $1.67.  20     $1.65.  21.   S1.86.  22.    $2.67.  23.    $2.26. 
24.   $4.64.         25.    $4.22.         26.   $3.37.        27.    83.93. 

Pagell4.  —  2.    $1.11.       3.    $2.26.       4.    $1.08.       5.    $3.46.       6.    8  2.6.3. 

7.  $1.28.        8.    $2.10.        9.    $1.80.        10.   83.04.        11.   84.39.        12.    81.82. 

13.  $.54.       14.    $1.13.       15.   $1.05.       16.   81.11.       17.    $1.69.         18.    $1.95. 

Page  115.-3.   $.32.  4.  $.66.  5.   $.17.  6.   8.08.  7.   $.24. 

8.  $1.60.        9.    8  2.25.        10.    $1.44.        11.  84.20.        12.    $1.50.        IS.  S  .52. 

14.  $1.20.        15.    S.m.        16.    $1.     -  17.    $2.40.        18.   $1.68.         19.    $3.20. 

20.  $1.80.         21.   «3.         22.    $4.80. 

HI  NT's    COMMUN.    AR. 


ANSWEEIS 


271 


Page  116. 


Lengths 

16" 

lb" 

•M" 

•i-i" 

24" 

26" 

28" 

30" 

-32" 

34" 

Wide 

Wide 

WiDK 

Wtdk 

Wide 

Wide 

WlI>E 

Wide 

Wide 

Wide 

1ft. 

1.03 

!?.03 

$.03 

•S.04 

8.04 

••ii.04 

$.05 

.$.05 

§i.05 

S.Ofi 

2  ft. 

.05 

.0<5 

.07 

.07 

.08 

.09 

.09 

.10 

.11 

.11 

3  ft. 

.08 

.09 

.10 

.11 

.12 

.13 

.14 

.15 

.16 

.17 

4  ft. 

.11 

.12 

.13 

.15 

.16 

.17 

.19 

.20 

.21 

.23 

5  ft. 

.13 

.15 

.17 

•  18 

.20 

.22 

.23 

.25 

.27 

.28 

6  ft. 

.16 

.18 

.20 

.22 

.24 

.26 

.28 

.30 

.32 

.34 

7  ft. 

.19 

.21 

.23 

.26 

.28 

.30  1 

.33 

.35 

.37 

.40 

8  ft. 

.21 

.24 

.27 

.29 

.32 

.35 

.37 

■40 

.43 

.45 

9  ft. 

.24 

.27 

.30 

.33 

.36 

.39 

.42 

.45 

.48 

.61 

10  ft. 

.27 

.30 

.33 

.37 

.40 

.43 

.47  ■ 

.60 

.53 

.67 

4  in. 

.01 

.01 

.01 

.01 

.01 

.01 

.02 

.02 

.02 

.02 

6  in. 

.01 

.02 

.02 

.02 

.02 

.02 

.02 

.03 

.03 

.03 

8  in. 

.02 

.02 

.02 

.02 

.03 

.03 

.03 

.03 

.04 

.04 

10  in. 

.02 

.03 

.03 

.03 

.03 

.04 

.04 

.04 

.04 

.05 

Pagell7.  — 2.   -s.lO.      3.   $.08.      4.  $.05.      5.  $.19.      6.  $ 
8.    8.51.  9.    $.15.  10.    $.24.  11.    $.36.  12.    $.15. 

14.  $.16.      15.  $.22.      16.  $.26.      17.  $.72.      18.  $.52.      19.  $. 


Page  118. 

6.    84  sq.  ft. 


-2.   280  sq.ft.      3.    108^  sq.  ft.      4.    201|  sq.  ft. 
7.    3811  sq.  ft. 


Page  119.  —  2.   352^  sq.  in.       3    405  sq.  in.       4.  139|  sq.  in. 


6.    5379^  sq.  in.        7.   4f  sq.  ft.         8.    laV^  sq.  yd.         9.    2|J  sq.  ft. 


Page  121. 

5.    $1.40. 


1.    2761  sq.  ft.  ;  ,30^1  sq.  .yd. 


2.    $55.30. 


Page  125.  — 3.    60  bd.  ft.       4.    1.33|  bd.  ft.       5.    105  bd.  ft. 

7.    168  bd.  ft.      8.    100  bd.  ft.      9.  648  bd.  ft.      10.  576  bd.  ft. 
12.    140  bd.  ft.       13.   52i  bd.  ft.       14.    60  bd.  ft. 


.17.     7. 

13. 

72.     20. 

5.   365^ 
5.  3H 


6.    640 
11.   896 


$.  30. 
$.32. 
$  .92. 

sq.  ft. 

sq.  in. 

156.76. 

bd.  ft. 
bd.  ft. 


Page  127.  — 1.  45  bd.  ft. 

6.    98  bd.  ft.       6.    96  bd.  ft. 


2.    Ut)  bd.  ft.        3.    120  bd.  ft.       4.    192  bd.  ft. 

7.   3464  bd.  ft. 


10  ft. 

20  bd.  ft. 

26f  bd.  ft. 

30  bd.  ft. 

40  bd.  ft. 

12  ft. 

24  bd.  ft. 

32  bd.  ft. 

36  bd.  ft. 

48  bd.  ft. 

14  ft. 

28  bd.  ft. 

S7\  bd.  ft. 

42  bd.  ft. 

56  bd.  ft. 

16  ft. 

32  bd.  ft. 

42|  bd.  ft. 

48  bd.  ft. 

64  bd.  ft. 

18  ft. 

36  bd.  ft. 

48  bd.  ft. 

.54  bd.  ft. 

72  bd.  ft. 

20  ft. 

40  bd.  ft. 

53^bd.  ft. 

60  bd.  ft. 

.     80  bd.  ft. 

22  ft. 

44  bd.  ft. 

58*bd.  ft. 

66  bd.  ft. 

88  bd.  ft. 

24  ft. 

48  bd.  ft. 

64  bd.  ft. 

72  bd.  ft. 

96  bd.  ft. 

HUNT'S    COMMUN.    AR. 


272  ANSWERS 

Page  128  —1.    S75.        2.    $25.60.        3.    $18.        4.   .1144.52.  6.   $5.60. 

6.   $3.46.       7.    $26.97.       8.    $69.70.       9.    $14.25.        10.    $2.47.  11.    $8.36. 

12.    $37.80.           13.    $34.20.           14.   $19.17.           15.    $6.66.  16.   $69.20. 
17.    $1.66.       18.    $4.43. 

Page  129. —  1.   $0.84.       2.   $28.04. 

Page  130.  — 3.   $8.32.      4.   $17.66.      5.  $16.15.      6.   $30.25.      7.    $83.09. 

Page  131.  — 1.  32'x36'.  2.  4608  cu.  ft.  3.  170f  cu.  yd.  4.  231  loads. 
5.  154  loads.   6.  448  sq.  ft. ;  $76.16. 

Page  133. —  1.  96  bd.  ft.     2.  72  bd.  ft.     3.  32  bd.  ft.    4.  $6.40, 

5.  400  bd.  ft.   6.  $12.   7.  $14. 

Page  134.  —  8.  28  ft. ;  24  ft.  ;  24  ft.  (approximately)  ;  12  ft.  (back,  approxi- 
mately) ;  16  ft.  (front,  approximately).  9.  624  bd.  ft.  10.  10  joists  ;  213^  bd. 
ft.       11.    309^bd.  ft.       12.    $16.20. 

Page  135. — 3.    12.8  squares.  4.    14.28  squares.  5.    13.68  squares. 

6.  15.17  squares.       7.   $40.32.       8.    $49.98.       9.    $47.20. 

Page  136. —1.  106|  bd.  ft.  2.  10  ft.  ;  53|  bd.  ft.  3.  10  .studs  ;  10  ft. 
long  ;  66|  bd.  ft.       4.    20  ft. ;  8  strips  ;  106|  bd.  ft. 

Pagel37.  —  5.    $8.38.       6.    200  bd.  ft.       7.   800  bd.  ft. ;  $  28.       8.   $6.80. 

Page  140. —  1.  14  ft.  Sin.  2.  10  ft. ;  14  ft.  2  in.  3.  11  ft.  2  in.  4.  Oft. 
6  in. ;  12  ft.  9  in. ;  10  ft.  10  in.       5.    19  ft.  9  in.  ;  15  ft.  8  in. 

Page  141.-1.  240  sq.  ft.;  240  bd.  ft. ;  $7.20.  2.  («)  $5.12;  (b)  $7.17; 
(c)  $6.30.  3.  (ff)  $34.72;  (ft)  $27.90;  (c)  $46.08.  4.  (a)  About  1  day  7 
hr. ;  (b)   l^days;  (c)  2|  days;   (a)  $16.80;  (b)  $13.50;   (c)  $22.50. 

Page  143.  — 3.  $42.  4.  $64.  5.  $43.20.  6.  $24.  7.  $49.  8.  $93.50. 
9.    $63. 

Page  144.  —1.    (a)  360  sq.  ft.  ;  (b)  240  sq.  ft.  ;  (c)  288  sq.  ft. 

2.    (a)  234  sq.  ft.  ;  (fe)   160  sq.  ft.  ;  (c)   192  sq.  ft.  3.    1.6  M  ft.  4.    $56. 

5.    $56.         6.    $24;  $36;  total,  S  60.         7.    $172.         8.    1170  sq.  ft. 

Page  145.  —  2.    11.16  squares  requiring  12  rolls.  3.    2  rolls  :  $45.50. 

4.    13  rolls  ;  $33.80.     5.  $9.     6.   Shingling  house  and  porch,  $63  ;  $17.50  more. 

Page  147.  —  1.  (f)  15.815  squares  or  16  squares  ;  (gr)  $  50.40.  2.  Total,  20 
squares:   (/)  $84.    "    3.   (g)  830  sq.  ft.  ;  (A)  8.3  M. 

Page  149.  — 1.  Total,  1946  sq.  ft.  ;  (  f)  $486.50.  2.  Total  area  of  front 

and  side.  976  sq.  ft.  ;   (d)  1952  sq.  ft. ;   (e)  2304  sq.  ft.  ;  (/)   10  gal.  ;  $16.50. 

Page  150. —3.    (p)  8332.46.  4.    14-53  sq.  ft.  5.    14.53  squares  ; 

14.53  M  (probably  14^  M);  $50.75. 

Page  151.  —  1.    1344  en.  ft.  2.    .33|  sq.  ft.  or  34  sq.  ft.  3.    53^8  .sq.  ft. 

or  64  sq.  ft.  of  surface.         4.   29J  .sq.  ft.  or  30  sq.  ft.         5.    Parlor,  2430  cu.  ft. 
297  sq.  ft.  ;     sitting  room,  1890  cu.  ft.  ;    126  .sq.  ft.  ;     dining  room,  2088  cu.  ft. 
1.30^  sq.  ft.  ;    bedroom,  1575  cu.  ft. ;    238^  sq.  ft.  ;    first  chamber,  1657 1  cu.  ft. 
238  sq.  ft.  ;  second  chamber,  1326  cu.  ft.  ;  102  sq.  ft. 
hunt's  commun.  ak. 


ANSWERS  273 

Page  153. —  1.   6.2832  in.  3.    201.0624  sq.  in.  4.   2010.624  sq.  in.  ; 

13.962+  sq.  ft.  5.    2638.944  sq.  in. ;  18.326+  sq.  ft.  8.    30.543+  sq.  ft. 

7.  7+  sq.  ft.  ;  nearly  31  sq.  ft.  of  radiation  would  have  been  wasted.     8.  8+  sq.  ft. 

Page  155.  — 1.    17^  sq.  ft.     2.    16if  sq.  ft.      3.    15^%  sq.  it.      4.  239^  cu.  ft. 

5.  2](5|cu.  ft.  6.  2()0cu.  ft.  7.  81^  sq.  yd.  8.  $140.40.  9.  .f  48.60. 
10.    .175.60.-        11.    60|  sq.  yd.  or  61  sq.  yd. 

Page  156.  — 1.    8.14.  2.   $.23.  3.   .t!.28.  4.    •«!  .06.  5.    $.09. 

6.  $.18.  7.    $.36.  8.    $.17.  9.    $.15.  10.     $.27.  11.    $.05. 

12.  $.05.  13.  $.25.  14.  $.06.  15.  $.14.  16.  $.18.  17.  $.06. 
18.   $.08.         19.    $.43.        20.    $.21.  21.    $.12.        22.   $.09.        23.    $  .20. 

Page  157. —1.  25%;  $1.05.  2.  $.02  ;  1U%  ;  $.48.  3.  $.10;  200%; 
$4.80.         4.   $.07;  87|%.         5.    15+%.         6.    8+%. 

Page  158.  — 7.    $.20;  25%;  $.60.  8.    $8.78;  100%.  9.   $75.50. 

10.  $540.      11.    $135.       12.    $59.50.        13.    $3094.       14.   $450.        16.    $135. 

16.  $50;  $2600. 

Page  159. —  2.    $.lli.         3.    $.10^.         4.   $.44.         5.    $.60.        6.    $.63. 

7.  $1.50^.        8.    $1.83|.        9.    $.261.        lo.    $.12^.        11.    $.27.        12.    $17. 

13.  $21.50.  14.  $22.50.  15.  $20.50.  16.  $15.30.  17.  $30. 
18.  $31.75.  19.  $36.30.  20.  $38.20.  21.  $21.  22.  $22.90. 
23.  $28.  24.  $26.  25.  $19.50.  26.  $31.  27.  $34.60.  28.  $36.50. 
29.  $40. 

Page  160.  — 1.  $12.  2.  $1-1.34.  3.  $11.60.  4.  $20.15.  5.  $11.70. 
6.  $18.86.  7.  $43.78.  8.  $6.50.  9.  $10.81.  10.  $7.80.  11.  $15.24. 
12.    $11.40.  13.    $14.99.  14.    $21.36.  15.    $22.75.  16.    $13.9,5. 

17.  $40.       18.  $8.10.       19.  $14.35.       20.  $100.30.       21.  $40.50.       22.  $24. 

Page  161.  — 1.    $.90.  2.    $.50.  3.    $.72.         4.    $.72.         5.   $1.35. 

6.    $1.80.         7.    $3.         8.    $2.         9.    $82.80. 

Page  162. —2.    (a)  $114.38;  (6)  $110.97;  (c)  $17.38;  (d)  $14.04. 

Page  163.-1.    $18.24.             2.    $10.66.              3.    $29.61.  4.   $6.08. 

5.    $2.21.       6.   $11.15.       7.    $19.69.       8.   $51.30.       9.    $76.95.  10.    $4.54. 

11.  $164.94.  12.  $268.80.  13.  $705.38.  14.  $2538.  15.  $64.51. 
16.    $1.97. 

Pagel64.— 1.  (a)  $11,025;  (&)$3.80;  (c)  $6.12;  (d)$.8775; 
(e)  $5.0625;  (/)  $10;  (g)  $2,115;  (ft)  $9.  2.  (a)  $11,425;  (6)  $4.05; 
(c)  $6.37;  (d)  $1.0275;  (e)  $5.2125;  (/)  $10.30;  (g)  $2,265;  (h)  $9.25. 
3.  (a)  $.95;  (ft)  $.34;  (c)  $.53;  (d)  $.09;  (e)  $.43;  (/)  $.86; 
(g)  $.19;   (h)  $.77.         4.    $1.43.         5.    $18.76.         6.    $18.30. 

Page  165. —  7.   — •        8.    $.52.  9.    $.65.  10.    $20.66.         11.    $.25. 

.43 

12.  $8.90.       13.    $1.14.       14.    $1.15.       15.    $2.76. 

Pagel67.-TABLEl.    2.    ^-^^.       3.    '^i^.       4.    «1^.       5.    ^^^. 

$16.25  $16.25  $8.25  $8.80 

6     llil^.       7     |35         g     $4.50         g     $3.45        jq     $12.95        ^^     $31.00 

$9.00'         ■    $40'  ■    $6.30'  ■    $4.14'  ■    $15.54'  ■    $  40.30" 

12     ^  ^^-^Q 

$14.08' 

hunt's  commun.  ar. 


274  ANSWEIIS 

Table  2.  2.  -S  12.19.  3.  I;  10.83.  4.  $0.60.  5.  ^l.U2.  6.  S6.  7.  835. 
8.    •■sS.eT.       9.    $2.76.       10.    $10.36.       11.    $30.23.       12.    $10.52. 

Page  168.  — 2.    76+%;  No.  3.    6800  aq.  ft.  ;  No.  4.    6145  sq.  ft. 

5.  Yes.         6.    50%;  2760  sq.  ft.         7.   27+%. 

Pagel69.  —  8.    Yes.     9.    8+%.     10.    16+7o. 

Page  170.— 1.    147  gal.  ;  8820  gal.     2.   70,560  gal.     3.    588,000  lb.;  294  T. 

Page  171. —4.   9408  cu.  ft.     6.  469  gal.  ;   27,540  gal.  7.   61.2+  cu.  ft. 

8.  3825  lb.  9.    114.75  T.  10.    32.551b.  11.    125  ft.  12.    54.26  1b. 
13.73.78  1b.         14.    130  ft.         16.   39.06  1b. 

Page  172.-1.  16,540  cu.  ft.  2.  124,050  gal.  4.  Juue  1  to  Sept.  1,  15,410 
cu.  ft.;  116,575  gal.;  $28.89.  Sept.  1  to  Dec.  1,  16,430  cu.  ft.;  128,226 
gal.;  $30.81. 

Page  173.  — 5.    (a)    $.87;     (6)    $.92;    (c)    $.77;    (d)    $.99;    $.77;   $.92. 

6.  $1.86. 

Page  175.  — 2.  $1.43.  3.  Feb.  1,  $1.27;  Mar.  1,  $1.04;  Apr.  1,  $.92; 
Mav  1,  $1.38;  Juue  1,$1.60;  July  1,  $.46;  Aug.  1,  $.46;  Sept.  1,  $1.96; 
Oct.  1,  $  1.84  ;  Nov.  1,  $  1.61 ;  Dec.  1,  $  1.61. 

Page  176—3.    $2.30. 

Page  177.  — 1.  $1.22.  2.  $2.02.  3.  Mr.  Fales,  $1.99;  Mr.  Belmore, 
$1.72;  Mr.  Forbes,  $1.75;  Mr.  Harper,  $1.53. 

Page  178.— 1.    $31.25.    2.    $28.     3.    $51.30.     4.   $90.72.     5.   $109.68. 

Page  179.  — 2.  H%  ;  li  J!*ou  $1  ;  $  1.20on$100  ;  $  12  on  $1000.  3.  ^^%; 
l^jfonSi  ;  $1.10  on  $100;  $11  on  $  1000.  4.  2%;  2f  on  $1  ;  $2  on  $100; 
$  20  on  $  1000. 

Pagel80.  — 4.  Boone,  $13.13;  Thomas,  $42.75;  Lane,  $33.90;  Hayes, 
$11.93;  Keen,  $23.25. 

Page  181  —8.  Boone,  $  60.88 ;  Thomas,  $135;  Laiie,  $58.15;  Hayes, 
$142.93;   Keen,  $129.26. 

Page  183  —1.  §304.60.  2.  $440.  3.  $1.42  ;  $92.30.  4.  $1,475; 
$663.75.       5.    $.01^;  $83.20.       6.    1J%;  $66.36.       7.    $103.70.       8.    $48.72. 

9.  1|%;  $1.75  per  $100;  $.0176  per  $1;  $36.75.       10.    Shoe  factory,  $910 ; 
box  factory,  $210  ;  lumber  yard,  $148.75  ;  coal  yard,  $136.50. 

Page  184.-1.  $58,695.  2.  $69,495.  3.  $63,000.  4.  $.015.  5.  $1.60. 
6.    $16. 

Page  185. —  1.   $77,928.     2.   $92,388.     3.    $82,800.     4.   $.018. 

Page  187.— 1.  $200.  2.  $1.80.  3.  $.06;  $60.  4.  $.40.  5.  $.12J. 
6.    $75.     7.    $72.68;  $475.78.     8.   $61,507,631.20.     9.    $6000. 

Page  188.  —  2.  (a)  1  %  on  .«! 20,000  + 1  %  on  $ 3000 ;  (h)  1  %  on  $  24,000  + 1  % 
on$7000;  {<■■)  l%on$15,000;  (d)  l%on$6000;  (e)  1  %  on  $  60,000 -f  1  %  on 
$30,000  +  2%  on  $13,000;  (/)  1%,  on  $85,000+1%  on  $30,000  +  2%  on 
$25,000  +  3%  on  $13,000;  {g)  1%  on  $90,000  +  1%  on  $30,000  +  2%, 
on  $25,000  +  3%  on  $18,000;   (h)  1%  on  $1500;   (i)   1%  on  $67,000+1%  on 

HrXT's    COMMUN.     AR. 


,  ANSWERS  •  275 

$30,000  +  2%  on  §20,000;  (j).  \%  on  $97,000+1%  on  $30,000  +  2%,  on 
$25,000  +  3%  on  $25,000;  (Jc)  \%  on  $147,000+1%  on  $30,000+2% 
on  $  25,000  +  3  %  on  $  26,000  +  4  %  on  $  50,000  ;   {I)   1  %  on  $  10,000. 

Page  189.— 4.  («)  $20;  (6)  $70:  (c)  $190;  {d)  $1070;  (e)  $1040; 
(/)  $7520.  5.  $450.  6.  $260.  7.  $  50,330  ;$  769.90.  8.  $6500;  $.35. 
9.    $240.         10.    $931.         11.    $732. 

Page  191. —  1.    $30.  2.    $84.  3.    $61.20.  4.    $162:  $22.50. 

5.    $15;  $1.25.       6.    $78.       7.    $32.40.       8.    $12.35. 

Page  193.  — 1.  $135;  $27.  2.  $252  ;  $-50.40.  3.  $50.40.  4.  $228. 
5.    $52.33.       6.    $87.50.       7.    $82.25.       8.  $145.75.       9.   $78.75.       10.    $136. 

Page  194.  — 1.  $137.34.       2.   $62.66.       3.    $  157.28  ;  $42.72. 

Page  195.  — 4.  $134.99;  $65.01. 

Page  196.  — 5.  $  164.04  ;  $35.96.       6.    f  161.27  ;  $38.73.       7.    $588.19. 

Page  197.  — 1.  $2.25;  54+%.        2.    $2.80;  59+%.       3.    13+%.       4.    17+%; 


Page  198.-1.  {a)  166|%;  (6)  104+%;  (c)  15+%;  {d)  6+%;  (e)  23+%; 
(.0  331%;    (gr)  66|%;    {h)  25%.       2.    (a)  $900;    (h)  $517.50;    (c)  $202.50; 

(d)  $360.       3.    (a)  $78;  (6)  $240;  (c)  $160;  (d)  $180. 

Page  201.  — 1.   $12.46.       2.    $16.38.       3.   $16.30.       4.   $19.20. 

Page  202.-5.    $17.06.       6.    $18.23.       7.    $14.48.       8.    $25.35. 

Page  203.  — 1.  $.40|.  2.  $.34|.  3.  $.46|.  4.  $  .30|.  5.  $  .29|. 
6.  $.281.  7  $2.84.  8.  $2.75.  9.  $2.11.  10.  $2.22.  11.  $14.10. 
12.    $9.       14.    $.561;  $27. 

Page204.  —  2.    $10.80.  3.   $14.96.  4.    $11.52.  5.    $18.10. 

6.    $9.80.       7.    $13.30.       8.    $15.33.       9.    $11.97. 

Page  205.  — 1.  $12.90.  2.  $11.13.  3.  $6.93.  4.  $13.50.  5.  $18.65. 
6.  $13.68.  7.  $14.60.  8.  $17.63.  9.  $21.  10.  $16.28.  11.  $16.65. 
12.    $15.12.       13.   $14.33.       14.    $19.36. 

Page  207. —1.    $2.25.        2.    $2.40.        3.    $3.45.       4.    $3.57.  5.    $2.64. 

6.  $3.78.  7.  $2.70.  8.  $^.15.  9.  $3.76.  10.  $2.49.  11.  $2.68. 
12.  $9.51.  13.  $12.84.  14.  $18.  15.  $  15.5S.  16.  $14.58. 
17.  $18.54.  18.  $14.66.  19.  $13.30.  20.  $20.25.  21.  $13.50. 
22.    $16.26. 

Page  209.-1.    (a)  $310.50;       {h)  $117;       (c)  $156.60;        {d)  $584.10; 

(e)  $537.37. 

Page  210. -2.  («)  $41.04;  (ft)  $73.20;  {<■)  $70.-56;  (rt)  $184.80; 
(e)  $171.86;   (/)  $4.62. 

Page  211.  — 3.    $3025.48.  4.    $75.64.  5.    $47.62.  6.    $36.49. 

7.  $20.3.'). 

hunt's  com.mun.  ak. 


276  ANSWERS 

Page  212—1.    84.50;   S4.50;    S1.60;   $7.60;   $12;  $9.       2.    §8.60;  $6; 
81.80;    810.20;    816.60;    812.       3.    14+%;    13+%.       4.    22+%;    33^%. 

Page  218.  — 1.   (a)  8320.43;    (b)  81116.03.      2.   8172.13.      3.    8290.64. 

Page  219.  — 4.   $209.70.       5.    8246.75.       6.  $387.63. 

Page  221.  — 1.    8160.       2.    814.74. 

Page  223.-2.    8  605.43. 

.     Page226.  — 2.    $11.50.       3.    815.20.       4.    88.25.      5.  $7.92.       6.    $16.25. 

7.  810.80.  8.  $9.17.  9.  $25.30.  10.  $18.41.  11,  $12.76.  12.  $4.50. 
13.    $11.20.  14.    $0.81.  16.   $1.42.  16.    $28.50.  17.    $5.80. 

18.  $8.75.  19.  $23.73.  20.  $8.40.  21.  8  5.30.  22.  $5.40. 
23.    $35.52.       24.    8  1.90.       25.    $4.64.       26.   82.32.       27.    $5.95. 

Page  228.-2.    $208.08.            3.    $260,10.           4.    8312.12.  5.    8364.14. 

6.  8416.16.  7.  8468.18.  8.  $520.20.  9.  8728.28.  10.  81248.48. 
11.  $624.24.  12.  $853.12.  13.  81560.60.  15.  $151.50.  16.  $4.54.58. 
17.    $286.82.         18.    $1082.42. 

Page  229. —  1.    $487.08.  2.   $292.22.  3.    $371.42.  4.   $413.46. 

5.    $199.44.         6.   $411.30.         8.    $784-25.         9.    $209.14. 

Page  231.  — 1.   $200.       2.   Apr.  1  ;  $75;  $  .75.      3.    $200;  $75.       4.    $35. 
5.    $4.75.     6.    $324;  $6.48.     7.    820  and  $10 ;  $30 ;  8.30. 

Page  233.  — 1.    $175;    $200;    8220;    $235;    $245.  2.    $175;    845. 

3.  825.  4.  $3.95.  5.  $263.95;  $283.95;  $298.95;  $308.95;  $333.95; 
$363.95.       6.   $263.       7.   $45.       8.    $25  and  $30.       9.    $5.71  ;  $379.66. 

Page  234. — 2.    $  300,  the  smallest  or  Mar.  28  balance.      3.   $200.       4.    $6. 
5.    $2.         6.    88;  8  558. 

Page  235.  — 1.    8558;    8758:    8858;    $1008;    $608;    $508.  2.   $508. 

8.  810.16.  4.  8518.16;  8593.16;  8633.16;  $658.16;  $708.16.  5.  $518.16; 
$10.36.     6.    $140;  81.40.     7.    $  11.76  ;$  719.92. 

Page  237.  —  1.   21  months.        2.    $  .4375  or  $  .44. 

Page  238.  —  3.    The  results  are  the  same.        6.    $  10. 

Page  239. —  1.    $60.         2.    $60.  3.    $120.  4.    $9.         5.    (a)  $720; 

(6)  $720;    (c)  $1440. 

Page    240.-5.    (e)    8  720;       $280.  1.   $25,063.33.  2.   $5012.67. 

3.   $2506.33.         4.    $3172.33. 

Page  242.-2.   $1.87.       3.    $3.80.       4.    $2.52.        5.    8 .83.  6.   $15.40. 

7.  82.03.  8.  88.54.  9.  $.16.  10.  $4.59.  11.  $9.45.  12.  $4.73. 
13.    $6.56.      14.   $11.29.      15.    81.40.      16.    $3.68.      17.    $2.63.  18.    $1.45. 

19.  8.78.  20.  86.23.  21.  $.29.  22.  $4.43.  23.  88.93.  24.  $.81. 
25.  $.72.  26.  $14.37.  27.  $2.81.  28.  $4.13.  29.  $4.55.  30.  $1.93. 
31.    $1.64.     32.    810.07.     33.. $7.80.     34.    $8.78.     35.    $8.61. 

Page  243.-2.    8  203. 

Page  244.-5.    $6.25. 

hunt's  commun.  ak. 


ANSWERS  ,     277 

Page  245.— 2.    189  days.         3.    345  days.         4.    260  days.         5.   .119  days. 

6.  No.  21,  due  May  5,  !$5.25;   No.  22,  due  May    1«,    .^1.35;   No.    23,    -1.71; 
No.  24,  due  July  26,  i$  .62  ;  No.  26,  $1.09  ;   No.  26,  .13.01. 

Page  247.  — 1.    SSO.  2.    $1850  ;  .$46.25.  3.   $1570.  4.    •$;!9.25. 

5.  8  8(^63.       6.   >:!  .55.60;  $31.03.       7.    $52..50;  Albert  Jones. 

Page  250. —2.   .$000.  3.    $225.  4.    $805.  5.    $360.       6.   $320. 

7.  >i900.        8.    sino.         9.   $500.         10.    $6.30.         11.    $720.        12.    $1800. 

13.  $550. 

Page  251. —1.    $25.50.       2.   $5200.        3.   $3090.       4.    $6480.       5.    $8320. 

6.  {a)  $985;  (6)  $1320;  (c)  $1315;  (d)  $1740.       7.    $1,000,000. 

Page  252.-8.  Annually  :  $30  ;  $35;  $40  ;.$45;  $50;  $60;  sevniannually  : 
$15;  $17.50;  $20;  $22.50;  $25;  $30.  9.  On$100:$3;  $3.50;  $4; 
$ 4..50 ;  $  5 ;  $ 6 ;  on  $  -500  :  $  15  ;  $  17.50  ;  $  20 ;  $ 22.50  ;  $  25  ;  $ 30.  10.  $ 4230. 
11.  $114,800;  because  they  paid  6  %.  12.  265  bonds;  $1192.. 50;  $4500;  by 
taxation:       13.    $2460.       14.    $18,3-50. 

Page  253.-1.    $3708.66;  $-540.      2.  14+ «/o.      3.   12+%.      4.  $360;  8-%. 

Page  254.-1.  A,  8400  sq.  ft.;  B,  10,125  sq.  ft.;  O,  9187|  sq.  ft.;  D,  12,350 
3q.  ft.;  E,  9000  sq.  ft.  2.  $48,  the  fir.st  year;  $51.84,  the  second  year; 
'1?  99.84,  total.       3.    $184.09.       4.   $656.79.       5.   $379.63. 

Page  257.— 1.  $29.75;  $  1487.50  ;$  175.  2.  $44;  $6.64.  3.  $.54.75. 
4.    $765.       5.    $.55.       6.    $24. 

Page  258.  — 7.   $855.       8.    $6204.       9.    $223.       10.    $6035.       11.    $169. 

Page  259.  —2.  (^0  32.4  %  or  ..324  ;  (b)  31.8  %  or  .318  ;  (c)  31.9  %  or  .319  ; 
(d)  31.4%  or  .314;  (e)  30.5%  or  .305;  (/)  29.8%  or  .298;  (g)  28.9%  or 
.298;  (/i)  12%  or  .120.  4.  Detroit,  54.9%;  Washington,  54.4%;  New  York, 
39%;  Boston,  57.2%,;  Chicago,  49%;  Boston,  60.1%,;  New  York,  45.6%; 
St.  Louis,  46.3%. 

Page  260.-6.  (a)  90%;  (b)  94i^%  or  94.7+%;  (c)  86^%  or  86.1+%; 
(d)  85^%  or  85.7+%;  (e)  87^%  or  87.5%;  (/)  90^0.%  or  90.9+%;  (g)  86^^/0 
or  86.4+%;  (A,)  96|f%  or  96.7+%.  7.  (a)  $2.63;  (6)  $3.16;  (c)  $2.84  ; 
(d)$3.62;  (e)  $2.05;  (r)$2.36;  (g)  Sjf  2.2o ;  (A)  $2.10.  8.  (a)  $968; 
(ft)  $1170;  (c)  $1470;  (d)   $787.50;   (e)  $  1056 ;  (/)  $13.50. 

Page  261.  — 10.  $880.       11.    $2000.       13.    (a)  16|%;  (b)   14f%;  (c)  20%; 

(d)  1H%;  (c)  25%;  (/)  Uri;  (g)  12|%;  (h)  5|f%;  (i)  5^%;  0')   13^%. 

14.  (a)   $40;  (ft)  $6-5.25;  (c)  $61.75;   (d)  $161.25;  (e)  $216;    (/)  $348.50; 
(.^)  $35;      (/I)  "$59.  15.    (a)  89+%;      (ft)  87+%;      (c)81+%;     (d)92%j 

(e)  84+%;   (/)  81+%;  (g)  83+%;  (h)  67+ o(,. 

Page  262.-16.  12^%.  17.  (a)  15f%;  (ft)  18|%;  (c)  7U%;  (d)  21|%! 
(e)  m%;     (/)  9|%;     (sr)   17A%;     (A)34|%;     (i)  87^,%.        18.    (a)  61%; 


hunt's    COMMim.    AR. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


Form  L9-40m-7,'56(C790B4)444 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


A     000  933  213     1 


QA 

103 

H91 


ANGElES 
R^AAU  SCHOOL 


.^E^lkxt^^ii^ , , 


